AUTOPULSE

DETECTION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS

Component Sheet Library

One Stanton Street / Marinette, WI 54143-2542, USA / +1-715-735-7411 / www.ansul.com

Copyright © 2013 Tyco Fire Products LP. / All rights reserved. / Form No. PN430261 Component Sheets
 
SECTION FORM/PRT. NO. PAGE

3 Components 3-1 – 3-66

Vertical Rate Compensated Thermal Detector T-2007123-3 3-1
Horizontal Rate Compensated Thermal Detector T-2007124-3 3-2
DCR1 UV/IR Flame Detector T-2007125-3 3-3
UV-IR 20/20LB “SharpEye” Flame Detector T-2007126-3 3-4
IR 20/20I “SharpEye” Flame Detector T-2007127-3 3-5
UV/IR 40/40 “SharpEye” Flame Detector T-2010180-3 3-5.1
IR3 40/40I “SharpEye” Flame Detector T-2010181-3 3-5.2
Strobe Multi Candela T-2007133-3 3-6
Electronic Sounder T-2007134-3 3-7
Electronic Sounder with Strobe T-2007136-3 3-8
Explosion-Proof Electronic Sounder T-2007135-3 3-9
SpectrAlert Advance Selectable Output Chimes and Chimes/Strobes T-2010253 3-9.1
SpectrAlert Advance Selectable Output Notification Appliances T-2010276 3-9.2
Alarm Bell – 6 or 10 in. T-2007137-3 3-10
SSM Series Alarm Bells T-2011194 3-10.1
Main/Reserve Switch T-2007132-3 3-11
Electric Manual Pull Station T-2007128-3 3-12
PS Series Batteries T-2007144-3 3-13
NBG-12LR Dual-Action Agent Release Station T-2008057-3 3-13.1
Explosion-Proof Abort Switch T-2007131-3 3-14
Abort Switch T-2007130-3 3-15
Key Maintenance Switch T-2007129-3 3-16
PS Series Battery Back Box T-2007145-3 3-17
PRN-6 Printer T-2010176-3 3-17.1
FSL-751 Very Intelligent Early Warning (VIEW) LASER Smoke Detector T-2007110-3 3-18
with FlashScan
FST-851, FST-851R, and FST-851H Thermal Detector T-2007111-3 3-19
FSI-851 Intelligent Ionization Smoke Detector T-2007112-3 3-20
FAPT-851 Acclimate Plus Multi-Sensor Low-Profile Intelligent Detector T-2007121-3 3-21
FSP-851 Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector T-2007116-3 3-22
FSP-851T Intelligent Thermal/Photoelectric Smoke Detector T-2007115-3 3-23
Innovair Flex Intelligent Non-Relay Photoelectric Duct Smoke Detector T-2010175-3 3-24
XP6-MA Six Zone Interface Module T-2010179-3 3-25
XP6-C Six-Circuit Supervised Control Module T-2007094-3 3-26
FMM-1 Addressable Monitor Module T-2007095-3 3-27
FZM-1 Interface Module T-2007096-3 3-28
FCM-1 Control Module T-2007097-3 3-29
FCM-1-REL(A) Releasing Control Module T-2009134-3 3-29.1
FRM-1 Relay Module T-2007098-3 3-30
ISO-X Fault Isolator Module T-2007099-3 3-31
Annunciator Modules T-2007139-3 3-32
ACM-8R Relay Module T-2007141-3 3-33
XP10-M Ten-Input Monitor Module T-2007143-3 3-34
Intentionally Left Blank _ 3-35
SECTION FORM/PRT. NO. PAGE
XP6-R Six-Relay Control Module T-2007106-3 3-36
FDM-1 Addressable Dual Monitor Module T-2007105-3 3-37
FMM-101 Monitor Module T-2007101-3 3-38
LDM Series Lamp Driver Module T-2007138-3 3-39
FCPS-24S6 and FCPS-24S8 6-Amp and 8-Amp 24-Volt Remote Power Supplies T-2007100-3 3-40
ACPS-610 Addressable Charger/Power Supply T-2008056-3 3-40.1
APS2-6R(E) 6.0 Amp Auxiliary Power Supply T-2009135-3 3-41
UDACT-Universal Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter T-2007109-3 3-42
Intentionally Left Blank _ 3-43
CHG-120 Battery Charger and Meters T-2007147-3 3-44
Annunciator Back Boxes T-2007140-3 3-45
FDU-80G 80-Character Liquid Crystal Display Fire Annunciator T-2007163-3 3-46
LCD2-80 Liquid Crystal Display Terminal Mode Annunciator T-2011199 3-46.1
NCA-2 AUTOPULSE Series Network Control Annunciator T-2007162-3 3-47
Verfire Tools Programming and Test Utility T-2007151-3 3-48
SLR-24H Photoelectric/Heat Smoke Detector T-2007119-3 3-49
SLR-24 Photoelectric Smoke Detector T-2007118-3 3-50
Intentionally Left Blank _ 3-51
CAB-4 Cabinets T-2007160-3 3-52
LEM-320 Loop Expander Module T-2007107-3 3-53
New Series Photoelectric and Photoelectric/Thermal Smoke Detectors T-2008081-3 3-54
2151 Photoelectric Smoke Detector T-2007122-3 3-55
ANN-80 80 Character LCD Serial Annunciator T-2008064-3 3-56
ANN-LED Annunciator Module T-2008065-3 3-56.1
ANN-RLY Relay Module T-2008063-3 3-56.2
4XTM Transmitter Module T-2007091-3 3-57
Intentionally Left Blank _ 3-58
Intentionally Left Blank _ 3-59
LIFEalarm Photoelectric Smoke Detector With Smoke/Heat Detection T-2007152-3 3-60
LIFEalarm Photoelectric Smoke Detectors For Two-Wire Bases T-2007153-3 3-61
Electronic Heat Detectors For Two-Wire Bases T-2007159-3 3-62
Abort Switches and Releasing Appliance Circuit T-2007161-3 3-63
(RAC) Maintenance Switches
Isolated Loop Circuit Protector, Part No. 430685 T-2007156-3 3-64
ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Releasing Device T-2007149-3 3-65
ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Explosion-Proof Releasing Device T-2007150-3 3-66
 Detection and Control Components

AutoPulse Vertical Rate Compensated Thermal Detector

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D, Z-10)

Features If a fast rate fire starts, the shell will expand rapidly. The
• Resets itself, nothing to replace, testable struts will close signaling the control unit. The faster the fire
rate of growth, the sooner the detector will react.
• Withstands shock and vibration
The detectors may be mounted to any approved junction box
• Wide temperature setting with 7/8 (22 mm) inch diameter opening by using 1/2 – 14
• Long lasting stainless steel shell NPT mounting nuts. Four lead wires are provided to facilitate
supervision of system wiring. On units up to 375 °F (191 °C)
• Wide spacing, reduces installation cost
– No. 18 AWG teflon insulated wire is supplied. Above 375 °F
• Factory set and hermetically-sealed in stainless steel – (191 °C) – No. 16 AWG TGGT insulated wire is used. The
permanently protects internal mechanism device may be wired in or out of conduit, depending on local
preference and codes.
Applications
For ceiling heights up to 15 ft (4.6 m), a spacing of 15 ft
Vertical Rate Compensated Thermal Detectors are designed (4.6 m) between detectors is utilized. Locations with ceiling
for use in both “ordinary” or “hazardous” locations. These heights greater than 15 ft (4.6 m) require reduced spacing.
highly reliable devices have been installed in schools, facto- Contact Applications Engineering for assistance in locating
ries, offices, libraries, paint spray booths, and range hoods. detectors in high ceiling applications.
The detectors are used with an AUTOPULSE control unit as A minimum setting of 100 °F (38 °C) above ambient tempera-
an alarm initiating device to sense overheat or fire, to alert ture is recommended.
personnel, and actuate fire suppression systems.

Description 4 IN.
OCTAGONAL
The Vertical Rate Compensated Thermal Detectors are OUTLET BOX
designed to compensate for thermal lag. When a rate-com-
pensation heat detector operates, the actual operating tem-
perature will be approximately equal to the rated operating 4 IN. ROUND
BOX COVER
temperature, regardless of the rate at which the air is being
heated. The rate-compensation detector consists of a pair of
expansion struts and electrical contacts enclosed by an
expansion shell.
The two contact points are mounted on, but electrically insu- 7/8 IN. (22 mm)
DIAMETER HOLE
lated from, the two curved struts which have a low coefficient
1/2 – 14 NPT
of expansion. Contacts and struts make up the internal strut RETAINER 1/2 – 14 NPT
assembly. This assembly is mounted under compression in a NUTS

tubular stainless steel shell. The shell’s coefficient of expan-

sion is much higher than that of the strut assembly. DETECTOR
Increase in temperature causes the shell to expand. This
decreases compression on the strut and the contacts make 000481

their motion being magnified by the action of the strut assem-

bly. Note that the shell is the temperature-sensitive, activating Technical Information
component – always totally in direct contact with the sur-
Electrical Rating (resistive): . . . . . . . . . . . 5 amps @ 125 VAC
rounding air.
0.5 amps @ 125 VDC
The outer shell is made of a rapidly expanding alloy which 2 amps @ 24 VDC
closely follows changes in surrounding air temperature. The 1 amps @48 VDC
inner struts are made of a lower expanding alloy. Designed to
resist thermal energy absorption and sealed inside the shell, Color Coding: 140 °F (60 °C) . . . . . . . . . . . . Yellow
the struts follow temperature changes more slowly. 160 °F (71 °C) . . . . . . . . . . . . Yellow
A slow rate fire will heat the shell and struts together. At the 190 °F (88 °C) . . . . . . . . . . . . White
“set point,” the unit will trigger, sending a signal to the 225 °F (107 °C) . . . . . . . . . . . . White
AUTOPULSE control unit. A momentary rush of warm air up 325 °F (163 °C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red
to 40 °F (4 °C) per minute may expand the shell, but not 450 °F (232 °C). . . . . . . . . . . . Green
enough to trigger the detector. By ignoring momentary warm 600 °F (315 °C) . . . . . . . . . . . Orange
air increases, the detector virtually eliminates false alarms. 725 °F (385 °C) . . . . . . . . . . . Orange

3-1
Technical Information (Continued) Listings and Approvals*
Maximum Torque Tolerance: Ordinary Hazardous
Without Thread Lubricant. . . . . . . . . . . . 20 ft lb (27.1 N m) UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S492. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E19310
With Teflon Tape Lubricant. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ft lb (4.1 N m)
UL for 600 °F and 725 °F. . S2410. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E89599
Weight:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3/8 oz (152.3 g) ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS-341-E . . . . . . . . . . CS-341-E
Factory Mutual (FM). . . . . . 17302 . . . . . . . . . J.I.OV3HO.AE
2 WIRE
MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-95-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-95-E
California State
END OF
TO ALARM Fire Marshal (CSFM) . . . . . 7270-0074:104. . 7270-0074:104
AND
LINE
DEVICE
MONITORING USCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1
PANEL
* Listings and Approvals are under FENWAL

003018 Ordering Information

Shipping
Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
6 IN. LEADS
(152 mm) 4727 140 °F (60 °C) Vertical Rate 0.5 (0.23)
Compensated Detector
1/2 – 14 NPT 404751 160 °F (71 °C) Vertical Rate 0.5 (0.23)
Compensated Detector
13970 190 °F (88 °C) Vertical Rate 0.5 (0.23)
Compensated Detector
1 IN. 4.9 IN.
HEX (125 mm)
13976 225 °F (107 °C) Vertical Rate 0.5 (0.23)
Compensated Detector
3.7 IN.
(93 mm) 432974 225 °F (107 °C) Vertical Rate 0.5 (0.23)
Compensated Detector –
24 in. (610 mm) Leads
13975 325 °F (163 °C) Vertical Rate 0.5 (0.23)
007354
Compensated Detector
13974 450 °F (232 °C) Vertical Rate 0.5 (0.23)
5/8 IN. Compensated Detector
(16 mm)
13971 600 °F (315 °C) Vertical Rate 0.5 (0.23)
BRAZE LOW EXPANSION BRAZE ELECTRICAL Compensated Detector
SEALED STRUTS SEALED LEADS
END CONTACT POINTS HEAD 13977 725 °F (385 °C) Vertical Rate 0.5 (0.23)
Compensated Detector
14286 Heat Trap 0.5 (0.23)

003002
407842 225 °F (107 °C) Stainless Steel, 0.5 (0.23)
Coupling Head, Vertical Rate
ELECTRICAL INSULATION
GLASS BEADS
Compensated Detector
ADJUSTING HERMETIC SEAL
SCREWS
EXPANDING 407038 450 °F (232 °C) Stainless Steel, 0.5 (0.23)
OUTER SHELL
Coupling Head, Vertical Rate
Compliances Compensated Detector
Hazardous Fitting Required 407798 600 °F (316 °C) Stainless Steel, 0.5 (0.23)
Locations for UL, ULC Listings, Coupling Head, Vertical Rate
Applications MEA and FM Approval Compensated Detector
Class I, Groups A, B, C and D In accordance with
Class II, Groups E, F and G National Electric Code
Class I, Groups B, C and D; In accordance with
Class II, Groups National Electric Code
E, F and G and/or local authority
Note: Only units with stainless steel shell and head are
approved for Class 1, Group A locations.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright ©2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007123-3
 Detection and Control Components

AutoPulse Horizontal Rate Compensated Thermal Detector

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D, Z-10)

Features The outer shell is made of a rapidly expanding alloy which

• Resets itself, nothing to replace, testable closely follows changes in surrounding air temperature. The
inner struts are made of a lower expanding alloy. Designed to
• Withstands shock and vibration resist thermal energy absorption and sealed inside the shell,
• Wide temperature setting the struts follow temperature changes more slowly.
• Long lasting stainless steel shell A slow rate fire will heat the shell and struts together. At the
• Wide spacing, reduces installation cost “set point,” the unit will trigger, sending a signal to the
• Factory set and hermetically-sealed in stainless steel – AUTOPULSE control unit. A momentary rush of warm air up
permanently protects internal mechanism to 40 °F (4 °C) per minute may expand the shell, but not
enough to trigger the detector. By ignoring momentary warm
Applications air increases, the detector virtually eliminates false alarms.
Horizontal Rate Compensated Thermal Detectors are If a fast rate fire starts, the shell will expand rapidly. The
designed for locations where appearance is a factor. The struts will close signaling the control unit. The faster the fire
attractive, functional design lends physical protection of the rate of growth, the sooner the detector will react.
unit while making it suitable for commercial, industrial, mer- The detectors may be mounted to any approved junction box
cantile and public buildings, institutions, and ships in non- with 7/8 in. (22 mm) diameter opening by using 1/2 – 14 NPT
hazardous locations (those classified as “ordinary” under the mounting nuts. Four lead wires are provided to facilitate
National Electric Code). supervision of system wiring. On units up to 375 °F (191 °C)
Flush mounted units are designed to fit standard 4 in. octag- – No. 18 AWG teflon insulated wire is supplied. Above 375 °F
onal electrical boxes. Canadian Electrical Code requires (191 °C) – No. 16 AWG TGGT insulated wire is used.
mounting only to an electrical junction box. These highly reli- For ceiling heights up to 15 ft (4.6 m), a spacing of 15 ft
able devices have been installed in schools, factories, (4.6 m) between detectors is utilized. Locations with ceiling
offices, libraries, paint spray booths, and range hoods. heights greater than 15 ft (4.6 m) require reduced spacing.
The detectors are used with an AUTOPULSE control unit as Contact Applications Engineering for assistance in locating
an alarm initiating device to sense overheat or fire, to alert detectors in high ceiling applications.
personnel, and actuate fire suppression systems. A minimum setting of 100 °F (38 °C) above ambient tempera-
ture is recommended.
Description
The Horizontal Rate Compensated Thermal Detectors are
designed to compensate for thermal lag. When a rate-com-
pensation heat detector operates, the actual operating tem- 5 IN. (127 mm)
perature will be approximately equal to the rated operating
temperature, regardless of the rate at which the air is being
heated. The rate-compensation detector consists of a pair of
expansion struts and electrical contacts enclosed by an
expansion shell. 3 1/2 IN.
15/16 IN.
(89 mm)
The two contact points are mounted on, but electrically insu- (24 mm)
lated from the two curved struts which have a low coefficient
of expansion. Contacts and struts make up the internal strut
assembly. This assembly is mounted under compression in a
tubular stainless steel shell. The shell’s coefficient of expan-
sion is much higher than that of the strut assembly.
Increase in temperature causes the shell to expand. This 5 IN. (127 mm)
decreases compression on the strut and the contacts make
their motion being magnified by the action of the strut assem-
bly. Note that the shell is the temperature-sensitive, activating 1 3/16 IN.
(30 mm)
component – always totally in direct contact with the sur-
rounding air. 007355

3-2
 Technical Information Listings and Approvals*
Electrical Rating (resistive): . . . . . . . . . . . 5 amps @ 125 VAC Ordinary Hazardous
0.5 amps @ 125 VDC
2 amps @ 24 VDC UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S492. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E19310
1 amps @ 48 VDC ULC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS-341-E . . . . . . . . . CS-341-E
Color Coding: Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . 17302 . . . . . . . . J.I.OV3HO.AE
190 °F (88 °C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . White MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-95-E . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-95-E
225 °F (107 °C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . White
California State Fire
275 °F (135°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blue
Marshal (CSFM) . . . . . . . . . . Approved. . . . . . . . . . Approved
325 °F (163 °C). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red
* Listings and Approvals are under FENWAL
Weight:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 oz (283.5 g)
Ordering Information
Shipping
Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
WIRING DIAGRAM 71226 190 °F (88 °C) Horizontal 0.5 (0.23)
Rate Compensated Detector
2 WIRE
71227 225 °F (107 °C) Horizontal 0.5 (0.23)
Rate Compensated Detector
TO ALARM
END OF AND
71228 275 °F (135 °C) Horizontal 0.5 (0.23)
LINE MONITORING Rate Compensated Detector
DEVICE PANEL
71229 325 °F (163 °C) Horizontal 0.5 (0.23)
Rate Compensated Detector
007356

READY
SHELL – HIGH CONTACTS STRUTS – LOW
EXPANSION (OPEN) EXPANSION

007357

SLOW FIRE CONTACTS

(CLOSED)

ALARM

AT
140 °F
007358
(SURROUNDING
AIR TEMP)

FAST FIRE
CONTACTS
(CLOSED)

ALARM

AT
135 °F
(SURROUNDING
AIR TEMP)

007359

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007124-3
 Detection and Control Components

AutoPulse DCR1 UV/IR Flame Detector

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D, Z-10)

Features All modes of operation are indicated by two LEDs located on

• Meets FM Specification class number 3260 the front of the detector. A brief flash of the LEDs every
8 seconds indicates Normal mode. Both LEDs remain on for
• Compatible with standard 4 wire interface Alarm mode and a trouble indication will result in the LEDs
• No moving parts or field modification required flashing a code to indicate the type of trouble.
• Surfaces are smooth, non-shedding, scuff resistant, and The DCR1 detector has both an Alarm Relay and a Trouble
accessible for wipe down Relay. The normally closed Trouble Relay will open contacts
when the detector has a fault condition.
• All surfaces are resistant to acids and solvents
The IP67 sealed polypropylene housing is fitted with a 1/4 in.
• Resistant to false alarms to sunlight, fluorescent lights,
NPT fitting for a 3/8 in. diameter polypropylene tube. The
incandescent lights, flashlights, and infrared heaters
cabling is run inside the tube and must be sealed by using an
• Two red LEDs indicate Normal Operation, Trouble appropriate fitting at a junction box or the plenum wall. All
Condition, and Alarm connections are made at the cabling as required for the
application.
Applications
The detector is mounted using the bracket located on the
The DCR1 UV/IR Flame Detector is designed primarily for back of the housing. The detector should be mounted
use in Clean Room or Wet Bench applications. The DCR1 securely to a flat surface with the cable exiting from the bot-
has a sealed Fire Resistant (FR) polypropylene housing tom or either side. Do not mount detector with cable exiting
designed to the IEC 529 IP67 rating for protection from a the top. Remove the bracket from the housing by sliding the
wide variety of acids and solvents. This means that occasion- detector from the bracket. The bracket may be welded (plas-
al submersion will not damage the detector. tic weld) or screwed to the mounting surface. The mounting
The DCR1 detector uses stable, proven UV/IR technology, location must be strong enough to allow the detector to be
and is used extensively in clean room applications. The snapped into place. The detector meets the vibration stan-
detector is rated over a wide operating temperature range for dard set in FM’s Approval Standard Class 3820, Sept. 1979
those applications where drying or heating elements are (0.022 in. displacement, 10 Hz to 30 Hz sweep cycled at 2
used. The detector interfaces to the AUTOPULSE Control cpm for 4 hours). The detector should not be exposed to
Systems. excessive vibration.
DCR1 UV/IR FLAME DETECTOR
DIMENSIONS
LED 1
UV SENSOR IR SENSOR
1.19 IN.
(30 mm)
LED 2 2 IN.
(51 mm)
0.55 IN.
(14 mm)

4.175 IN.
(106 mm) 3.425 IN.
(87 mm)
003286

Description 0.987 IN.

(25 mm)
The DCR1 UV/IR Flame detector is a microprocessor con-
003287
trolled device programmed with state-of-the-art fire algo-
rithms. Each algorithm is designed to recognize a different
type of flame signature while rejecting common false The DCR1 housing has a wall thickness of approximately
sources. When the conditions of the fire algorithms are met, 1/8 in (3 mm). The lenses and back plate are welded into
the detector notifies the control unit of the hazard. place using an ultra sonic process. The ultra sonic process
The microprocessor is also continuously performing system uses special tools to focus the energy internally. This pro-
tests for trouble conditions which would impair its ability to vides a hermetic seal for the electronics, ensuring that vapor
detect a flame and declare an alarm. These tests include: and liquids cannot intrude. All detectors are then tested for
input power, sensor circuits, relay circuits, as well as other housing integrity.
internal systems.

3-3
Technical Information CABLE CONNECTIONS
Input Voltage: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 to 30 Volts DC, @ 25 ma POWER
ALARM (BLACK, RED)
Current Draw: . . . . . . . . . . . @24 VDC: 28 ma normal mode, RELAY IN
(BLUE,
54 ma alarm mode ORANGE)
Relay Contacts:. . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 Amps @ 30 VDC resistive ALARM
RELAY OUT
Alarm Relay: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 Amps @ 30 VDC resistive (BROWN,
YELLOW)
Trouble Relay: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 Amps @ 30 VDC resistive
Connections: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 gauge, 8 conductor cable TROUBLE
(6 ft (1.8 m) std. length) RELAY
(WHITE,
(15 and 20 ft (4.6 and 6.1 m) cable available on special order) GREEN)
3/8 IN.
Temperature Range: . . . . . . . 32 °F to 167 °F (0 °C to 75 °C) POLYPROPYLENE TUBE

Humidity Range: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% to 90% 1/4 IN. NPT X

8 COND. 3/8 IN. TUBE FITTING
Weight: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approximately 1 lb (0.5 kg) 24 GA. CABLE 003288

Sensitivity:
Responsivity: . . . . . . . . . . . . UV: 185 to 260 nanometers CABLE WIRING
IR: 0.715 – 3.5 microns Wire Description Internal Connection
Range: . . . . . . . within 3 seconds to a 4 in. (102 mm) DIA
Isopropyl alcohol or polypropylene fire at 8 feet Red Positive power +
12 to 30 VDC
Field of View: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120° full cone Black Negative side of power –
FIELD OF VIEW (4 INCH DIA. ALCOHOL FIRE) Blue Alarm relay IN Alarm relay common
90° Orange Alarm relay IN Alarm relay NO
75° 75° Brown Alarm relay OUT Alarm relay common
60° 60° Yellow Alarm relay OUT Alarm relay NO
White Trouble relay Trouble relay Common
45° 45° Green Trouble relay Trouble relay NC

30° 30°

15° 15°

8 FT 6 FT 4 FT 2 FT 0 FT 003290
(2.4 m) (1.8 m) (1.2 m) (0.6 m) (0.0 m)

WIRING DIAGRAM

DEVICE POWER BLACK

NEGATIVE
24 VDC DEVICE
POWER POSITIVE RED
UV/IR DETECTOR UV/IR DETECTOR
V– V–
V+ V+ EOL
AUTOPULSE BLUE ALARM COMMON BROWN BLUE ALARM COMMON BROWN
CONTROL UNIT ALARM CIRCUIT
ALARM CIRCUIT ORANGE
ORANGE ALARM N.O. YELLOW ALARM N.O. YELLOW
TROUBLE COMMON TROUBLE COMMON
TROUBLE N.C. TROUBLE N.C.
WHITE GREEN WHITE

GREEN 003289

Listings and Approvals Ordering Information Shipping

FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
426302 DCR1-S UV/IR Detector, includes 1 (0.45)
Mounting Bracket and Cable
426624 DCR1-T1 UV/IR Detector with 1 (0.45)
self-test; includes mounting
bracket and cable
427085 DT-101 UV/IR Tester 1 (0.45)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007125-3
 Detection and Control Components

AutoPulse UV-IR 20/20LB “SharpEye” Flame Detector

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D, Z-10)

Features The UV channel incorporates a special logic circuit that

reduces false alarms caused by solar radiation and other
• UV/IR Dual spectrum design
non-fire UV sources. The UV channel sensitivity is stabilized
• Multiple detection levels – Pre-Alarm, Alarm and Saturated over the working temperature range. The IR sensor reacts to
Signal radiation between 2.5 to 3.0 microns. Only radiation in this
• High speed response range lasting for a preset time and threshold, having an inter-
mittent pattern characteristic to fire will register an alarm
• Automatic and manual built-in test signal.
• User-programmable configuration The signals from both sensors are analyzed for frequency,
• Explosion-proof intensity and duration. Simultaneous matching of radiant
• Standard 4-wire connection energy in both sensors triggers an alarm signal. A saturated
signal will also result in an alarm signal.
• Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) minimum 100,000
hours An optional Air Shield provides constant pressurized air on
the lens of the detector. Use of the shield protects the view-
• 3 year warranty ing window from the accumulation of dirt and dust. This
• Optional air shield for tough environmental conditions reduces the frequency of maintenance and cleaning cycles in
• Optional swivel mount tough environmental conditions. The air shield is installed on
the front of the detector with two screws and an air quick con-
Applications nect fitting connected to the air pressure source.
The 20/20LB UV/IR Flame Detector has been designed as a In addition to the basic alarm evaluation circuit, the 20/20LB
general-purpose flame detector. It has applications in a wide incorporates an automatic self-test function that verifies the
range of industrial and commercial facilities, where the threat cleanliness of the lens and proper operation of the sensors
of accidental fire involves hydrocarbon fuels, such as gaso- and all electronic circuitry.
line, hydraulic fluid, paint, various solvents, aviation fuel, nat- The 20/20LB utilizes Mil-spec. electronic components and
ural gas, propane, etc. Typical field applications include: air- materials. The MTBF is calculated to be 100,000 hours (11+
craft facilities, automotive manufacturing, petrochemical facil- years). This outstanding performance permits a 3-year war-
ities, printing, painting facilities, munitions handling, power ranty on the entire detector, not just the sensors.
generation, and warehousing of flammable liquids and
The optional Swivel Mount allows the 20/20LB Flame
gases.
Detector to be aligned in the direction of the protected area.
Description The detector is placed on the ball joint of the swivel mount
and secured to the holding plate. When the correct position is
The standard detector housing is a heavy-duty copper-free located the detector is held in place by tightening the locking
aluminum housing casting. The housing finish is epoxy screw at the back cover of the detector.
enamel. The detector housing is also available in stainless
steel upon request. The viewing window is protected by two
guard bars that also serve as part of the self-check diagnos-
OPTIONAL
tic path. The viewing window and back cover are each AIR SHIELD
sealed with a special “O” ring to prevent intrusion of dust, salt
spray, and foam/water fire fighting agents. The circuit boards
are conformally coated and shock-mounted to minimize dam-
age from mechanical vibration and impact. The detector is
explosion-proof and meets NEMA 250 for type 6P and tested
per MIL-STD-810-C.
The “SharpEye” 20/20LB is a self-contained dual spectrum
flame detector. The sensor band pass has been carefully
selected to ensure the greatest degree of spectral matching
to the radiant energy emissions of fire, and the lowest degree
of matching to non-fire stimuli.
The microprocessor design allows for unique field program-
mability. Its multiple detection levels allow for Pre-Alarm, 004634
Alarm and Saturated Signal response. In addition, the
20/20LB offers a customer programmable time delay.

3-4
Technical Information SPECTRAL RESPONSE
Operating Voltage: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 – 32 VDC ULTRAVIOLET INFRARED
Power Consumption: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 mA in standby, DETECTION DETECTION
BAND BAND
125 mA in alarm
Dry Contact Relays:
Alarm: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Amps at 30 VDC,
2 Amps at 250 VAC
Fault and Accessory: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Amps at 30 VDC,
2 Amps at 250 VAC
Option: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 to 20 mA output
Electrical Interface: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard 4-wire
connection with cascading capability.
Complete electrical interface protection
Dimensions: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3/16 x 5 3/16 x 4 3/4 in. Deep
(132 x 132 x 120 mm Deep)
Electrical Connection: . . . . . Standard 3/4 in. 14 NPT conduit 10-1 1 101 102
004636
Temperature Range:
Operating: . . . . . . . . . . –40 °F to 160 °F (–40 °C to 70 °C)
Storage: . . . . . . . . . . . . –65 °F to 185 °F (–55 °C to 85 °C)
FIELD OF VIEW Horizontal
Detection Range for 1 ft2 (0.093 m2) Fire: - - - Vertical
RANGE
Gasoline:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ft (15.2 m)
Diesel Oil: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 ft (7.6 m) –10° 10°
–20° 20°
N-Heptane: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ft (15.2 m)
–30° 30°
Alcohol: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 ft (3.7 m)
–40° 40°
Response Time:
–50° 50°
Maximum: . . . . . . . . . . . 0.02 second for Saturated Signal
Typical: . . . . . . 3 seconds for 1 ft2 (0.093 m2) gasoline fire –60° 60°
Adjustable:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Time delay up to 30 seconds
Field of View: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90° horizontal, 90° vertical
Explosion-proof enclosure:
NFPA Class I Division:. . . . . . . . . . 1, 2 groups B*, C and D
NFPA Class II Division: . . . . . . . . . . . 1, groups E, F and G
100% 80% 60% 40% 20% 50% 100%
Provides for installation of a swivel mount. 004637
* Requires seal at detector

SWIVEL MOUNT
Listings and Approvals*
FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
CSA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
CENELEC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
3 5/16 IN. * Listings and Approvals are under SPECTREX, INC.
(100 mm)

Ordering Information
Shipping
Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
417934 UV/IR Detector, Model 20/20LB 9 (4.1)
3 IN. ø 4 PL.
(762 mm) 1/4 IN. 417936 Swivel Mount 2 (0.9)
(7mm)
417937 Air Shield 2 (0.9)
437167 Fire Simulator 8 (3.6)

3 5/16IN. 3 IN.
(100 mm) (762 mm)

3 5/16 IN.
(100 mm) 004635

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007126-3
 Detection and Control Components

AutoPulse IR 20/20I “SharpEye” Flame Detector

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D, Z-10)

Features diverse detector available.

• Triple spectrum design The standard detector housing is a heavy-duty copper-free
• Sensitivity selection aluminum housing casting. The housing finish is epoxy
enamel. The detector housing is also available in stainless
• User-programmable configuration steel upon request. Total detector weight is 7.8 lb (3.5 kg).
• Automatic and manual built-in test The viewing window and back cover are each sealed with a
special “O” ring to prevent intrusion of dust, salt spray, and
• Standard 4-wire connection
foam/water fire fighting agents. The circuit boards are confor-
• Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) minimum 100,000 mally coated and shock-mounted to minimize damage from
hours mechanical vibration and impact. The detector is explosion-
• 3 year warranty proof and meets NEMA 250 for type 6P and tested per
MIL-STD-810-C.
• Optional swivel mount
The 20/20I utilizes Mil-spec. electronic components and
Applications materials. The MTBF is calculated to be 100,000 hours (11+
The IR 20/20I Flame Detector has been designed as a gen- years). This outstanding performance permits a 3-year war-
eral-purpose flame detector. It has applications in a wide ranty on the entire detector, not just the sensors.
range of industrial and commercial facilities, where the threat An optional Air Shield provides constant pressurized air on
of accidental fire involves hydrocarbon fuels, such as gaso- the lens of the detector. Use of the shield protects the view-
line, hydraulic fluid, paint, various solvents, aviation fuel, nat- ing window from the accumulation of dirt and dust. This
ural gas, propane, acetylene, etc. Typical field applications reduces the frequency of maintenance and cleaning cycles in
include: automotive manufacturing, petrochemical facilities, tough environmental conditions. The air shield is installed on
printing, munitions handling, power generation, and ware- the front of the detector with two screws and an air quick con-
housing of flammable liquids and gases. nect fitting connected to the air pressure source.
The optional Swivel Mount allows the 20/20LB Flame
Description
Detector to be aligned in the direction of the protected area.
The “SharpEye” 20/20I is a self-contained triple spectrum The detector is placed on the ball joint of the swivel mount
flame detector. The sensor band pass has been carefully and secured to the holding plate. When the correct position is
selected to ensure the greatest degree of spectral matching located the detector is held in place by tightening the locking
to the radiant energy emissions of fire, and the lowest degree screw at the back cover of the detector.
of matching to non-fire stimuli. The patented triple IR circuit
design scans for oscillating IR radiation (1 to 10 Hz) in the
spectral bands ranging from 4.0 to 5.0 microns. This highly
advanced detector uses programmed algorithms which
check the ratio and correlation of data received by the three
sensors. Only detection of radiation emissions matching the
spectral fingerprint of fire will produce an alarm, making the
20/20I highly resistant to false alarms.
The microprocessor design allows for unique field program-
mability not found in similar detectors. The 20/20I incorpo-
rates both Automatic and Manual BIT (Built In Test). In addi-
tion, the detector offers a customer programmable time
delay.
The “SharpEye” 20/20I is extremely sensitive. The patented
triple IR design offers two to three times the detection dis-
tance of any conventional IR or UV/IR detector. It can detect
a 1 ft x 1 ft (305 mm x 305 mm) gasoline pan fire at 200 ft
(61 m) in less than 5 seconds. The sensitivity is user-
programmable, offering 4 ranges of detection.
A 4-20 mA and RD-485 interface as well as the standard
alarm, accessory and fault relays make the 20/20I the most

3-5
Technical Information SWIVEL MOUNT
Operating Voltage: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 – 32 VDC
Power Consumption:. . . 150 mA in standby, 200 mA in alarm
Dry Contact Relays:
Alarm: . . . . . . . . . . 2 Amps at 30 VDC, 5 Amps at 250 VAC 3 5/16 IN.
Fault and Accessory: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Amps at 30 VDC, (100 mm)

5 Amps at 250 VAC

Electrical Interface: . . . . . . . Standard 4-wire connection with
cascading capability. Complete
electrical interface protection.
Electrical Connection: . . . . . Standard 3/4 in. 14 NPT conduit
Available Outputs: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 mA, RS-485 3 5/16 IN. ø 4 PL.
(100 mm) 1/4 IN.
Spectral Response: . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three IR band channels (7mm)

Temperature Range:
Operating: . . . . . . . . . . . –40 °F to 160 °F (–40 °C to 70 °C)
Storage:. . . . . . . . . . . . . –65 °F to 185 °F (–55 °C to 85 °C)
3 5/16IN. 3 IN.
Dimensions: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3/16 x 5 3/16 x 4 3/4 in. Deep (100 mm) (762 mm)
(132 x 132 x 120 mm Deep)
Detection Range for 1 ft (0.093 m2) Fire at Highest
2
Sensitivity Setting:
Gasoline: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 ft (60.9 m)
Diesel Oil: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 ft (42.7 m) 3 IN.
004635
(762 mm)
Alcohol: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 ft (45.7 m)
JP5:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 ft (45.7 m) FIELD OF VIEW
Response Time:
–10° 100% 10°
Typical: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 seconds –20° 20°
–30° 90% 30°
Adjustable: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Time delay up to 30 seconds –35° 35°
–40° 80% 40°
Field of View: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90° horizontal, 90° vertical –45° 70%
45°
–50° 50°
Explosion-proof enclosure: 60%

NFPA:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Class I Div. 1, groups B*, C and D –60° 50% 60°

NFPA: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Class II Div. 1, groups E, F and G

Provides for installation of a swivel mount.
* Requires seal at detector

Alarm Response Time Versus Range for Standard Fire

(Standard fire is 1 ft x 1 ft (0.3 m x 0.3 m) gasoline pan fire with maximum 004639
wind speed of 6.5 ft/sec (2 m/sec))
TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
Detector
Sensitivity: 1 2 3 4
Range in feet (m) 50 (15) 100 (30) 150 (45) 200 (60) COM. ALARM
RELAY RS-485 (–)
Response Time 3 sec 5 sec 8 sec 10 sec CONTACT
N.O. ALARM
RELAY RS-485 (+)
Other Fuels CONTACT
4-20mA (–)
The detector will react to other types of fires as follows:
FAULT
Type of % of Maximum Range at RELAY
CONTACTS
4-20mA (+)
Fuel Each Sensitivity Setting MANUAL
B.I.T.
Gasoline 100% ACTIVATION
(N.O. MOM.)
ACCESSORY
RELAY
N-Heptane 100% RETURN (–) CONTACTS
Alcohol 95% 75% N.C. ALARM
POWER (+) RELAY
JP4 75% (18-32 VDC) CONTACT
Kerosene 75%
Diesel Fuel 50% 004640

Listings and Approvals* Ordering Information

FM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved Shipping Weight
CSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved Part No. Description lb (kg)
CENELEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved 417935 IR Detector, Model 20/20I 9 (4.1)
CSFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved 417936 Swivel Mount 2 (0.9)
* Listings and Approvals are under SPECTREX, INC. 470223 Fire Simulator 8 (3.6)
TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007127-3
 Detection and Control Components

UV/IR 40/40 “SharpEye” Flame Detector

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D, Z-10)

Features
• UV/IR Dual-sensor design
• High-speed response –150 millisecond response to satu-
rated signal
• Solar blind
• Automatic and manual Built-In-Test (BIT)
• Heated window for operation in harsh weather conditions
• Multiple output options for maximum flexibility and
compatibility
• Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) minimum 150,000
hours 008599

• Approved to Safety Integrity Level 2 (SIL2 – TUV)

• 5-year warranty ture range. Since the preset dual range and level of radia-
• Optional tilt mount tion, as well as the flickering pattern, are characteristics of
real fire, all other radiation sources apart from actual fire
• Optional air shield for tough environmental conditions
are not detected, thus avoiding false alarms.
Applications The detector enclosure is an ATEX certified EExd flame-
The UV/IR 40/40 Flame Detector is designed for use in proof enclosure with an integral, segregated, rear, EExe
heavy industrial and commercial environments where the terminal compartment (avoiding exposure of the sensors
possibility of hydrocarbon-based fuel fires is high and and electronics to surrounding environment). It carries
conventional detection methods may be less effective or several hazardous locations ratings, including Class I, Div.
impractical. Ideal environments for the use of UV/IR detec- 1, Groups B, C & D (FM and CSA); Class II/III, Div. 1,
tion include on- and off-shore oil and gas installations, Groups E, F & G (FM and CSA); and a combined approval
chemical plants, storage tank farms, aircraft hangers, EExde IIB + H2 T5 (167 °F (75 °C)) or T4 (185 °F (85 °C)).
power generation facilities, large warehouses, explosives The “SharpEye” UV/IR 40/40L/LB detector is designed to
and munitions factories, waste disposal facilities, and/or operate as a stand-alone unit directly connected to an
any environment requiring a FM/CSA, or IECEx/ATEX alarm system or an automatic fire extinguishing system.
Hazardous Locations rating. The detector can also be a part of a more complex system,
where many detectors and other devices are integrated
Description through a common control unit.
The “SharpEye” UV/IR 40/40L/LB Flame Detector is an The 40/40L/LB detector uses heated optics. The heater
electronic device designed to sense the occurrence of fire increases the temperature of the optical surface by 5 to 8
and flames and subsequently activates an alarm or an °F (3 to 5 °C) above the ambient temperature to improve
extinguishing system directly or through a control circuit. performance in icing, condensation and snow conditions.
The UV/IR Flame Detector is a dual-spectrum optical detec- An optional Air Shield provides constant pressurized air on
tor sensitive to two separate ranges of the radiation spec- the lens of the detector. Use of the shield protects the
trum, both of which are present in fires. The detector viewing window from the accumulation of dirt and dust. This
monitors the protected volume by measuring the radiation reduces the frequency of maintenance and cleaning cycles
intensity in it, within two frequency ranges of the electro- in tough environmental conditions. The air shield is installed
magnetic spectrum, namely the Ultra-Violet (UV) and the on the front of the detector with two screws and an air quick
Infra-Red (IR). connect fitting connected to the air pressure source.
The IR sensor in the 40/40L/LB is sensitive to radiation over The optional Tilt Mount enables the detector to be rotated
a range of wavelengths between 2.5 to 3.0 μm where the up to 60° in all directions, providing accurate directional
H2 emission has a unique spectral peak that enables selection for optimum area coverage. The detector is
detection of hydrocarbon fires, gas fires, hydroxyl and placed on the holding plate of the tilt mount, pointed down-
hydrogen fires, as well as metal and inorganic fires. wards, and then secured to the holding plate. The detector
The UV sensor is sensitive to radiation between 0.185 and is then pointed toward the protected area and is secured in
0.260 μm. The UV channel incorporates a special logic that position by tightening the locking screws on the tilt
circuit that eliminates false alarms caused by solar radiation mount.
and other non-fire UV sources. Furthermore, the UV
channel’s sensitivity is stabilized over the working tempera-
3-5.1
TILT MOUNT Sensitivity Ranges: . . . . . . . . . 1 ft2 (0.1 m2) n-heptane pan
fire from 50 ft (15 m)
3.94 IN.
(100 mm)
Listings and Approvals*
3 IN.
(76 mm) FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3029553
0.14 IN. (7mm)
TYP
CSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Approved
ATEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .07ATEX1250
DNV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Approved
*Listings and Approvals are under SPECTREX, INC.

3 IN.
CONE OF VISION
5.35 IN. (76 mm) Horizontal: 100°
(136 mm)
3.94 IN.
(100 mm)

008595

Technical Information
Operating Voltage: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 – 32 VDC
24 VDC nominal
008596
Power Consumption: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100mA in standby,
150mA in alarm
Vertical: +50° (down), –45° (up)
Relays:
Alarm, Fault, Auxiliary:. . . . . . . 5A at 30 VDC or 250 VAC
Electrical Interface: . . . . . . . Detector includes 12 terminals
with 5 wiring options (factory set)
Cable Entries: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2x3/4 in. – 14NPT conduit
Available Outputs: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-20mA, HART, RS-485
Spectral Response:
UV: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.185 – 0.260 μm
IR: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 – 3.0 μm
Temperature Range:
Operating: . . . . . . . –67 °F to +167 °F (–55 °C to +75 °C)
Storage: . . . . . . . . . –67 °F to +185 °F (–55 °C to +85 °C)
Dimensions: . . . . . . 3.5 x 4.5 x 6.1 in. (90 x 114 x 156 mm)
Detection Range for 1 ft 2 (0.1 m 2 ) Fire at Highest
Sensitivity Setting:
N-Heptane: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ft (15.2 m)
Gasoline: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ft (15.2 m)
Diesel Fuel: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 ft (11.2 m)
JP5: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 ft (11.2 m)
Kerosene: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 ft (11.2 m) 008597

Ethanol 95%: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 ft (7.6 m)

Methanol:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 ft (7.6 m)
IPA: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 ft (7.6 m)
Hydrogen: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 ft (4.9 m)
Methane*: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 ft (4.9 m)
LPG*: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 ft (4.9 m)
Polypropylene Pellets: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 ft (4.0 m)
Office Paper: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 ft (4.9 m)
*20 in. (508 mm) high, 8 in. (203 mm) width plume fire

Response Time:
Typical: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 seconds
Adjustable: . . . . . . . . . . . . . Time Delay up to 30 seconds
Field of View: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100° horizontal, 95° vertical
 TERMINAL
TERMINAL CONNECTIONS CHAMBER

TERMINALS

INTERNAL
EARTH
TERMINAL

EARTH
TERMINAL

DETECTOR
CONDUIT/ HOLDING SCREW
CABLE INLET

008598

WIRING OPTIONS
Wire
Terminal No.
__________ Default
_______
1 +24 VDC
2 0 VDC
3 Manual BIT
4 Fault Relay N.C.
5 Fault Relay N.C.
6 Alarm Relay N.O.
7 Alarm Relay C
8 0-20mA In
9 0-20mA Out
10 RS-485+ (1)
11 RS-485– (1)
12 RS-485– GND

Ordering Information
Shipping
Weight
Part No.
_______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
_________
436834 UV/IR 40/40L/LB 6 (2.7)
Flame Detector
436835 Tilt Mount 2 (0.9)
436836 Air Shield 2 (0.9)
437167 Fire Simulator 8 (3.6)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2010180-3
 Detection and Control Components

IR3 40/40I “SharpEye” Flame Detector

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D, Z-10)

Features
• Triple spectrum design
• Sensitivity selection
• Automatic and manual Built-In-Test (BIT)
• Durable and weather-resistant
• Heated window for operation in harsh weather conditions
• Multiple output options for maximum flexibility and
compatibility
• Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) minimum 150,000
hours
• Approved to Safety Integrity Level 2 (SIL2 – TUV)
• 5-Year Warranty 008600

• Optional tilt mount The 40/40I detector also includes the addition of a fourth IR
sensor, which is sensitive to a different band of radiation
• Optional air shield for tough environmental conditions
within the emission peak of hot CO2. The signal of this
sensor is compared to those of the other three to determine
Applications
if a fire condition is present or not. This not only increases
The IR3 40/40I Flame Detector is designed for use in heavy the accuracy of the detector but the addition of this fourth
industrial and commercial environments where the possibil- sensor also increases the sensitivity of the 40/40I to certain
ity of hydrocarbon-based fuel fires is high and conventional types of flames (for example, gas flames).
detection methods may be less effective or impractical.
Ideal environments for the use of IR3 detection include on- The detector enclosure is an ATEX certified EExd flame-
and off-shore oil and gas installations, chemical plants, proof enclosure with an integral, segregated, rear, EExe
storage tank farms, aircraft hangers, power generation facil- terminal compartment (avoiding exposure of the sensors
ities, large warehouses, explosives and munitions factories, and electronics to surrounding environment). It carries
waste disposal facilities, and/or any environment requiring a several hazardous locations ratings, including Class I, Div.
FM/CSA, or IECEx/ATEX Hazardous Locations rating. 1, Groups B, C & D (FM and CSA); Class II/III, Div. 1,
Groups E, F & G (FM and CSA); and a combined approval
Description EExde IIB + H2 T5 (167 °F (75 °C)) or T4 (185 °F (85 °C)).
The “SharpEye” 40/40I is a flame detector designed to The “SharpEye” 40/40I detector is designed to operate as a
detect flames in which carbon dioxide (CO2) is produced in stand-alone unit directly connected to an alarm system or
the combustion process. These include all hydrocarbon an automatic fire extinguishing system. The detector can
flames, as well as other types of flames and burning materi- also be a part of a more complex system, where many
als, such as wood or alcohol. detectors and other devices are integrated through a
The detector’s principle of operation is based on patented common control unit.
IR3 technology. This technology identifies the unique spec- The 40/40I detector uses heated optics. The heater
tral signature that hot CO2 has in the infrared (IR), namely a increases the temperature of the optical surface by 5 to 8
peak of the intensity at wavelengths 4.2 to 4.7μ. °F (3 to 5 °C) above the ambient temperature to improve
The original IR3 technique (such as implemented in the performance in icing, condensation and snow conditions.
“SharpEye” 20/20I flame detector) utilizes three infrared
sensors, each sensitive to its own wavelength range. The
first sensor is sensitive to wavelengths within the emission
peak of “hot” CO2. The other two sensors are sensitive to
wavelengths above and below this peak. In the event of
fire, the signal measured in the first sensor is significantly
higher than those measured in the other two sensors. In
order to issue a fire alarm, the detector requires that this
occur, as well as other conditions (for example, radiation
flickering in frequencies typical of flames). If exposed to
non-fire radiation sources, the specific conditions required
do not occur, and the detector does not react.

3-5.2
Description (Continued) Technical Information
An optional Air Shield provides constant pressurized air on Operating Voltage:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 – 32 VDC
the lens of the detector. Use of the shield protects the 24 VDC Nominal
viewing window from the accumulation of dirt and dust. Power Consumption:. . . 100mA in standby, 150mA in alarm
This reduces the frequency of maintenance and cleaning
cycles in tough environmental conditions. The air shield is Relays:
installed on the front of the detector with two screws and an Alarm, Fault, Auxiliary: . . . . . . . 5A at 30 VDC or 250 VAC
air quick connect fitting connected to the air pressure Electrical Interface: . . . . Detector includes 12 terminals with
source. 5 wiring options (factory set)
The optional Tilt Mount enables the detector to be rotated Cable Entries: . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 in. x 3/4 in. – 14NPT conduit
up to 60° in all directions, providing accurate directional
Available Outputs: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-20mA, HART, RS-485
selection for optimum area coverage. The detector is
placed on the holding plate of the tilt mount, pointed down- Spectral Response: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three IR Bands
ward, and then secured to the holding plate. The detector is Temperature Range:
then pointed toward the protected area and is secured in Operating: . . . . . . . –67 °F to +167 °F (–55 °C to +75 °C)
that position by tightening the locking screws on the tilt Storage: . . . . . . . . . –67 °F to +185 °F (–55 °C to +85 °C)
mount.
Dimensions: . . . . . . 3.5 x 4.5 x 6.1 in. (90 x 114 x 156 mm)
TILT MOUNT
Detection Range for 1 ft2 (0.1 m2) Pan Fire at Highest
3.94 IN. Sensitivity Setting:
(100 mm) N-Heptane:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 ft (65.5 m)
3 IN. Gasoline: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 ft (65.5 m)
(76 mm) Diesel Fuel: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 ft (45.7 m)
0.14 IN. (7mm)
TYP JP5: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 ft (45.7 m)
Kerosene:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 ft (45.7 m)
Ethanol 95%: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 ft (41.1 m)
Methanol: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 ft (35.1 m)
IPA:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 ft (41.1 m)
Methane*:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ft (30.5 m)
3 IN. LPG*: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ft (30.5 m)
5.35 IN. (76 mm)
(136 mm) Polypropylene Pellets: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 ft (4.9 m)
3.94 IN.
(100 mm)
Office Paper: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 ft (10.1 m)
*20 in. (508 mm) high, 8 in. (203 mm) width plume fire

Response Time:
008595
Typical: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 seconds
Adjustable: . . . . . . . . . . . . . Time Delay up to 30 seconds
Field of View: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100° horizontal, 95° vertical
Sensitivity Ranges:. . . 4 ranges for 1 ft2 (0.1 m2) n-heptane
pan fire from 50 ft (15.2 m) to 215 ft (65.5 m)

Listings and Approvals*

FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3029553
CSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Approved
ATEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .07ATEX1250
DNV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Approved
*Listings and Approvals are under SPECTREX, INC.
CONE OF VISION TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
Horizontal: 100°
TERMINAL
CHAMBER

TERMINALS

INTERNAL
EARTH
TERMINAL

EARTH
TERMINAL

DETECTOR
008596 CONDUIT/ HOLDING SCREW
CABLE INLET

Vertical: +50° (down), -45° (up)

008598

WIRING OPTIONS
Wire
Terminal No.
__________ Default
_______
1 +24 VDC
2 0 VDC
3 Manual BIT
4 Fault Relay N.C.
5 Fault Relay N.C.
6 Alarm Relay N.O.
7 Alarm Relay C
8 0-20mA In
008597
9 0-20mA Out
10 RS-485+ (1)
11 RS-485– (1)
12 RS-485– GND

Ordering Information
Shipping
Weight
Part No.
_______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
_________
436833 IR3 40/40I Flame Detector 6 (2.7)
436835 Tilt Mount 2 (0.9)
436836 Air Shield 2 (0.9)
470223 Fire Simulator 8 (3.6)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2010181-3
 Detection and Control Components

Strobe Multi Candela

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D, Z-10)

Features Mounting:
• Approvals include: UL, New York City (MEA), California RSS Surface 4 in. x 4 in. x 1.5 in.
State Fire Marshall (CSFM), Factory Mutual (FM), and (102 mm x 102 mm x 38 mm)
Chicago (BFP) (Pending for RSSWP) standard back box (2.5 in. (64 mm)
recommended)
• ADA/NFPA/UFC/ANSI compliant
RSS Semi-flush: 4 in. x 4 in. x 1.5 in.
• Meets OSHA 29 Part 1910.165 (102 mm x 102 mm x 38 mm)
• Low current draw with temperature compensation to standard back box (2.5 in. (64 mm)
reduce power consumption and wiring costs recommended) with mounting plate
• 24 VDC model with wide new UL ‘Regulated Voltage’ using (order separately)
filtered (DC) or unfiltered VRMS input voltage RSSWP 5-3/16 in. x 5-3/16 in. x 1-11/16 in.
• Strobes produce one flash per second over the regulated Weatherproof: (132 mm x 132 mm x 43 mm)
voltage range (RSSWP produces 30-62 flashes per weatherproof back box
minute) (order separately)
• Wall Mount Voltage Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 – 33 VDC
• Synchronize with Wheelock SM Input Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC
RSS Strobe Candela (cd). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15/30/75/110
• ZERO Inrush above Peak
RSSWP Strobe Candela (cd) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
• Fast installation with IN/OUT screw terminals using #12 to
#18 AWG wire STROBE WITH DIMENSIONS
• Available as FIRE or AGENT units 2 3/4”
4 3/4”

Description 2 1/2”

The strobe is suitable for primary signaling in public mode for

life safety applications and complies with the Americans with
Disabilities Act (ADA) and the demanding requirements of the
UL 1971 Standard for the Hearing Impaired. The 4 3/4”

RSS-24MCW 15, 30, 75 or 110 multi-candela strobe meets

the light intensity requirements for the space being protected.
The RSS strobe is wall mounted only to a 4 in.
(102 mm) square electrical back box. Semi-flush mounting 006168

is available with the addition of an SFP mounting plate. The

weatherproof RSSWP strobe is wall mounted only to a
5-3/16 in. (132 mm) square WPSBB-R weatherproof back MOUNTING WITH OPTIONAL SEMI-FLUSH PLATE
box. STANDARD
BACK BOX
The unique lens/reflector design of the RSS strobe maintains
a consistent light dispersement pattern at 15 or 75 candela SFP
MOUNTING
(cd) light intensities while flashing at the ADA minimum of 1 PLATE
flash per second. The 75 cd RSSWP model produces 30 to
62 flashes per minute over the regulated voltage range.
SIGNAL
Screw terminations provide secure attachment for field wiring STROBE

of up to 12 AWG wire size.

Technical Information
Input Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 to 12 AWG
Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3/4 in. x 4 3/4 in. x 2 3/4 in.
(102 mm x 102 mm x 76 mm) 006145
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9 lb (0.4 kg)
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red
Operating Temperature:
RSS Models. . . . . . . . . . . . 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C)
RSSWP Models. . . . . . –31 °F to 150 °F (–35 °C to 66 °C)

3-6
 Average RMS Current*
* RMS current ratings are per UL average RMS
RSS/RSSP RSS/RSSP – Wall Mount method. UL max current rating is the maximum
24VDC 241575W 24MCW 24MCWH RMS current within the listed voltage range
(16-33v for 24v units). For strobes, the UL max
Models 1575cd 15cd 30cd 75cd 110 cd 135cd 185cd current is usually at the minimum listed voltage
(16v for 24v units). For audibles, the max current
24 vdc 0.060 0.041 0.063 0.109 0.140 0.195 0.270 is usually at the maximum listed voltage (33v for
24v units). For unfiltered FWR ratings, see instal-
UL max* 0.090 0.060 0.092 0.165 0.220 0.300 0.420 lation instructions.

Candela Ratings
UL 1638 UL 1638
Series UL 1971 @ 77 °F @ –40 °F RSS, MTWP UL Max Current
(25 °C) (–40 °C) (Strobe Only)
2475 30** 180 115 0.138
**Wall mount rating only

WIRING DIAGRAM Listings and Approvals*

TO NEXT UL
FROM
PRECEDING
APPLIANCE RSS Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S5391
OR EOLR
APPLIANCE RSSWP Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3078
OR FACP
Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
RSS Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7125-0785:141
RSSWP Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7300-0785:154
006146 MEA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151-92-E
*Listings and Approvals are under Wheelock Inc.

STROBE CANDELA SELECTION – BACK VIEW Ordering Information

Shipping
Part Weight
No. Model Description lb (kg)
429698 RSS-24MCW-FR Strobe, Multi- 2.0 (0.9)
CANDELA Candela (FIRE)
SELECTOR
437030 RSS-24MCW-FR Strobe, Multi- 2.0 (0.9)
Candela (ULC)
433352 RSS-24MCW-AR Strobe, Multi- 2.0 (0.9)
Candela (AGENT)
433353 RSSWP-2475-FR Strobe, 75cd 2.0 (0.9)
Weatherproof
(FIRE)
433354 RSSWP-2475W-AR Strobe, 75cd 2.0 (0.9)
Weatherproof
(AGENT)
433355 WPSBB-R Back Box, 0.5 (0.2)
006170
Weatherproof
433358 SHBB-R Back Box, 0.5 (0.2)
Shallow
437031 SHBB-R Back Box, 0.5 (0.2)
Shallow (ULC)
429701 SFP Semi-flush Plate, 0.5 (0.2)
Composite
439041 ISP2-R Adapter 0.5 (0.2)
429699 SM-12/24-R Sync Module 2.0 (0.9)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007133-3
 Detection and Control Components

Electronic Sounder
(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D, Z-10)

Description MOUNTING WITH OPTIONAL SEMI-FLUSH PLATE

The electronic sounder is UL listed for primary or secondary STANDARD BACK BOX
signaling in life safety systems. One of eight different warning
tones can be selected during installation by arranging four
programming switches. MP-SF MOUNTING PLATE

The sounder mounts directly to a 4 in. (102 mm) square back

ELECTRONIC
box and can be semi-flush mounted using the optional SOUNDER
SFP plate. The sounder is suitable for outdoor applications
when mounted to the weatherproof back box, Model IOB.
Screw terminals with clamping plates provide secure attach-
ment for field wiring of up to 12 AWG size.

Technical Information
Input Terminals: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 to 12 AWG
Size: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.125 in. x 5.125 in. x 2.125 in. 006149
(130 mm x 130 mm x 54 mm)
Weight: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9 lb (0.4 kg)
Color: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red TONE SELECTION TABS
Operating Temperature: . . . . . 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C)
Mounting:
Surface: . . . 4 in. x 4 in. (102 mm x 102 mm) back box
(1.5 in. - 2.125 in. (38 mm - 54 mm) deep)
Semi-flush: 4 in. x 4 in. (102 mm x 102 mm) back box
with SFP mounting plate (order separately)
Outdoor: . . 4 in. x 4 in. (102 mm x 102 mm)
IOB weatherproof back box
PROGRAMMING
Voltage Range:12 and 24 VDC (9.6 VDC min.; 48 VDC max.) SWITCH
006168
and full wave rectified unfiltered

dBA AND CURRENT RATINGS FOR MULTITONE SIGNALS WITHOUT STROBES

Typical Anechoic1 Rated Reverberant dBA2
dBA at 10 Feet at 10 Feet Per UL 464
Input Current Input Current At Nominal At Minimum At Nominal
Tone AMPS @ 24 VDC AMPS @ 12 VDC Input Voltage Input Voltage Input Voltage
HI STD HI STD HI STD HI STD HI STD
Horn 0.040 0.023 0.100 0.020 101 95 88 82 91 85
Bell 0.014 0.012 0.031 0.010 94 89 82 75 85 79
March Time Horn 0.040 0.023 0.100 0.020 101 95 85 79 88 82
Code-3 Horn 0.040 0.023 0.100 0.020 101 95 85 75 85 79
Code-3 Tone 0.028 0.017 0.060 0.015 97 92 79 75 82 75
Slow Whoop 0.048 0.026 0.100 0.025 101 96 88 82 88 82
Siren 0.036 0.023 0.082 0.020 100 95 85 82 88 82
HI/LO 0.020 0.014 0.044 0.012 95 90 82 79 85 79
1 Anechoic dBA is measured on axis in a non-reflective (free field) test room using fast meter response.
2 Reverberant dBA is a minimum UL rating based on sound power measurements in a reverberant test room.

3-7
Technical Information (Continued)

WIRING DIAGRAM
TO NEXT
FROM
APPLIANCE
PRECEDING
OR EOLR
APPLIANCE
OR FACP

006146

Listings and Approvals*

UL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5496
Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0X1AØ.AY
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM). . . . . . . 7135-0785:118
MEA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151-92-E
*Listings and Approvals are under Wheelock Inc.

Ordering Information
Shipping
Weight
Part No. Model Description lb (kg)
429697 MT-12/24-R Horn, 24 VDC, 2 (0.9)
Multiple Tone
429701 SFP Semi-Flush Plate, 0.5 (0.2)
Composite
429700 IOB Surface Mount 2 (0.9)
Back Box,
Weatherproof
437035 IOB-R Surface Mount 2 (0.9)
Back Box, Weather-
proof (ULC)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007134-3
 Detection and Control Components

Electronic Sounder with Strobe

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D, Z-10)

Features Mounting:
• Approvals include: UL, New York City (MEA), California MT Surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 in. x 4 in. x 1.5 in.
State Fire Marshal (CSFM), Factory Mutual (FM), and (102 mm x 102 mm x 38 mm) standard back box
Chicago (BFP) (Pending for MTWP) MT Semi-flush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 in. x 4 in. x 1.5 in.
• ADA/NFPA/UFC/ANSI compliant (102 mm x 102 mm x 38 mm) standard back box
with SFP mounting plate (ordered separately)
• Meets OSHA 29 Part 1910.165
MTWP Weather-Proof . . . . . . . . 5.25 in. x 5.25 in. x 2.625 in.
• Strobes produce one flash per second over the regulated (133 mm x 133 mm x 67 mm) weatherproof
voltage range (MTWP produces 30-62 flashes per minute) IOB back box (ordered separately)
• Synchronize with Wheelock SM Voltage Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 – 33 VDC
• One-alarm appliance with eight selectable signals Input Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC
• Two installer-selectable sound output levels cover range of
76-94 dBA reverberant
• Fast installation with IN/OUT screw terminals using #12 to DIMENSIONS
#18 AWG wire 4 3/8 IN.
5 1/8 IN.
(111 mm)
• Available as FIRE or AGENT units (130 mm)

2 31/32 IN.
Description (75 mm)

The electronic sounder with strobe provides either indepen-

5 1/8 IN.
dent or simultaneous audible and visual alarm indication. The (130 mm) 2 3/4 IN.
(70 mm)
electronic sounder is UL listed for primary or secondary sig-
naling and the strobe is suitable for primary signaling in pub-
lic mode for life safety applications. 006165

The strobe complies with the Americans with Disabilities Act

(ADA) and the demanding requirements of the UL 1971
Standard for the Hearing Impaired. The MT-24MCW 15, 30, MOUNTING WITH OPTIONAL SEMI-FLUSH PLATE
75, or 110 multi-candela strobe meets the light intensity STANDARD
BACK BOX
requirements for the space being protected.
One of eight different warning tones can be selected during SFP SEMI-
FLUSH PLATE
installation by arranging four programming switches. This
provides for superior sound penetration for various ambient
and wall conditions with two field selectable sound output lev- ELECTRONIC
els. The MT model mounts directly to a 4 in. (102 mm) SOUNDER
WITH STROBE
square back box with an optional SFP semi-flush plate. The
MTWP model mounts to a 5.25 in. (133 mm) square IOB
weatherproof back box.
Screw terminations provide secure attachment for field wiring
of up to 12 AWG wire size.
006145
Technical Information
Input Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 to 12 AWG
Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.125 in. x 5.125 in. x 4.375 in. TONE SELECTION SWITCHES
(130 mm x 130 mm x 111 mm)
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9 lb (0.4 kg)
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red
Operating Temperature:
MT Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C)
MTWP Model. . . . . . . . –31 °F to 150 °F (–35 °C to 66 °C) PROGRAMMING
SWITCH
006166

3-8
Technical Information (Continued)
TABLE 1: dBA AND CURRENT RATINGS FOR MULTITONE AUDIBLE PORTION
RMS Current (amps) dBA @ 10 ft dBA @ 10 ft
(UL Reverberant) (Anechoic)
24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC
Hi Output STD Output Hi STD Hi STD
@ 24 UL @ 24 UL Output Output Output Output
VDC max* VDC max*
Horn 0.074 0.108 0.033 0.044 92 87 99 93
Bell 0.040 0.053 0.018 0.024 86 80 92 87
March Time Horn 0.067 0.104 0.033 0.038 89 84 99 93
Code-3 Horn 0.069 0.091 0.026 0.035 88 83 99 93
Code-3 Tone 0.061 0.075 0.026 0.035 85 80 95 90
Slow Whoop 0.069 0.098 0.028 0.037 90 89 98 93
Siren 0.080 0.104 0.027 0.036 89 84 98 93
HI/LO 0.044 0.057 0.020 0.026 86 81 93 88
Note: If the strobe and audible operate on the same circuit, add the strobe current from Table 2 to the audible current from Table 1.
* RMS current ratings are per UL average RMS method. UL max current rating is the maximum RMS current within the listed voltage range (16-33v for 24v units). For
strobes, the UL max current is usually at the minimum listed voltage (16v for 24v units). For audibles, the max current is usually at the maximum listed voltage (33v for
24v units). For unfiltered FWR ratings, see installation instructions.

TABLE 2: CURRENT RATINGS FOR STROBE

RMS Current (amps)
Listings and Approvals*
Model MTWP-2475 MT-24MCW UL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5946
Candela 180cd 15cd 30cd 75cd 110cd Factory Mutual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
@ 24VDC 0.094 0.041 0.063 0.109 0.140 California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
UL max* 0.138 0.060 0.092 0.165 0.220 MT Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7125-0785:155
MTWP Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7135-0785:156
WIRING DIAGRAM MEA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151-92-E
*Listings and Approvals are under Wheelock Inc.

FROM PRECEDING TO NEXT

APPLIANCE OR RED APPLIANCE
FACP OR EOLR

BLACK Ordering Information Shipping

Weight
Part No. Model Description lb (kg)
433356 MT-24MCW-FR Strobe, Multi- 2 (0.9)
Candela w/Sounder
006150

STROBE AUDIBLE
(FIRE)
433357 MT-24MCW-AR Strobe, Multi- 2 (0.9)
Alarm Tones Candela w/Sounder
(AGENT)
Alarm Tones
431526 MTWP-2475W-FR Sounder/75cd*, 2 (0.9)
Tone Pattern Description
Weatherproof
Horn Broadband Horn (Continuous) w/Sounder (FIRE)
Bell 1560 Hz Modulated (0.07 sec ON/Repeat) 437034 MTWP-2475W-FR Sounder/75cd*, 2 (0.9)
March Time Horn (0.25 sec ON/0.25 sec OFF/ Weatherproof
Horn Repeat) w/Sounder (ULC)
429701 SFP Semi-Flush Plate 0.5 (0.2)
Code-3 Horn Horn (ANSI S3.41 Temporal Pattern)
429700 IOB Surface Back Box 2 (0.9)
Code-3 Tone 500 Hz (ANSI S3.41 Temporal Pattern)
437035 IOB-R Surface Back Box 2 (0.9)
Slow Whoop 500-1200 Hz Sweep (4.0 sec ON/ (ULC)
0.5 sec OFF/Repeat)
439041 ISP2-R Adapter 0.5 (0.2)
Siren 600-1200 Hz Sweep (1.0 sec ON/Repeat)
* Rated 75cd at –31 °F (–35 °C). Rated 180 cd at 77 °F (25 °C).
HI/LO 1000/800 Hz (0.25 sec ON/Alternate)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007136-3
 Detection and Control Components

Explosion-Proof Electronic Sounder

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D, Z-10)

Features Technical Information

• Compact low silhouette design Volts DC:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, Polarized
• AC or DC operation Amps: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.16
• Low current drain VA: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5
• High dB output DC Coil Res (Ohms): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
• UL listed dB at 10 ft (3 m): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Operating Voltage Range of nominal voltage: . -20% – +15%
Applications
Wire Connections: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Red Leads (+)
The Explosion-Proof Electronic Sounder creates a distinctive
2 Black Leads (–)
and urgent signal for timing, scheduling, paging, general
alarm and warning in a hazardous location. Typical applica- Conduit Fitting: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/4 in.
tions include: mining, granaries, flour mills, tanker, refineries Dimensions:
and laboratories. High: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5/8 in. (193 mm)
Description Wide: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 3/8 in. (187 mm)
Deep:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3/16 in. (107 mm)
The economical sounder is a heavy-duty high decibel vibrat-
ing horn intended for use where a distinctive audible signal is WIRING
required in a hazardous location. The sounder is highly effi-
cient with low current drain and a wide operating voltage
range (–20% to +15% of nominal voltage). RED RED

The explosion-proof sounder is suitable for use in the follow-

ing areas: Class I, Groups B, C, and D; Class II, Groups E, F,
and G; and Class III. TO AUTOPULSE TO NEXT SIGNAL OR
CONTROL UNIT END OF LINE DEVICE
The sounder mounts to any solid surface using two bolts.
Each unit is fitted with a sealing fitting for 3/4 in. (19 mm)
conduit and wire leads for connection to a local power
source.
BLACK BLACK
EXPLOSION-PROOF ELECTRONIC SOUNDER
003784

7 3/8 IN. 4 3/16 IN.

(187 mm) (107 mm)
Listings and Approvals*
UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 46293
*Listings and Approvals are under Edwards GS

2 1/4 IN.
(57 mm)
6 1/2 IN. 7 5/8 IN. Ordering Information
(165 mm) (193 mm)
TYP. Shipping
Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
003574 65947 Explosion-Proof Alarm Horn 10 (4.5)

3-9
TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007135-3
 Detection and Control Components
SpectrAlert® Advance Selectable Output
Chimes and Chime/Strobes
(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D)

General
SpectrAlert ® Advance selectable-output chimes and
chime/strobes are private-mode notification appliances used
to alert trained personnel to investigate possible emergency
situations and to take appropriate action. Security guard and
nurse workstations are ideal locations for chime products.
SpectrAlert Advance chimes and chime/strobes are rich with
features guaranteed to cut installation times and maximize
profits. The SpectrAlert Advance series of notification appli-
ances is designed to simplify your installations, with features
such as: plug-in designs, instant feedback messages to
ensure correct installation of individual devices, and seven
field-selectable candela settings for chime/strobes. Chime (CHR) Chime/Strobe (CHSR)
008642 008638

More specifically, when installing Advance products, first

attach a universal mounting plate to a 4 in. (10.2 cm) square, Engineering Specifications
4 in. (10.2 cm) octagonal, single-gang, or double-gang junc- SpectrAlert Advance chimes and chime/strobes shall mount
tion box. to a standard 4 in. x 4 in. x 1.5 in. (102 mm x 102 mm x
Then, connect the notification appliance circuit wiring to the 38 mm) backbox, 4 in. (102 mm) octagonal backbox, single-
SEMS terminals on the mounting plate. gang 2 in. x 4 in. x 1.875 in. (50 mm x 102 mm x 48 mm)
backbox, or double-gang backbox. A universal mounting
Finally, attach the chime or chime/strobe to the mounting plate shall be used for mounting products. The notification
plate by inserting the product tabs in the mounting plate appliance circuit wiring shall terminate at the universal
grooves. mounting plate. Also, SpectrAlert Advance products, when
The device will rotate into position, locking the product pins used with the Sync•Circuit™ Module accessory, shall be
into the mounting plate terminals. The device will temporarily powered from a non-coded notification appliance circuit
hold in place with a catch until it is secured with a captive output and shall operate on a nominal 12 or 24 volts. When
mounting screw. used with the Sync•Circuit Module, 12-volt rated notification
appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 9 and 17.5
Features volts; 24-volt rated notification appliance circuit outputs shall
•  Plug-in design. operate between 17 and 33 volts. Indoor SpectrAlert
Advance products shall operate between 32°F and 120°F
•  Shorting spring on mounting plate for pre-installation conti- from a regulated DC, or fullwave-rectified, unfiltered power
nuity check. supply. Chime/strobes shall have field-selectable candela
•  Captive mounting screw. settings of 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, and 115.
•  Torx screw for tamper resistance.
CHIME/STROBE COMBINATION
•  Field-selectable candela settings: at 24 volts, 15, 15/75, 30,
The chime/strobe shall be a SpectrAlert Advance Model
75, 95, 110, or 115 candela by way of rear-mounted slide-
_______ listed to UL/ULC 1638 and UL/ULC 464. The
switch and front-view window.
chime/strobe shall comply with the Americans with
•  Automatic selection of 12- or 24-volt operation at 15 and Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appliances,
15/75 candela. flashing at 1 Hz over the strobeʼs entire operating voltage
•  Selectable chime tones and volume by way of rotary range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube
switch. and associated lens/reflector system. The chime shall have
two audibility options and an option to switch between a
•  Minimal intrusion into the backbox. temporal three-pattern and a non-temporal (continuous)
•  Rotary switch for tone selection. pattern. These options are set by a multiple position switch.
•  Two volume settings.
•  Electrically compatible with existing SpectrAlert products.

3-9.1
Engineering Specifications (Continued) MASTER-SLAVE MODE
SYNCHRONIZATION MODULE FACP

The module shall be a Sync•Circuit MDL3R listed to UL/ULC

+
– } HORN
CONTROL
ZONE 1
OUT } +
–
TO NEXT
SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE
464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The DEVICE OR EOL

module shall synchronize SpectrAlert strobes at 1 Hz and NAC 1

} B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 1
IN
MASTER
ZONE 2
OUT } +
–
2 STYLE Y ZONES
(CLASS B)

TO NEXT
chimes at Temporal 3. Also, while operating the strobes, the
module shall silence the chimes on chime/strobe models
NAC 2
} B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 2
IN
NAC
SLAVE IN } +
–
SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE
DEVICE OR EOL

over a single pair of wires. The module shall mount to a

4.688 in. x 4.688 in. x 2.125 in. (119 mm x 119 mm x 54 mm)
+
– } SLAVE
IN
SLAVE
OUT } +
–
WIRING MUST BE
CONTAINED WITH EITHER
THE COMMON ENCLOSURE
TEMP JUMP OFF OF MODULES OR
backbox. The module shall also control two Style Y (Class B) ENCLOSURES WITHIN 20 FT
(6.1 m) OF EACH OTHER WITH
circuits or one Style Z (Class A) circuit. The module shall WIRING INSIDE CONDUIT

synchronize multiple zones. Daisychaining two or more

synchronization modules together will synchronize all the
(STYLE Z CLASS A)
+
– } HORN
CONTROL
ZONE 1
OUT } +
–
TO NEXT
SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE DEVICE

zones they control. The module shall not operate on a coded NAC 3
} B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 1
IN
SLAVE
ZONE 2
OUT } +
–
power supply.
} A+ +
A– –
+
– } ZONE 2
IN
NAC
SLAVE IN } +
–
TO NEXT
SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE DEVICE
Module Specifications –
Dimensions: 5.25 in. L x 5.25 in. W (133 mm L x 133 mm W)
+
– } SLAVE
IN
SLAVE
OUT } +
–
STYLE Z ZONES
(CLASS A)

008647
TEMP JUMP OFF
Mounting: 4.6875 in. x 4.6875 in. x 2.125 in. (119 mm x
119 mm x 54 mm) back box
Indoor Operating Temperature: 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to MASTER-SLAVE USING NAC-SLAVE INPUT
49 °C)
TO NEXT
Operating Voltage: 12 VDC and FWR unfiltered FACP
SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE
DEVICE OR EOL
Operating Voltage Range: 8.5 to 17.5 VDC +
– } HORN
CONTROL
ZONE 1
OUT } +
– TO NEXT
Maximum Load on Loop: 3 Amps/zone SPECTRALERT

U.S. Patent Nos.: 5,598,139 and 5,850,178

NAC 1
}
B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 1
IN
SLAVE
ZONE 2
OUT } +
–
ADVANCE
DEVICE OR EOL

MDL3R Current Draw

NAC 2
}
B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 2
IN
NAC
SLAVE IN } +
–
TO NEXT MDL3 NAC
SLAVE IN OR EOL
2 STYLE Y ZONES

Average Peak In-rush NAC Slave

+
– } SLAVE
IN
SLAVE
OUT } +
–
(CLASS B)

Current Current Current Input FACP TEMP JUMP OFF

(mA)
Voltage DC FWR
(mA)
DC FWR
(mA)
DC FWR
(mA)
DC FWR
+
– } HORN
CONTROL
ZONE 1
OUT } +
–

12 10 12 50 60 100 120 3.5 4

NAC 1
}B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 1
IN
MASTER
ZONE 2
OUT } +
– TO NEXT SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE DEVICE OR EOL

NAC 2
}B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 2
IN
NAC
SLAVE IN } +
– 008648

HORNS AND CHIMES SILENCED OVER TWO-WIRE

+
– } SLAVE
IN
SLAVE
OUT } +
–

TEMP JUMP OFF

CIRCUIT
FACP #1

NAC 1
}
B+ +
B– –
EOL
+
– } HORN
CONTROL
ZONE 1
OUT } +
–
TO NEXT
SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE
DEVICE OR EOL
NAC 2
}
B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 1
IN
MASTER
ZONE 2
OUT } +
–
2 STYLE Y ZONES
(CLASS B)

TO NEXT
NAC 3
}
B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 2
IN
NAC
SLAVE IN } +
–
SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE
DEVICE OR EOL
+
– } SLAVE
IN
SLAVE
OUT } +
–
WIRING MUST BE
CONTAINED WITH EITHER
THE COMMON ENCLOSURE
TEMP JUMP OFF OF MODULES OR
ENCLOSURES WITHIN 20 FT
(6.1 m) OF EACH OTHER WITH
FACP #2 WIRING INSIDE CONDUIT
+
– } HORN
CONTROL
ZONE 1
OUT } +
–
TO NEXT
SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE DEVICE
NAC 1
}
B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 1
IN
SLAVE
ZONE 2
OUT } +
–

}
A+ +
A– –
+
– } ZONE 2
IN
NAC
SLAVE IN } +
–
TO NEXT
SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE DEVICE

+
– } SLAVE
IN
SLAVE
OUT } +
–
STYLE Z ZONES
(CLASS A)

008646
TEMP JUMP OFF
Operating Specifications Agency Listings and Approvals
•  Standard operating temperature: 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to The listings and approvals below apply to SpectrAlert
49 °C). Advance Selectable Output Chimes and Chime/Strobes. In
•  Humidity range: 10% to 93% non-condensing (indoor prod- some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain
ucts). approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult
factory for latest listing status.
•  Strobe flash rate: 1 flash per second.
UL/ULC Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4011
•  Nominal voltage: regulated 12 VDC/FWR or regulated 24
VDC/FWR. FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
•  Operating voltage range: 8 V to 17.5 V (12 V nominal); or MEA Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452-05-E
16 V to 33 V (24 V nominal). Note: CHS products will CSFM . . . . . 7125-1653:188 (CHSR); 7135-1653:189 (CHR)
operate at 12 V nominal only for 15 cd and 15/75 cd. USCG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1
•  Input terminal wire gauge: 12 to 18 AWG.
•  Chime/strobe dimensions (including lens): 5.6 in. H x Ordering Information
4.7 in. W x 2.5 in. D (142 mm H x 119 mm W x 64 mm D). Shipping
Weight
•  Chime dimensions: 5.6 in. H x 4.7 in. W x 1.3 in. D Part No. Description lb (kg)
_______ _________ _________
(142 mm H x 119 mm W x 33 mm D).
435754 CHR: Chime 1 (0.5)
435755 CHSR: Chime/Strobe 1 (0.5)
438077 BBS-2: Backbox Skirt, wall 0.5 (0.2)
438076 MDL3R: Sync·Circuit Module 0.5 (0.2)

Current Draw, UL Maximum (mA RMS)

8 – 17.5 Volts 16 – 33 Volts

Input, Pattern, dB Out 15 cd 15/75 cd 15 cd 15/75 cd 30 cd 75 cd 95 cd 110 cd 115 cd

DC, 1-Second Chime, HIGH 131 142 65 76 94 160 185 207 213
DC, 1-Second Chime, LOW 131 142 64 75 92 157 183 203 212
DC, 1/4-Second Chime, HIGH 129 142 66 75 95 159 184 205 212
DC, 1/4-Second Chime, LOW 129 142 64 74 91 155 181 204 211
DC, Temporal Chime, HIGH 125 142 64 74 91 156 181 205 211
DC, Temporal Chime, LOW 129 141 65 75 92 155 180 200 209
DC, 5-Second Whoop, HIGH 133 145 70 81 99 165 189 210 217
DC, 5-Second Whoop, LOW 130 143 66 77 95 160 186 206 214
DC, One-Time Chime 127 141 64 76 93 156 182 203 210

FWR, 1-Second Chime, HIGH 128 150 72 82 98 158 183 202 210
FWR, 1-Second Chime, LOW 127 150 71 81 97 157 182 202 210
FWR, 1/4-Second Chime, HIGH 129 149 72 82 99 160 183 203 211
FWR, 1/4-Second Chime, LOW 128 149 71 81 97 154 179 196 205
FWR, Temporal Chime, HIGH 128 148 71 81 97 157 179 199 206
FWR, Temporal Chime, LOW 125 147 71 81 97 156 180 200 206
FWR, 5-Second Whoop, HIGH 136 152 84 93 110 170 193 212 220
FWR, 5-Second Whoop, LOW 132 150 77 86 102 161 184 203 214
FWR, One-Time Chime 127 147 72 82 97 157 181 200 210
Tone Selection Chime Patterns
Chime tone selection is accomplished by using the rotary Setting Repetition Rate dB Out
switch on the back of the product. The current draw and
sound measurements for various chime tones are listed 1 1-Second Chime HIGH
below.
2 1-Second Chime LOW
Chime Current Draw, UL Maximum (mA RMS)
3 1/4-Second Chime HIGH
8 – 17.5 Volts 16 – 33 Volts
4 1/4-Second Chime LOW
Sound Pattern dB DC FWR DC FWR
5 Temporal Chime HIGH
1-Second Chime HIGH 34 mA 50 mA 58 mA 51 mA
1-Second Chime LOW 30 mA 51 mA 51 mA 54 mA 6 Temporal Chime LOW

1/4-Second Chime HIGH 34 mA 51 mA 50 mA 50 mA 7 5-Second Whoop HIGH

1/4-Second Chime LOW 31 mA 51 mA 50 mA 52 mA 8 5-Second Whoop LOW
Temporal Chime HIGH 30 mA 50 mA 48 mA 54 mA
9 One Test Chime HIGH
Temporal Chime LOW 30 mA 47 mA 50 mA 51 mA
5-Second Whoop HIGH 32 mA 52 mA 34 mA 54 mA
5-Second Whoop LOW 30 mA 40 mA 34 mA 52 mA
One Test Chime HIGH 48 mA 49 mA 50 mA 50 mA

Sound Output (dBA), Chime and Chime/Strobe

Switch 8 – 17.5 Volts 16 – 33 Volts
Setting Sound Pattern dB DC FWR DC FWR
1 1-Second Chime HIGH 58 dBA 59 dBA 61 dBA 61 dBA
2 1-Second Chime LOW 53 dBA 54 dBA 55 dBA 55 dBA
3 1/4-Second Chime HIGH 63 dBA 64 dBA 66 dBA 66 dBA
4 1/4-Second Chime LOW 58 dBA 59 dBA 60 dBA 60 dBA
5 Temporal Chime HIGH 62 dBA 64 dBA 68 dBA 69 dBA
6 Temporal Chime LOW 55 dBA 57 dBA 60 dBA 60 dBA
7 5-Second Whoop HIGH 68 dBA 71 dBA 75 dBA 77 dBA
8 5-Second Whoop LOW 62 dBA 64 dBA 67 dBA 68 dBA
9 One Test Chime HIGH 57 dBA 55 dBA 61 dBA 57 dBA

SpectrAlert Advance Chime/Strobe Dimensions

4.6 IN.
(117 mm)

5.6 IN.
(142 mm)

2.5 IN.
(64 mm)
008639

Sync•Circuit™ is a trademark and SpectrAlert® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2010253
 Detection and Control Components
SpectrAlert® Advance Selectable Output
Notification Appliances
(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D)

General
SpectrAlert® Advance selectable-output horns, strobes and
horn/strobes are rich with features guaranteed to cut installa-
tion times and maximize profits. The SpectrAlert Advance
series of notification appliances is designed to simplify your
installations, with features such as: plug-in designs, instant
feedback messages to ensure correct installation of individ- Indoor Ceiling Horn/Strobe Outdoor Ceiling Strobe
ual devices, and eleven field-selectable candela settings for
wall and ceiling strobes and horn/strobes.
More specifically, when installing Advance products, first
attach a universal mounting plate to a four-inch square, four-
inch octagon, or double-gang junction box. The two-wire
mounting plate attaches to a single-gang junction box.
Then, connect the notification appliance circuit wiring to the Indoor Wall Horn/Strobe Indoor Ceiling Strobe
SEMS terminals on the mounting plate.
Finally, attach the horn, strobe, or horn/strobe to the mount-
ing plate by inserting the product tabs in the mounting plate
grooves. The device will rotate into position, locking the
product pins into the mounting plate terminals. The device
will temporarily hold in place with a catch until it is secured
with a captured mounting screw. Indoor Wall Horn Outdoor Wall Strobe
008640

Models available: •  The SpectrAlert Advance series includes outdoor notifica-

•  Indoor wall-mount: horn, strobe, 2-wire horn/strobe, 4-wire tion appliances. Outdoor strobes and horn/strobes (two-
horn/strobe. wire and four-wire) are available for wall or ceiling. Outdoor
•  Indoor ceiling-mount: strobe, 2-wire horn/strobe, 4-wire horns are available for wall only. All System Sensor
horn/strobe. outdoor products are rated between –40 °F and 151 °F
(–40 °C and 66 °C) in wet or dry applications.
•  Outdoor wall-mount: horn, strobe, 2-wire horn/strobe,
4-wire horn/strobe.
Engineering Specifications
•  Outdoor ceiling-mount: strobe, 2-wire horn/strobe, 4-wire
SpectrAlert Advance horns, strobes, and horn/strobes shall
horn/strobe.
mount to a standard 4.0 in. x 4.0 in. x 1.5 in. (102  mm x
Features 102 mm x 38 mm) backbox, 4.0 in. (102 mm) octagonal
backbox, or a double-gang backbox. Two-wire products shall
•  Plug-in design. also mount to a single-gang 2.0 in. x 4.0 in. x 1.875 in.
•  Same mounting plate for wall- and ceiling-mount units. (51 mm x 102 mm x 48 mm) backbox. A universal mounting
•  Shorting spring on mounting plate for continuity check plate shall be used for mounting ceiling and wall products.
before installation. The notification appliance circuit wiring shall terminate at the
universal mounting plate. Also, SpectrAlert Advance prod-
•  Captive mounting screw.
ucts, when used with the Sync•Circuit™ Module accessory,
•  Tamper-resistance capability. shall be powered from a non-coded notification appliance
•  Field-selectable candela settings on wall and ceiling units: circuit output and shall operate on a nominal 12 or 24 volts.
at 24 volts, 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 115, 135, 150, 177, When used with the Sync•Circuit Module, 12-volt rated notifi-
or 185 candela by way of a rear-mounted slide switch and cation appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 9 and
front viewing window. 17.5 volts; 24-volt rated notification appliance circuit outputs
shall operate between 17 and 33 volts.
•  Automatic selection of 12 or 24 volt operation at 15 and
15/75 candela. Indoor SpectrAlert Advance products shall operate between
32 °F and 120 °F (0 °C and 49 °C) from a regulated DC, or
•  Horn tones and volume by way of a rotary switch.
full-wave-rectified, unfiltered power supply. Strobes and
•  Outdoor wall and ceiling products. horn/strobes shall have field-selectable candela settings
including 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 115, 135, 150, 177, 185.

3-9.2
Engineering Specifications (Continued) OUTDOOR PRODUCTS
STROBE SpectrAlert Advance outdoor horns, strobes and
The strobe shall be a SpectrAlert Advance Model _______ horn/strobes shall be listed for outdoor use by UL and shall
listed to UL 1971 and shall be approved for fire protective operate between –40 °F and 151 °F (–40 °C and 66 °C). The
service. The strobe shall be wired as a primary-signaling noti- products shall be listed for use with a System Sensor
fication appliance and comply with the Americans with outdoor/weatherproof backbox with half-inch and three-
Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appliances, fourths-inch conduit entries.
flashing at 1Hz over the strobeʼs entire operating voltage
Strobe Current Draw, UL Maximum (mA RMS)
range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube
and associated lens/reflector system. 8 – 17.5 Volts 16 – 33 Volts
Candela DC FWR DC FWR
HORN/STROBE COMBINATION
Standard 15 123 128 66 71
The horn/strobe shall be a SpectrAlert Advance Model
_______ listed to UL 1971 and UL 464 and shall be Candela 15/75 142 148 77 81
approved for fire protective service. The horn/strobe shall be Range
wired as a primary-signaling notification appliance and 30 NA N/A 94 96
comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act requirements 75 NA NA 158 153
for visible signaling appliances, flashing at 1 Hz over the
strobeʼs entire operating voltage range. The strobe light shall 95 NA NA 181 176
consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector
system. The horn shall have three audibility options and an 110 NA NA 202 195
option to switch between a Temporal 3 pattern and a Non- 115 NA NA 210 205
Temporal (continuous) pattern. These options are set by a
multiple position switch. On four-wire products, the strobe High 135 NA NA 228 207
shall be powered independently of the sounder. The horn on Candela 150 NA NA 246 220
horn/strobe models shall operate on a coded or non-coded
Range
power supply. 177 NA NA 281 251
185 NA NA 286 258
Engineering Specifications (Continued) MASTER-SLAVE MODE
FACP
SYNCHRONIZATION MODULE
The module shall be a Sync•Circuit MDL3R listed to UL 464
+
– } HORN
CONTROL
ZONE 1
OUT } +
–
TO NEXT
SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE
DEVICE OR EOL
and shall be approved for fire protective service. The module
shall synchronize SpectrAlert strobes at 1 Hz and horns at
NAC 1
} B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 1
IN
MASTER
ZONE 2
OUT } +
–
2 STYLE Y ZONES
(CLASS B)

TO NEXT
Temporal 3. Also, while operating the strobes, the module
shall silence the horns on horn/strobe models over a single
NAC 2
} B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 2
IN
NAC
SLAVE IN } +
–
SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE
DEVICE OR EOL

pair of wires. The module shall mount to a 4.688 in. x 4.688

+
– } SLAVE
IN
SLAVE
OUT } +
–
WIRING MUST BE
CONTAINED WITH EITHER
THE COMMON ENCLOSURE
in. x 2.125 in. (119 mm x 119 mm x 54 mm) backbox. TEMP JUMP OFF OF MODULES OR
ENCLOSURES WITHIN 20 FT
(6.1 m) OF EACH OTHER WITH
The module shall also control two Style Y (Class B) circuits WIRING INSIDE CONDUIT

or one Style Z (Class A) circuit. The module shall synchro-

nize multiple zones. Daisy-chaining two or more synchroniza- (STYLE Z CLASS A)
+
– } HORN
CONTROL
ZONE 1
OUT } +
–
TO NEXT
SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE DEVICE
tion modules together will synchronize all the zones they
control. The module shall not operate on a coded power
NAC 3
} B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 1
IN
SLAVE
ZONE 2
OUT } +
–

supply. } A+ +
A– –
+
– } ZONE 2
IN
NAC
SLAVE IN } +
–
TO NEXT
SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE DEVICE

Module Specifications –
+
– } SLAVE
IN
SLAVE
OUT } +
–
STYLE Z ZONES
(CLASS A)

008647
Dimensions: 5.25 in. L x 5.25 in. W (133 mm L x 133 mm W) TEMP JUMP OFF

Mounting: 4.6875 in. x 4.6875 in. x 2.125 in. (119 mm x 119

mm x 54 mm) back box
MASTER-SLAVE USING NAC-SLAVE INPUT
Indoor Operating Temperature: 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to
49 °C) TO NEXT
SPECTRALERT
FACP ADVANCE
Operating Voltage: 12 VDC and FWR unfiltered DEVICE OR EOL

Operating Voltage Range: 8.5 to 17.5 VDC

+
– } HORN
CONTROL
ZONE 1
OUT } +
– TO NEXT
SPECTRALERT

Maximum Load on Loop: 3 Amps/zone

NAC 1
}
B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 1
IN
SLAVE
ZONE 2
OUT } +
–
ADVANCE
DEVICE OR EOL

U.S. Patent Nos.: 5,598,139 and 5,850,178 NAC 2

}
B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 2
IN
NAC
SLAVE IN } +
–
TO NEXT MDL3 NAC
SLAVE IN OR EOL
2 STYLE Y ZONES

MDL3R Current Draw

+
– } SLAVE
IN
SLAVE
OUT } +
–
(CLASS B)

TEMP JUMP OFF

Average Peak In-rush NAC Slave FACP

Current Current Current Input

+
– } HORN
CONTROL
ZONE 1
OUT } +
–
(mA) (mA) (mA) (mA)
Voltage DC FWR DC FWR DC FWR DC FWR NAC 1
}
B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 1
IN
MASTER
ZONE 2
OUT } +
– TO NEXT SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE DEVICE OR EOL
12 10 12 50 60 100 120 3.5 4 NAC 2
}
B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 2
IN
NAC
SLAVE IN } +
–
008648
+
– } SLAVE
IN
SLAVE
OUT } +
–

HORNS AND CHIMES SILENCED OVER TWO-WIRE TEMP JUMP OFF

CIRCUIT
FACP #1

NAC 1
}
B+ +
B– –
EOL
+
– } HORN
CONTROL
ZONE 1
OUT } +
–
TO NEXT
SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE
DEVICE OR EOL
NAC 2
}
B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 1
IN
MASTER
ZONE 2
OUT } +
–
2 STYLE Y ZONES
(CLASS B)

TO NEXT
NAC 3
}
B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 2
IN
NAC
SLAVE IN } +
–
SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE
DEVICE OR EOL
+
– } SLAVE
IN
SLAVE
OUT } +
–
WIRING MUST BE
CONTAINED WITH EITHER
THE COMMON ENCLOSURE
TEMP JUMP OFF OF MODULES OR
ENCLOSURES WITHIN 20 FT
(6.1 m) OF EACH OTHER WITH
FACP #2 WIRING INSIDE CONDUIT
+
– } HORN
CONTROL
ZONE 1
OUT } +
–
TO NEXT
SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE DEVICE
NAC 1
}
B+ +
B– –
+
– } ZONE 1
IN
SLAVE
ZONE 2
OUT } +
–

}
A+ +
A– –
+
– } ZONE 2
IN
NAC
SLAVE IN } +
–
TO NEXT
SPECTRALERT
ADVANCE DEVICE

+
– } SLAVE
IN
SLAVE
OUT } +
–
STYLE Z ZONES
(CLASS A)

008646
TEMP JUMP OFF
Operating Specifications Horn Current Draw, UL Maximum (mA RMS)
•  Standard operating temperature: 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 8 – 17.5 Volts 16 – 33 Volts
49 °C).
Sound Pattern dB DC FWR DC FWR
•  K Series operating temperature: –40 °F to 151 °F (–40 °C
to  66 °C). Temporal High 57 55 69 75
•  Humidity range: 10% to 93% non-condensing (indoor prod- Temporal Medium 44 49 58 69
ucts).
Temporal Low 38 44 44 48
•  Strobe flash rate: 1 flash per second.
Non-temporal High 57 56 69 75
•  Nominal voltage: regulated 12 VDC/FWR or regulated 24
VDC/FWR. Note: Full Wave Rectified (FWR) voltage is a Non-temporal Medium 42 50 60 69
non-regulated, time-varying power source that is used on
some power supply and panel outputs. Non-temporal Low 41 44 50 50
•  Operating voltage range: 8 V to 17.5 V (12 V nominal); or Coded High 57 55 69 75
16 V to 33 V (24 V nominal). Note: P, S, PC, and SC prod-
ucts will operate at 12 V nominal only for 15 cd and 15/75 Coded Medium 44 51 56 69
cd. Coded Low 40 46 52 50
•  Input terminal wire gauge: 12 to 18 AWG (3.31 to 0.821
mm2).
•  Ceiling-mount dimensions (including lens): 6.8 in. DIA x
2.5 in. D (173 mm DIA x 64 mm D).
•  Wall-mount dimensions (including lens): 5.6 in. H x 4.7 in.
W x 2.5 in. D (142 mm H x 119 mm W x 64 mm D).
•  Horn dimensions: 5.6 in. H x 4.7 in. W x 1.3 in. D
(142 mm H x 119 mm W x 33 mm D).

Two-Wire Horn/Strobe, STANDARD Candela Range (15-115 cd), UL Maximum Current Draw (mA RMS)

Input, 8 – 17.5 Volts 16 – 33 Volts

Sound Pattern, dB Level 15 cd 15/75 cd 15 cd 15/75 cd 30 cd 75 cd 95 cd 110 cd 115 cd
DC Input, Temporal, High 137 147 79 90 107 176 194 212 218
DC Input, Temporal, Medium 132 144 69 80 97 157 182 201 210
DC Input, Temporal, Low 132 143 66 77 93 154 179 198 207
DC Input, Non-temporal, High 141 152 91 100 116 176 201 221 229
DC Input, Non-temporal, Medium 133 145 75 85 102 163 187 207 216
DC Input, Non-temporal, Low 131 144 68 79 96 156 182 201 210
FWR Input, Temporal, High 136 155 88 97 112 168 190 210 218
FWR Input, Temporal, Medium 129 152 78 88 103 160 184 202 206
FWR Input, Temporal, Low 129 151 76 86 101 160 184 194 201
FWR Input, Non-temporal, High 142 161 103 112 126 181 203 221 229
FWR Input, Non-temporal, Medium 134 155 85 95 110 166 189 208 216
FWR Input, Non-temporal, Low 132 154 80 90 105 161 184 202 211
Two-Wire Horn/Strobe, HIGH Candela Range Horn and Horn/Strobe Rotary Switch Setting
(135-185 cd), UL Maximum Current Draw (mA RMS)
Setting Repetition Rate dB Level
Input, 16 – 33 Volts
1 Temporal horn High
Sound Pattern, dB Level 135 150 177 185
2 Temporal horn Medium
DC, Temporal, High 245 259 290 297
3 Temporal horn Low
DC, Temporal, Medium 235 253 288 297
4 Normal horn High
DC, Temporal, Low 232 251 282 292
5 Normal horn Medium
DC, Non-temporal, High 255 270 303 309
6 Normal horn Low
DC, Non-temporal, Medium 242 259 293 299
7* Externally coded High
DC, Non-temporal, Low 238 254 291 295
8* Externally coded Medium
FWR, Temporal, High 215 231 258 265
9* Externally coded Low
FWR, Temporal, Medium 209 224 250 258
Note: Settings 7, 8, and 9 are not available on 2-wire horn/strobe.
FWR, Temporal, Low 207 221 248 256
FWR, Non-temporal, High 233 248 275 281
FWR, Non-temporal, Medium 219 232 262 267
FWR, Non-temporal, Low 214 229 256 262

Horn and Horn/Strobe Output (dBa)

Switch Sound 8 – 17.5 Volts 16 – 33 Volts
Position Pattern dB DC FWR DC FWR
1 Temporal High 78 78 84 84
2 Temporal Medium 74 74 80 80
3 Temporal Low 71 73 76 76
4 Non-temporal High 82 82 88 88
5 Non-temporal Medium 78 78 85 85
6 Non-temporal Low 75 75 81 81
7* Coded High 82 82 88 88
8* Coded Medium 78 78 85 85
9* Coded Low 75 75 81 81
Note: Settings 7, 8, and 9 are not available on 2-wire horn/strobe.

4.7 IN.
(119 mm)

5.6 IN.
(142 mm)

2.5 IN.
(64 mm)

6.8 IN.
(173 mm)

2.5 IN.
(64 mm)

008641
Agency Listings and Approvals Ordering Information (Continued)
The listings and approvals below apply to SpectrAlert Shipping
Advance Selectable Output Notification Devices. In some Weight
cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval Part No. _________
_______ Description lb (kg)
________
agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for Wall Strobes
latest listing status. 435751 SR Strobe, standard cd 1 (0.5)
UL Listed: S4011 (HR__, P2__, P4__, PC2__, PC4__ 438157 SRH Strobe, high cd 1 (0.5)
models); S5512 (models SCR, SCRH, SR, SRH); S3593 438146 SRK Strobe, standard cd, outdoor 2.5 (1.1)
(SCRHK, SCRK, SRHK, SRK) 438147 SRHK Strobe, high cd, outdoor 2.5 (1.1)
FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
Ceiling Strobes
MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452-05-E 435752 SCR Strobe, standard cd 1 (0.5)
CSFM approved: 7125-1653:186 (SCR, SCRH, SR, SRH); 438158 SCRH Strobe, high cd 1 (0.5)
7300-1653:188 (P2_, P4_, PC2_, PC4_ modules); 7135- 438150 SCRK Strobe, standard cd, outdoor 2.5 (1.1)
1653:189 (HR, HRK); 7125-1653:187 (SCRHK, SCRK,
438151 SCRHK Strobe, high cd, outdoor 2.5 (1.1)
SRHK, SRK)
Horns
USCG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1
435753 HR Horn 1 (0.5)
Ordering Information 438152 HRK Horn, outdoor 2.5 (1.1)
Shipping
Lenses
Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg) 438068 LENS-B Wall-mount lens 0.15 (0.07)
_______ _________ ________
attachment, blue
Wall Horn/Strobes 438069 LENS-R Wall-mount lens 0.15 (0.07)
435747 P2R 2-wire horn/strobe, 1 (0.5) attachment, red
standard cd 438070 LENS-G Wall-mount lens 0.15 (0.07)
438153 P2RH 2-wire horn/strobe, high cd 1 (0.5) attachment, green
435884 P2RK 2-wire horn/strobe, 2.5 (1.1) 438071 LENS-A Wall-mount lens 0.15 (0.07)
standard cd, outdoor attachment, amber
438144 P2RHK 2-wire horn/strobe, 2.5 (1.1) 438072 LENS-BC Ceiling-mount lens 0.15 (0.07)
high cd, outdoor attachment, blue
435749 P4R 4-wire horn/strobe, standard cd 1 (0.5) 438073 LENS-RC Ceiling-mount lens 0.15 (0.07)
438155 P4RH 4-wire horn/strobe, high cd 1 (0.5) attachment, red
435886 P4RK 4-wire horn/strobe, 2.5 (1.1) 438074 LENS-GC Ceiling-mount lens 0.15 (0.07)
standard cd, outdoor attachment, green
438075 LENS-AC Ceiling-mount lens 0.15 (0.07)
Ceiling Horn/Strobes attachment, amber
435748 PC2R 2-wire horn/strobe, 1 (0.5)
Accessories
standard cd
438159 BBS-2 Backbox skirt, wall 0.5 (0.2)
435885 PC2RK 2-wire horn/strobe, 2.5 (1.1)
standard cd, outdoor 438160 BBSC-2 Backbox skirt, ceiling 0.5 (0.2)
438148 PC2RHK 2-wire horn/strobe, 2.5 (1.1) 438161 SA-WBB Weatherproof backbox, 2 (0.9)
high cd, outdoor wall
435750 PC4R 4-wire horn/strobe, 1 (0.5) 438162 SA-WBBC Weatherproof backbox, 2 (0.9)
standard cd ceiling
438156 PC4RH 4-wire horn/strobe, high cd 1 (0.5) 438076 MDL3R Sync·Circuit Module 0.5 (0.2)
Note: “High cd” refers to strobes that include 135, 150, 177, and 185 candela
settings. “Standard cd” refers to strobes that include 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, and
115 candela settings.

Note: All outdoor models (“K” suffix) include weatherproof backbox.

Sync•Circuit™ is a trademark and SpectrAlert® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2010276
 Detection and Control Components

Alarm Bell – 6 or 10 Inch

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D, Z-10)

Features 6 INCH BELL

• High sound output with low current draw 6 IN.
(152 mm)
• Low frequency aluminum shells for better audibility through
walls, doors, and other structures
• Integral RFI suppression to minimize induced noise on the
alarm circuit 3 3/8 IN.
(86 mm)
• Mounting options for surface, semi-flush, outdoor, and con-
cealed conduit installation
• Built-in trimplate makes semi-flush mounting simpler and
less expensive 3 3/8 IN.
(86 mm)
• Screw terminals permit fast in-out field wiring of
22-12 AWG wire
• Polarized for DC supervision of alarm circuit 2 3/4 IN.
(70 mm)
• Operate on filtered or unfiltered DC
003003

Description
Alarm bells may be used to alert the occupant before and/or 10 INCH BELL
10 IN.
during actuation of the automatic fire suppression system (254 mm)
and/or a general fire alert.
The motor driven alarm bell is designed to meet the special
requirements of fire alarm/release systems where low power
consumption and high sound output is essential. Due to its
low current drain, high level output sound can be achieved
with multiple units on a single 2-wire output circuit.
The bells are constructed of high quality materials to ensure
reliability and long life. The basic mechanism, gong and
accessories have a baked, red enamel finish. Holes are 3 3/8 IN.
located to mount to a standard 4 in. (102 mm) square outlet (86 mm)
box. A weatherproof back box is available for outdoor use.

Technical Information
Input Terminals: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 to 12 AWG 3 3/8 IN.
(86 mm)
Bell Sizes: . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 in. (152 mm) and 10 in. (254 mm)
Voltage Rating: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 – 31 VDC 2 3/4 IN.
(70 mm)
Current Draw: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 mA 003004

Decibel Level: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 dBA @ 10 ft (3048 mm)

Operating Temperature: . . –31 °F to 150 °F (–35 °C to 66 °C)
@ 95% humidity (when used with WIRING FOR BELL
WBB, weatherproof back box)

TO NEXT FROM
DEVICE CONTROL
OR EOL UNIT
007365

3-10
Listings and Approvals
UL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E71424
ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ML338
Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0V1A5.KY
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM). . . . . . . 7135-0595:110
USCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1

Ordering Information
Shipping
Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
417805 Alarm Bell, 24 VDC, 6 in. (152 mm) 7 (3.2)
417806 Alarm Bell, 24 VDC, 10 in. (254 mm) 9 (4.1)
24747 WBB, Surface Mount Back Box, 2 (0.9)
Weatherproof

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007137-3
 Detection and Control Components

SSM Series Alarm Bells

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D)

General
The SSM Series Alarm Bells are low-current, high-decibel
notification appliances for use in fire and burglary systems, or
other signaling applications. The alarm bells can be used
with AUTOPULSE IQ-318 and IQ-636X-2 Control Panels,
and with AUTOPULSE 542R and 542D Releasing and
Deluge Panels.
The alarm bells come pre-wired to reduce installation time,
and also incorporate a polarized electrical design for use with
supervision circuitry.
With reliable performance, SSM Series alarm bells provide
loud, resonant tones. They operate on 24 VDC and are
motor driven.
SSM Series alarm bells offer simplified installation. For
indoor use, the alarm bells mount to a standard 4 in.
(102 mm) square electrical box. For outdoor applications, a 008837

WBB weatherproof back box is used.

Bells shall be located as shown on the installation drawings
or as determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
Features
Bells shall be Listed for indoor/outdoor use by Underwriters
• Approved for indoor and outdoor (with WBB back box) use Laboratories and the California State Fire Marshall, and
• Low current draw approved by Factory Mutual and MEA.
• High dB output
Agency Listings and Approvals
• Available in 6 in. (152 mm) and 10 in. (254 mm) sizes
These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified
• 24 VDC models, polarized for use with supervision circuitry
in this document. In some cases, certain modules or applica-
• Bells mount directly to standard 4 in. (102 mm) square tions may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or
electrical box listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing
status.
Specifications
UL Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4011
Regulated Voltage: 24 VDC
FM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
Operating Voltage Range: 16 to 33 VDC
CSFM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7135-1653:0217
Maximum Current: DC-31.1mA/FWR-53.5mA
MEA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331-01-E
Operating Temperature Range: –31 °F to 150 °F
(–35 °C to 66 °C) Ordering Information
Sound Output (dBA): 82 (SSM24-6) SSM24-6: 6 in. (152 mm) bell, 24 VDC, polarized, 82 dB
81 (SSM24-10)
SSM24-10: 10 in. (254 mm) bell, 24 VDC, polarized, 81 dB
Termination: Provided with two sets of leads for in/out wiring
WBB: Weatherproof back box for SSM Series
Service Use: Fire Alarm, General Signaling, Burglar Alarm Shipping
Weight
Engineering and Architectural Specifications
Part No.
_______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
_________
Model shall be a SSM Series alarm bell. Bells shall have
underdome strikers and operating mechanisms. Alarm bell 439030 SSM24-6 Alarm Bell 7 (3.2)
gongs shall be no smaller than nominal 6 in. (152 mm) or 439031 SSM24-10 Alarm Bell 9 (4.1)
10 in. (254 mm) with an operating voltage of 24 VDC. Bells 439032 WBB – Weatherproof Back Box 2 (0.9)
shall be suitable for surface or semi-flush mounting. Outdoor
surface-mounted installations shall be weatherproof (using
optional WBB weatherproof back box); otherwise, bells shall
mount to a standard 4 in. (102 mm) square electrical box
having a minimum projection of 2.5 in. (64 mm).
3-10.1
TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2011194
 Detection and Control Components

Main/Reserve Switch
(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D, Z-10)

Features Listings and Approvals

• Stackable, screw-terminal, contact blocks The switch is UL listed (S3623) when installed in the surface-
• Compatible with AUTOPULSE control units mount box (with gasket) that is provided with the surface-
mount assembly.
• Surface-mount assemblies listed by Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc. Ordering Information
• Components mounted on stainless steel switch plate Shipping
Weight
Applications Part No. Description lb (kg)
The Main/Reserve Switch is required for main/reserve fire
suppression systems. The switch position determines 76496 Main/Reserve Switch, 1.0 (0.45)
whether the release circuit signal activates the main system Surface-Mount
release or the reserve system release. 76497 Main/Reserve Switch, 1.0 (0.45)
Flush-Mount
Description
436983 Extra Contact Block, N.C. 0.25 (0.11)
The Main/Reserve Switch assembly consists of a key-
operated switch, normally-open contact block, normally- 436982 Extra Contact Block, N.O. 0.25 (0.11)
closed contact block, and stainless steel switch plate with 436088 Spare Key 0.25 (0.11)
silk-screened label. Surface-mount assemblies include a sin-
gle-gang weather-proof box with three 1/2 in. I.P.S. threaded
conduit outlets and gasket.
The stackable, screw-terminal contact blocks are rated for 28
VDC @ 1.1 amp make/break or 6 amp continuous carry.

TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

24 VDC ACTUATORS
KEY-OPERATED
SELECTOR SWITCH

N.C.
(+) CONTROL UNIT
RELEASE CIRCUIT
N.O. TERMINALS OR
(–) ADDRESSABLE RELEASE
CONTROL MODULE*

POLARITY IS SHOWN
IN ALARM CONDITION
007363
* SEE CONTROL UNIT MANUAL FOR SPECIFIC WIRING REQUIREMENTS.

MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
SURFACE-MOUNT FLUSH-MOUNT
3 IN. 2 5/8 IN.
2 7/8 IN. (76 mm)
(73 mm) (67 mm)

MAIN

RESERVE

4 5/8 IN.
(117 mm)

FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM
SELECTOR SWITCH

007364

3-11
TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007132-3
 Detection and Control Components

Electric Manual Pull Station

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D, Z-10)

Features STANDARD PULL STATION

• UL Listed/FM Approved 7/8 IN.
(22 mm)
• Approved for ADA
• Dual action
• Die-cast metal construction
• Terminal block
4 11/16 IN.
• Optional auxiliary contacts (119 mm)
• Flush mounts on single gang box
• Surface mount back box available
• Weatherproof back box available
• High-gloss red enamel finish
004672

• Customized labels 3 1/4 IN.

(83 mm)
• Keyed to match AUTOPULSE control units

Applications WEATHERPROOF PULL STATION

The Electric Manual Pull Station is a cost-effective, feature-
packed, non-coded manual fire alarm pull station. It was
designed to meet multiple applications with the installer and
end-user in mind.
The pull station provides the AUTOPULSE control panels
with an alarm initiating input signal. Its innovative design,
durable construction, and multiple mounting options make 4 11/16 IN.
the pull station simple to install, maintain, and operate. (119 mm)

Description
The Electric Manual Pull Station is a high-quality, die-cast
metal, dual action fire alarm pull station available with a
SPST, DPST or DPDT switch with terminal strip connections. 3 1/4 IN.
The contacts are rated for 1 Amp at 30 VDC. Gold plating on 3 1/4 IN. (83 mm)
(83 mm)
the contacts avoid the risk of corrosion. All models in the 004648a

series have been tested by UL for compliance to the latest

requirements of the American with Disabilities Act (ADA).
The Electric Manual Pull Station is operated by pushing in EXPLOSION-PROOF PULL STATION
the top bar and pulling the handle on the front of the station
as far down as it will go. At this point, the handle locks into
place and is easily visible from up to 50 ft (15 m). Opening
the station with the key, placing the handle in the normal
upright position and re-locking the station resets the pull
station.
The addressable ready pull station comes with a bracket on
the back for securing the FMM-101 Mini Monitor Module 6 3/4 IN.
(172 mm)
(Part No. 428098) (sold separately). The terminal block pro-
vides clamping plates for easy connection to the SLC loop
and N.O. switch contacts.

3 3/4 IN.
(95 mm)
3 3/4 IN.
(95 mm)
006753

3-12
TECHNICAL INFORMATION WIRING – SPST PULL STATION
Conventional
Switch Ratings: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 A @ 30 VDC
1 A @ 120 VAC
Switch Type:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPST or DPST
Terminal Size: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 14 AWG
Color: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red with raised white letters, white
PUSH/PULL HANDLES with raised red letters
Weather Proof with Weather Proof Back Box . . . NEMA 3R
Explosion-proof
Switch Ratings: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 A @ 30 VDC,
TO AUTOPULSE TO NEXT EOLR
10 A @ 120 VAC CONTROL UNIT DEVICE 004928

Switch Type: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT

Terminal Size: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 14 AWG WIRING – DPST PULL STATION
Humidity: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% Relative at 100 °F (37.7 °F)
Explosion Hazard Classifications: . Class I Groups B, C, D;
Class II Groups E, F, G; Class III
Weatherproof Classifications: . . . . . . . . . . . NEMA Type 4X
Other Classifications: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UL Marine Listing
Conduit Fittings: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Conduit Fitting Size: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/4 in. – 14 NPT
Color: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red with raised white letters, white
PUSH/PULL handles with raised red letters EOLR

TO AUTOPULSE TO NEXT 004929

LISTINGS AND APPROVALS* CONTROL UNIT DEVICE

UL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S5654
UL (Explosion-proof Model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 192508 WIRING – EXPLOSION PROOF PULL STATION
ULC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Listed
Factory Mutual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) . . . . . 7150-1408:107
MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382-94-E
* Listings and Approvals are under Signal Communications Corporation

ORDERING INFORMATION
Shipping
Part Weight
No. Description lb (kg)
428655 Manual Pull Station, SPST 1 (0.45)
TO AUTOPULSE TO NEXT EOLR
428656 Manual Pull Station, DPST 1 (0.45) CONTROL UNIT DEVICE 004930

428657 Explosion Proof Manual Pull Station 1 (0.45)

428658 Manual Pull Station, 1 (0.45)
WIRING – ADDRESSABLE READY PULL STATION
Addressable Ready
FMM-101
428659 Weatherproof Back Box 1 (0.45)
428660 Surface Back Box 1 (0.45)
BLACK
428661 Break Rod 1 (0.45)
418336 Key 1 (0.45) VIOLET
RED
428654 Label Packet 1 (0.45)
YELLOW

EOLR
TO AUTOPULSE
IQ-318 or IQ-636X-2
004931

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007128-3
 Detection and Control Components

AutoPulse PS Series Batteries

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D, Z-10)

Features CHARACTERISTIC DISCHARGE CURVES

• Provide secondary power for control units 6.5 13
• Gelled electrolyte
6.0 12
• Sealed and maintenance free

BATTERY VOLTAGE (V)

• Overcharge protected 5.5 11

• Extended shelf life 0.175C 0.1C 0.5C

5.0 10
• Easy handling with leak-proof construction 0.25C

9 0.6C
• Ruggedly constructed, high-impact ABS plastic case 4.5

• Long service life 4.0 8

• Compact design 3C 2C 1C
0

Applications
MINUTES HOURS
PS series batteries provide secondary power for the DISCHARGE TIME @ 68 °F (20 °C) 004644

AUTOPULSE control systems. Use these batteries to pro-

vide backup power for control units. Select batteries based
on current requirements for your system and the capacity of EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE ON CAPACITY
its charger. These batteries can be used over a temperature 120%

range of –76 °F to +140 °F (–60 °C to +60 °C).

0.5C
100% 0.1C
Description
The sealed construction of the battery allows trouble-free, 0.25C
CAPACITY RATIO

80%
safe operation in any position. There is no need to add elec- 0.6C
1C
trolyte, as gases generated during overcharge are recom- 60%
2C
bined in a unique “Oxygen Cycle.” The battery is sealed,
leak-proof, and maintenance free. The case is made of ABS, 40%
a high-impact plastic resin (acrylonitrile butadiene styrene
copolymer) with high resistance to chemicals and
20%
flammability.
Shipping assemblies consist of two (2) 12 VDC batteries pro-
0%
viding 24 VDC to the control system when connected in –4° 14° 32° 50° 68° 86° 104° 122° 140°
series. (–20°)(–10°) (0°) (10°) (20°) (30°) (40°) (50°) (60°)
TEMPERATURE °F (C°) 004645

Technical Information
The capacity of a battery is the total amount of electrical PS SERIES BATTERIES
energy available from a fully charged cell. Its value depends
on the discharge current, the temperature during discharge,
the final cutoff voltage and the general history of the battery.
Capacity expressed in ampere-hours (AH), is the product of
the current discharged and the length of discharge time. The
rated capacity (C, where C = rated Capacity of the battery in
AH) of the PS series batteries is measured by its perfor-
mance over 20 hours of constant current discharge at a tem-
HEIGHT OVER

perature of 68 °F (20 °C) to a cutoff voltage of 1.72 volts, per

TERMINAL
HEIGHT

SEALED RECHARGEABLE
cell (10.32 V on a 12 V battery). For example: Model BATTERY
PS-1250, with a rated capacity of 5.0 AH, will deliver 250
milli-amps (1/20 of 4 AH, or 0.05C) for 20 hours before the
voltage drops to 10.32 V (1.72 x 6 cells).
004646
LENGTH WIDTH

3-13
Technical Information (Continued)
Rated 20 Hour Height over
Capacity Discharge Length Width Height Terminal Weight
@ 20 Hour Rate in. in. in. in. lb
Model Rate (AH) (mA rate) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
PS-1270 7.0 325 5.94 2.56 3.70 3.86 5.7
(151) (65) (94) (98) (2.6)
PS-12120 12 600 5.94 3.86 3.70 3.86 8.8
(151) (98) (94) (98) (4.0)
PS-12180 18 875 7.13 2.99 6.57 6.57 12.8
(181) (76) (167) (167) (5.8)
PS-12260 26 1300 6.89 6.54 4.92 4.92 18.7
(175) (166) (125) (125) (8.5)
PS-12550 55 3000 10.25 6.60 8.20 9.45 39.7
(260) (168) (208) (240) (18.0)
Note: Individual batteries have a nominal voltage of 12 volts.

Ordering Information
Shipping
Weight
Part No. Model No. Description lb (kg)
417692 PS-1270 PS Battery Pack, 12 (5.4)
7.0 AH, 24 VDC
437022 PS-1270 PS Battery Pack, 12 (5.4)
7.0 AH, 24 VDC
(ULC)
417693 PS-12120 PS Battery Pack, 18 (8.2)
12 AH, 24 VDC
439042 BAT-12120-BP PS Battery Pack, 18 (8.2)
12 AH, 24 VDC
(4-Pack) (ULC)
417694 PS-12180 PS Battery Pack, 26 (11.8)
18 AH, 24 VDC
437090 PS-12180 PS Battery Pack, 26 (11.8)
18 AH, 24 VDC
(ULC)
417695 BAT-12260 BAT Battery Pack, 40 (18.1)
26 AH, 24 VDC
417997 PS-12550 PS Battery Pack, 84 (38.1)
55 AH, 24 VDC

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007144-3
 Detection and Control Components

NBG-12LR Dual-Action Agent Release Station

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D)

General
The NBG-12LR is an Agent Release Station designed for use
with AUTOPULSE Fire Suppression Control Panels.

Features
• Non-coded, dual-action operation
• Made with durable polycarbonate
• Optional surface backbox
• Dual-action release only

Applications
The NBG-12LR is ideal for areas such as clean rooms and
computer rooms where a chemical agent is used to extinguish
a fire.

Wiring
TO MANUAL
RELEASE
CIRCUIT OR
ADDRESSABLE
AutoPulse
Auto
MONITOR
MODULE
008021
* REFER TO CONTROL PANEL MANUAL FOR LISTED ELR

008019

Dimensions, Backboxes
4 1/8 IN. Listings and Approvals
(105 mm)
UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S692
FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
California State Fire Marshall (CSFM). . . . 7150-0028:199

Ordering Information
1 3/8 IN.
(35 mm) Shipping
DEEP 5 1/2 IN.
(140 mm)
Weight
Part No.
_______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
__________
435471 NBG-12LR Dual-Action Agent 2 (0.91)
Release Station
418990 SB-10 Surface BackBox 0.5 (0.23)
for NBG-12LR

008020

3-13.1
TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2008057-3
 Detection and Control Components

Explosion-Proof Abort Switch

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D)

Applications
The Explosion-Proof Abort Switch is used to momentarily
interrupt the release circuit signal when the control unit is in ABORT SWITCH (PARALLEL)
the alarm condition. As long as the abort push button is held EOL RESISTOR
in, the fire suppression system will not release. (Note: When
(+)
the control unit is programmed for IRI compliance, the abort
CONTROL UNIT
will not be effective after pre-discharge.) When the push but- ABORT CIRCUIT
ton is released, the release circuit is activated (unless the (–) TERMINALS OR
ADDRESSABLE
control unit has been reset to the non-alarm condition). 003735
MONITOR MODULE*
NO ABORT
SWITCH
Description
* SEE CONTROL UNIT MANUAL FOR SPECIFIC WIRING REQUIREMENTS.
The switch consists of a black push button operator, normally
open and normally closed contacts, Despard Mounting Strap Ordering Information
and screws. Switch operation is momentary contact –
Shipping
contacts transfer when operator is held in. Hub size is
Weight
3/4 inch. Enclosures and covers are made of cast, copper-
Part No. Description lb (kg)
free aluminum.
65956 Explosion-Proof Abort Switch 5 (2.3)
The Explosion-Proof Abort Switch is suitable for use in the
following areas: Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E,
F, and G; Class III; and NEMA 7 C D, 9 E F G.

EXPLOSION-PROOF ABORT SWITCH

003576

Technical Information
Dimensions:
High: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5/8 in. (117 mm)
Wide: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 in. (76 mm)
Deep: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3/4 in. (45 mm)

3-14

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007131-3
 Detection and Control Components

Abort Switch
(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D)

Features
• Stackable, screw-terminal, contact blocks
ABORT SWITCH (PARALLEL)
• Compatible with AUTOPULSE control units
EOL RESISTOR
• Surface-mount assemblies listed by Underwriters
(+)
Laboratories, Inc.
CONTROL UNIT
• Components mounted on stainless steel switch plate ABORT CIRCUIT
(–) TERMINALS OR
ADDRESSABLE
Applications N.O. ABORT
003735
MONITOR MODULE*
SWITCH
The Abort Switch is used to momentarily interrupt the release
circuit signal when the control unit is in the alarm condition. * SEE CONTROL UNIT MANUAL FOR SPECIFIC WIRING REQUIREMENTS.
As long as the abort pushbutton is held in, the fire suppres-
sion system will not release. (Note: When the control unit is Ordering Information
programmed for IRI compliance, the abort will not be effec- Shipping
tive after pre-discharge.) When the pushbutton is released, Weight
the release circuit is activated (unless the control unit has Part No. Description lb (kg)
been reset to the non-alarm condition).
76494 Abort Switch, Surface-Mount 1.0 (0.45)
Description 76495 Abort Switch, Flush-Mount 1.0 (0.45)
The Abort Switch assembly consists of a momentary- 436983 Extra Contact Block, NC 0.25 (0.11)
contact pushbutton switch, normally-open contact block, 436982 Extra Contact Block, NO 0.25 (0.11)
normally-closed contact block, and stainless steel switch
plate with silk-screened label. Surface-mount assemblies
include a single-gang weather-proof box with three 1/2 in.
I.P.S. threaded conduit outlets and gasket.
The stackable, screw-terminal contact blocks are rated for 28
VDC @ 1.1 amp make/break or 6 amp continuous carry.

Listings and Approvals

The switch is UL listed (S3623) when installed in the surface-
mount box (with gasket) that is provided with the surface-
mount assembly.

MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
SURFACE-MOUNT FLUSH-MOUNT
3 IN. 2 5/8 IN.
2 7/8 IN.
(76 mm) (67 mm)
(73 mm)

FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT

4 5/8 IN.
(117 mm)

PUSH AND HOLD 007362

3-15
TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007130-3
 Detection and Control Components

Key Maintenance Switch

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D)

Features TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

CONTROL UNIT RELEASE
• Stackable, screw-terminal, contact blocks KEY-OPERATED CIRCUIT TERMINALS OR
LOCK-OUT SWITCH ADDRESSABLE RELEASE
• Compatible with AUTOPULSE control units 24 VDC CONTROL
ACTUATOR MODULE*
• Surface-mount assemblies listed by Underwriters N.C.
Laboratories, Inc. (+)

• Components mounted on stainless steel switch plate N.O.

(–)

Applications POLARITY IS
SHOWN
The Key Maintenance Switch is used to interrupt the release IN ALARM
circuit signal to the fire suppression system. It is key-operat- 24 VDC POWER CONDITION
SOURCE
ed to allow authorized personnel to deactivate the release 007360

circuit during service or maintenance. An indicator lamp, 24 VDC

located on the switch plate, will light when the switch is in the INDICATOR LAMP
“lock-out” mode to serve as a reminder that the release cir- * SEE CONTROL UNIT MANUAL FOR SPECIFIC WIRING REQUIREMENTS.
cuit has been disconnected.

Description Ordering Information

The Key Maintenance Switch assembly consists of a key- Shipping
operated switch, 24 VDC indicator lamp, normally-open con- Weight
tact block, normally-closed contact block, and stainless steel Part No. Description lb (kg)
switch plate with silk-screened label. Surface-mount assem- 76498 Maintenance Switch, Surface-Mount 2.0 (0.9)
blies include a double-gang weather-proof box and gasket. 76499 Maintenance Switch, Flush-Mount 2.0 (0.9)
The stackable, screw-terminal contact blocks are rated for 28 436983 Extra Contact Block, N.C. 0.25 (0.11)
VDC @ 1.1 amp make/break or 6 amp continuous carry.
436982 Extra Contact Block, N.O. 0.25 (0.11)
Listings and Approvals 436088 Spare Key 0.25 (0.11)
The switch is UL listed when installed in the surface-mount
box (with gasket) that is provided with the surface-mount
assembly.

MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
SURFACE-MOUNT FLUSH-MOUNT
4 11/16 IN. 3 IN. 2 5/8 IN.
(119 mm) (76 mm) (67 mm)

NORMAL DISCONNECT

4 5/8 IN.
(117 mm)

FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM

DISCONNECT

007361

3-16
TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007129-3
 Detection and Control Components

PS Series Battery Back Box

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, 542R, 542D)

Description Listings and Approvals*

The optional BB-17 battery back box is used with the UL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
AUTOPULSE IQ-318, the AUTOPULSE IQ-636X-2, the ULC
AUTOPULSE 542R and the AUTOPULSE 542D control BB-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS118, CS733
units. The back box can be used for the remote mounting of
two 12-volt batteries of up to 18 AH capacity. Factory Mutual (FM)
BB-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0V4A5.AY
The BB-25 battery back box holds the 25AH battery pack.
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
For larger batteries, the BB-55 battery back box holds up to BB-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7165-0028: 164
two 60 AH batteries (12 volts). BB-55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7165-0028: 181, 7170-0028: 182
MEA
BATTERY BACK BOX BB-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104-93-E
BB-55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-96-E
C
*Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER

Ordering Information
Shipping
B Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
417468 BB-17, Battery Back Box, Black 10 (4.5)
418578 BB-17, Battery Back Box, Red 10 (4.5)
428079 BB-25, Battery Back Box, Black 15 (6.8)
419410 BB-55, Battery Back Box, Red 30 (13.6)

004652

Dimensions
A – Width B – Height C – Depth
BB-17 14 1/2 in. 8 1/4 in. 4 3/4 in.
(369 mm) (210 mm) (121 mm)
BB-25 24 in. 12 5/8 in. 5 1/4 in.
(610 mm) (321 mm) (133 mm)
BB-55 24 1/8 in. 14 1/4 in. 7 13/16 in.
(613 mm) (362 mm) (198 mm)

Note: When using battery back boxes, ensure the battery

capacity does not exceed the rating of the control unit power
supply. An auxiliary power supply may be required to charge
larger batteries. Consult the control unit installation manual
for maximum battery ratings.

3-17
TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007145-3
 Detection and Control Components

PRN-6 Printer
(IQ-318/IQ-636X-2/542R/542D)

General Note: If printer operation is required during failure of primary

The PRN-6 printer can be used with AUTOPULSE IQ-318 power, use of a separate UL-listed Uninterruptable Power
and IQ-636X-2 Control Panels, and with AUTOPULSE 542R Supply (UPS) system is recommended.
and 542D Releasing Panels to provide a written record of
system events and status changes. Printer Specifications
Printer Method: Serial printing with 9-pin matrix print head
Features Printing Speed: (copy draft) 310 cps at 10 cpi
• Provides a hard copy printout of all system events and Character Density: 10 cpi standard (12, 15, 17.1, and 20 cpi
status changes. available via front panel)
• Time stamps printed on the record of each event and status Graphic Resolution: (VxH) 144 x 240 dpi
change with the current time-of-day and date.
Ribbon Life (approx.): 4 million characters (DPQ)
• Uses standard 9 in. x 11 in. (229 mm x 279 mm) tractor-feed
fan-fold paper. Acoustic Noise Level: 53 dBA (approx.)
• Provides 80 columns of data at 10 characters per inch. Dimensions: 19 in. (483 mm) W x 7.9 in. (201 mm) H x 9.7 in.
(246 mm) D
• Provides printed records of system configuration and
addressable device parameters. Weight: 17.6 lb (7.9 kg)
• Nine-pin print head. Power Supply: 120 VAC (only)
• Very quiet (approximately 53 dBA). Power Consumption: 50 watts (operating)
Operating Environment Temperature: 50 °F to 104 °F (10 °C
Applications to 40 °C)
Printed transaction records reduce the man-hours required to Operating Environment Humidity: 20% to 80% (non-condens-
install and maintain a system. A printed record of all system ing)
events (alarms, troubles, etc.) and status changes can be
especially valuable in the event of a disputed incident. Agency Listings and Approvals*
These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
Construction and Operation this document. In some cases, certain modules or applica-
The printer is housed in its own separate enclosure and is tions may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing
suitable for placement on a desk top, counter, or table. may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
UL Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S635
Installation
ULC Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S635
The PRN-6 should be placed in a secure area to prevent theft
of the printer and/or printed records. MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .08-04-E
The PRN-6 must not be located further than 50 ft (15.2 m) FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Approved
(actual cable length) from the control panel. CSFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7300-0028:197
Consult the control panel installation manual for the proper *Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.
method and PINs used to complete the electrical connection
to the control panel. Ordering Information
PRN-6: 9-pin dot-matrix printer, 120 VAC power.
Shipping
Weight
Part No.
_______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
_________
435469 PRN-6 Printer 18 (8.2)

008585 3-17.1

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2010176-3
 Detection and Control Components

FSL-751 Very Intelligent Early Warning (VIEW®)

LASER Smoke Detector with FlashScan®
(IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Description
The FSL-751 VIEW® Laser Detector provides a revolutionary
advance in early warning smoke detection technology. The
unique design of this detector, combined with enhanced
AWACS™ algorithms in the AUTOPULSE IQ-318 or IQ-
636X-2 control panel, allows smoke detection sensitivity that
is 10 to 50 times more sensitive than present photoelectric
technology. Because of this high sensitivity, the FSL-751 can
provide very early warning of slow smoldering fires. Its perfor-
mance is comparable to present aspiration technology, at a
007215
substantially lower installed cost.
The FSL-751 uses an extremely bright laser diode, combined
with special lens and mirror optics (U.S. patent pending), to
achieve a signal-to-noise ratio that is much higher than tradi-
tional photoelectric sensors. In addition, the tightly focused
light beam, combined with the AWACS algorithms (U.S.
patent pending), allow the system to differentiate between
dust and smoke particles. Because of this differentiation, the
FSL-751 can be set to extremely high sensitivity, yet can
reject false signals caused by larger airborne particles such
as dust, lint, and small insects (U.S. patents pending). The
FSL-751 is an intelligent (analog/addressable) detector. On 007216

FlashScan® systems, up to 159 addresses are available. The FSL-751 WITH B210LP BASE (TOP), AND B501 BASE (BOTTOM)

FSL-751 may be mixed in any combination with other intelli- • Analog Addressable communications protocol provides
gent sensors on the same loop and is quickly installed using extremely reliable operation proven in millions of worldwide
the panel autoprogram feature. The FSL-751 provides dual detector installations.
bi-color LEDs, which blink green in normal operation and illu-
minate steady red in alarm. • Sensitivity to 0.03%/foot.
FlashScan (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a communication pro- • Rotary DECADE address switches. Set 01 – 159 on
tocol that greatly enhances the speed of communication FlashScan systems (IQ-318 and IQ-636X-2). These switch-
between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices com- es allow quick selection of address without resorting to
municate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within binary switches, special programmers, or bar coding
the group has new information, the panel CPU stops the devices.
group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is • Dual bi-color (red/green) LEDs flash green when Normal
response speed greater than five times that of other designs. and are steady red in Alarm.
Using the enhanced AWACS algorithms, the VIEW® system • Compatible with the IQ-318 and IQ-636X-2 (all software
provides drift compensation (meeting UL requirements as a releases).
calibrated sensitivity meter), maintenance alert (3 levels), • Dual LED design provides 360° viewing angle.
selection of 9 alarm levels and 9 pre-alarm levels, and report
of drift compensation used and recent peak values. The sys- • Built-in magnetic test switch, or automatic test commanded
tem includes a self-learn sensitivity adjustment to set the pre- from panel.
alarm level just above the peak levels sensed over long peri- • Optional relay, isolator, or sounder bases.
ods of time for each detector’s actual environment. The sys-
tem includes multi-detector algorithms (U.S. patent pending) Listings and Approvals*
that permit one sensor to consider readings from adjacent UL Listed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S1115
sensors to provide faster detection of fires.
ULC Listed** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S911
Features U.S. Coast Guard . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1 (IQ-636X)
Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
• Very Intelligent Early Warning (VIEW) smoke detection.
CSFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7272-0028:218
• Advanced laser light source and patented optical design.
MEA (NYC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-02-E
• Sleek low-profile housing (1.66 in. (42 mm) height).
*Listings and Approvals are under Notifier.
**System Sensor

3-18
Specifications Installation
Operating voltage range:. . . . . . . . . . . . 15 to 28 VDC The FSL-751 plug-in detector uses a separate base to simpli-
Maximum standby current: . . . . . . . . 230 μA @ 24 VDC fy installation, service, and maintenance.
(no communication) Mount base on a box which is at least 1.5 in. (38.1 mm)
Maximum average standby current: . . . 255 μA @ 24 VDC deep.
(one communication every 5 seconds Suitable mounting base boxes include:
with LED blink enabled)
• 4 in. (102 mm) square box.
B224RB/B224BI: . . < 700 μA @ 24 VDC (includes detector)
Maximum alarm current: . . . 6.5 mA @ 24 VDC (LED “ON”) • 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) or 4 in. (102 mm) octagonal box.
Operating humidity range: . . 10% to 93% Relative Humidity, • Single-gang box (except relay or isolator base).
non-condensing
Operating temperature range: . . . 0 to 49 °C (32 to 120 °F) Ordering Information
Loop resistance: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 ohms maximum Shipping
Dimensions: Part Weight
Height: . . . . 1.66 in. (42 mm) installed in B210LP base No.
____ Description
_________ lb (kg)
_________
Diameter: . . . 6.1 in. (155 mm) installed in B210LP base; 433503 FSL-751 Laser Detector. 4 (1.8)
4.1 in. (104 mm) installed in B501 base Intelligent laser sensor with
Weight: . . 3.6 oz (102 g) FlashScan capabilities.
Mounts to one of the bases
Bases Available: listed below.
B210LP:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 in. (155 mm) diameter 437079 FSL-751 Laser Detector (ULC) 4 (1.8)
B501: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 in. (104 mm) diameter 438966 B210LP 6 in. (152 mm) Flanged 1 (0.45)
B200SR(A): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sounder Base Low-Profile Base
B224RB Relay Base: 437080 B710LPA Low-Profile Base (ULC) 1 (0.45)
Screw terminals: . . . . . . . . Up to 14 AWG (2.00 mm2)
417487 B501 European 1 (0.45)
Relay type: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Form-C
Flangeless Base
Rating: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 A @ 30 VDC resistive;
0.3 A @ 110 VDC inductive; 1.0 A @ 30 VDC inductive 437081 B501A Flangeless Base (ULC) 1 (0.45)
Dimensions:. . . . . . . 6.2 in. (157 mm) x 1.2 in. (30 mm) 437438 B200SR Sounder Base 1 (0.45)
B224BI Isolator Base: 437439 B200SRA Sounder Base (ULC) 1 (0.45)
Dimensions: 6.2 in. (157 mm) x 1.2 in. (30 mm).
423945 B224RB Intelligent Relay Base 1 (0.45)
Maximum: 25 devices between isolator bases
426125 B224BI Intelligent Solar Base 1 (0.45)
Recommended Coverage Per Detector 438967 Accessory Flange Ring for 1 (0.45)
In order to support sophisticated smoke/dust discrimination B210LP Base
algorithms (cooperating multi-detector), it is recommended 417675 M02-04-00 Test Magnet 0.5 (0.2)
that at least two FSL-751 detectors be installed in each room
or enclosed area.

007217
FSL-751 Design
The FSL-751 incorporates an extremely bright laser diode Smoke scatters light in all directions and, in a typical photo-
and integral lens that focuses the light beam to a very small electric detector, only a small portion of that scattered light
volume near the receiving photo sensor. The light then pass- reaches the photo sensor itself. In the FSL-751, a special
es into a light trap and is absorbed. The photo sensor is acti- mirror reflects and concentrates most of the scattered light
vated by a scattering of smoke particles in this small-volume into the photo sensor. See laser detail drawings on this page.
light beam. Compared to smoke, airborne dust particles are very large
In a typical photoelectric detector, the light beam is very wide and very sparse. Since a) they are in motion; b) the illuminat-
and can reflect off the chamber walls into the photo sensor ed volume is very small; and c) the FSL-751 flashes the laser
because dust accumulation changes the wall color from flat only every few seconds; then the occasional dust particle
black to gray. With the FSL-751, the concentrated light beam cannot remain in the light volume for more than one or two
does not touch the walls, therefore it is much less susceptible samples. This transient signal from dust is the key to the dust
to dust accumulation. discrimination performed by VIEW.

TEST LED
SMOKE DIRECTION
BAFFLES
LASER DIODE &
INTEGRAL LENS
ASSEMBLY
SENSING CHAMBER

LASER BEAM MIRROR DETAIL

LIGHT TRAP

PHOTO
RECEIVER

MIRROR
(SEE DETAIL AT RIGHT)

PROTECTIVE HOUSING

RF SHIELD
SAFETY INTERLOCKS (4)

CHAMBER COVER
SMOKE SENSING
CHAMBER COVER/SCREEN

BUG SCREEN SMOKE SENSING

CHAMBER BASE
SPRING CONTACT
TO BUG SCREEN
CIRCUIT BOARD
CONTACTS TO
MOUNTING
BRACKETS

PHOTO DIODE
007218 SMOKE DETECTOR
BASE
AWACS is a trademark and FlashScan and VIEW are registered trademarks of Honeywell International.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007110-3
 Detection and Control Components

FST-851, FST-851R, and FST-851H

Thermal Detectors (IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features Description
• State-of-the-art thermistor technology for fast response Each FST detector uses one of 159 possible addresses on a
• Rate-of-rise model (FST-851R), 15 °F (8 °C) per minute control panel SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the
control panel and it reports its type and status, including the
• Factory preset at 135 °F (58 °C) (FST-851, FST-851R) analog level of its heat-sensing elements. If it receives a test
• High-temperature model FST-851H 190 °F (88 °C) command from the panel (or a local magnet test), it stimu-
• Analog-addressable communication lates its electronics and reports an alarm analog level. It
blinks its LEDs when polled and turns the LEDs on when
• Direct 01-159 entry of address
commanded by the panel (detector blink is optional). The
• Visible LEDs “blink” every time the unit is addressed FST detectors offer features and performance that represent
• 360° field viewing angle of the visual alarm indicators (two the latest in thermal detector technology. The FST-851 and
bicolor LEDs) FST-851R can be used to replace the FDX-551, FDX-551R,
• LEDs blink green in Normal condition and turn on steady FST-751, and FST-751R detectors in existing systems.
red in Alarm FlashScan (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a communication pro-
• Integral communications and built-in device-type tocol that greatly enhances the speed of communication
identification between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices com-
municate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within
• Compact, stylish design
the group has new information, the panel’s CPU stops the
• Remote test feature from the panel group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is
• Built-in functional test switch activated by external magnet response speed greater than five times that of earlier
• Walk test with address display uses a blinking pattern on designs.
the detector LED (FlashScan® systems only) The detectors are constructed of Bayblend® in an off-white
• Low standby current color. The detector is designed to commercial standards and
offers an attractive appearance.
• Listed UL 521
• Built-in tamper-resistant feature The FST-851, FST-851R, and FST-851H plug-in intelligent
thermal detectors use a separate base to simplify installation,
• Designed for direct-surface or electrical-box mounting service, and maintenance. Installation instructions are
• Sealed against back pressure shipped with each detector. Mount base on box which is at
• Separate base allows interchange of photoelectric, least 1.5 in. (38 mm) deep.
ionization and thermal sensors
• SEMS screws for wiring of the separate base
• 94-5V plastic flammability rating
• Optional sounder, relay, and isolator bases
• FlashScan communication protocol

Applications 006878
The FST-851, FST-851R, and FST-851H intelligent thermal FST-851 with B210LP Base
detectors are used with the AUTOPULSE IQ-318 and
IQ-636X-2 Fire Alarm Systems to measure thermal levels Technical Information
caused by a fire and report the analog level of the thermal Operating Temperature: . . . . . . . . . . . –4 °F to 100 °F
measurement to the control panel. The use of analog infor- (FST-851, FST-851R). . . . . . . . . . . (–20 °C to 38 °C)
mation provides significant benefits to the end user, installer,
Operating Temperature (FST-851H):. . . . . -4 °F to 150 °F
and service personnel in ways that are not possible with a
(–20 °C to 66 °C)
conventional type system. Since this detector is addressable,
it helps firefighters quickly locate a fire in its early stages. Operating Humidity Range: . . . 10 to 93% relative humidity,
noncondensing
The detectors are intended for use in commercial, industrial,
Operating Voltage/Current Range: . . 15 – 28 V (Peak DC),
and institutional buildings. Areas with relatively stable temper-
5 mA current for visible LEDs latched on
atures (no rapid changes) can use the FST-851R with the
rate-of-rise feature for a quicker response. Detector Standby Current: . . . . . 300 μA @ 24 VDC (one
communication every 5 seconds with LED blink enabled)
For bases B224RB or B224BI: . . . . . <700 μA @ 24 VDC
(includes detector)
Sensor:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . electronic, dual thermistors
3-19
Technical Information (Continued) TEST MAGNET POSITIONING
Fixed Temperature Setpoint: . . . . . . . . . 135 °F (57 °C) LED
High-temperature 190 °F (88 °C)
Rate-of-Rise Option: . . . . . . . . . 15 °F (8 °C) per minute
Bases Available:
B210LP: . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 in. (155 mm) diameter
B501:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 in. (104 mm) diameter
B200SR(A): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sounder Base
B224RB: . . 6.2 in. dia. x 1.2 in. high (157 mm x 30 mm)
Relay Type: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Form-C
PAINTED
Rating:. . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 A @ 30 VDC resistive SURFACE
0.3 A @ 110 VDC inductive LED
1.0 A @ 30 VDC inductive
Screw terminals: . . . . . . Up to 14 AWG (2.00 mm2) MAGNET TEST
004763
B224BI: . . . 6.2 in. dia. x 1.2 in. high (157 mm x 30 mm) MARKER

Maximum: . . . . . 25 devices between isolator bases

WIRING DIAGRAM
FST-851, FST-851R, OR FST-851H DETECTOR REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR
WITH B210LP, B224RB OR B224BI BASE
6 1/8 IN.
(155 mm)

CONTROL UNIT
AUTOPULSE
2 1/8 IN.*
(53 m)

006869b OPTIONAL RETURN LOOP 004764

* ADD 1/4 IN. (6 mm) TO HEIGHT FOR B224RB AND B224BI BASES.

FST-851, FST-851R, OR FST-851H DETECTOR Ordering Information Shipping

WITH B501 BASE Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
4 1/8 IN.
(104 mm) 432290 FST-851 Intelligent Thermal Detector 1 (0.45)
437076 FST-851A Intelligent Thermal 1 (0.45)
Detector (ULC)
2 IN.
(51 mm)
432291 FST-851R Rate-of-Rise Intelligent 1 (0.45)
Thermal Detector
437077 FST-851RA Rate-of-Rise Intelligent 1 (0.45)
006869a Thermal Detector (ULC)
432292 FST-851H High Temperature 1 (0.45)
Mounting Guidelines Intelligent Thermal Detector –
Mount bases (all types) on a minimum 1.5 in. (38 mm) deep 190 °F (88 °C)
box. Select from the following: 438966 B210LP 6 in. (152 mm) Flanged, 0.5 (0.2)
3 1/2 in. (89 mm) or 4 in. (102 mm) octagonal box Low Profile Base
single gang box (except relay or isolator base) 417487 B501 European Flangeless Base 1 (0.45)
Listings and Approvals* 437438 B200SR Sounder Base 1 (0.45)
UL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S747 437439 B200SRA Sounder Base (ULC) 1 (0.45)
ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS630 423945 B224RB Intelligent Relay Base 1 (0.45)
CSFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7270-0028:196 426125 B224BI Intelligent Isolator Base 1 (0.45)
Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved 417675 M02-04-00 Test Magnet 0.5 (0.2)
MEA (NYC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383-02-E
USCG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1
* Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.

FlashScan is a registered trademark of Honeywell International.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007111-3
 Detection and Control Components

FSI-851 Intelligent Ionization

Smoke Detector (IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features Technical Information

• Sleek low profile design Operating Temperature: . . . 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C)
• Analog-addressable communication UL Listed Velocity Range: . 0 – 1200 fpm (0 – 365.76 m/min)
• Stable communication techniques with noise immunity Relative Humidity: . . . . . . . 10% to 93% noncondensing
Voltage Range: . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 – 32 volts DC peak
• Low standby current
Standby current: . 200 μA @ 24 VDC (w/o communication);
• Rotary 01 to 159 address switches 300 μA @ 24 VDC (one communication
• Dual LED design provides 360° viewing angle every 5 seconds with LED enabled)
• Visible bicolor LEDs blink green every time the detector is LED current (max.):. . . . . . . . . 6.5 mA @ 24 VDC (ON)
addressed, and illuminate steady red on alarm Diameter: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 in. (104 mm)
• Walk test with address display (an address of 91 will blink Height: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.69 in. (43 mm)
the detector LED: 9-(pause)-1) – FlashScan® systems only Bases Available:
• Built-in functional test switch activated by external magnet B210LP: . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 in. (155 mm) diameter
• Optional relay, isolator, or sounder bases B501: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 in. (104 mm) diameter
• Listed to UL 268 B200SR(A): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sounder Base
• FlashScan® communication protocol B224RB: . . 6.2 in. dia. x 1.2 in. high (157 mm x 30 mm)
Relay type:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Form-C
Applications Rating: . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 A @ 30 VDC resistive
The FSI-851 is an analog, addressable, low-profile smoke 0.3 A @ 110 VDC inductive
detector designed for the AUTOPULSE IQ-318 and 1.0 A @ 30 VDC inductive
IQ-636X-2 Fire Alarm Control Units. Screw terminals: . . . . . . Up to 14 AWG (2.00 mm2)
The addressability of the FSI-851 enables the control unit to B224BI: . . . 6.2 in. dia. x 1.2 in. high (157 mm x 30 mm)
provide firefighters with a pinpoint description of where the Maximum: . . . . . 25 devices between isolator bases
fire is located. The control unit is capable of not only knowing
the detector’s location but also exactly how much smoke is in
the chamber of the detector. The detector may be set for dif-
ferent sensitivity settings appropriate to the environment of its
location.
Analog devices continually send obscuration values to the
control unit. These values may be gathered so as to allow
the control unit to determine if a detector has accumulated an
excessive amount of dirt or dust. A “maintenance” required
indication allows the installer to clean the smoke detector
before an unwanted false alarm occurs.

Description
The FSI-851 Intelligent Ionization Sensor incorporates a 006878

unique single-source chamber design to respond quickly and FSI-851 with B210LP Base
dependably to a broad range of fires. The FSI-851 can be
used to replace the CPX-751 or FSI-751, in existing systems.
FlashScan (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a communication pro-
tocol that greatly enhances the speed of communication
between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices com-
municate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within
the group has new information, the panel’s CPU stops the
group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect
is response speed greater than five times that of earlier
designs.

3-20
FSI-851 DETECTOR WITH B210LP, B224RB OR TEST MAGNET POSITIONING
B224BI BASE LED 2

6 1/8 IN.
(155 mm)

2 1/8 IN.*
(53 mm)

006869b PAINTED
* ADD 1/4 IN. (6 mm) TO HEIGHT FOR B224RB AND B224BI BASES. SURFACE

TEST
FSI-851 DETECTOR WITH B501 BASE MAGNET LED 1

MAGNET TEST
4 1/8 IN. MARKER
(104 mm)

TEST
2 IN. PAINTED MAGNET

(51 mm) SURFACE

004763

006869a Ordering Information

Shipping Weight
Mounting Guidelines Part No. Description lb (kg)
The FSI-851 plug-in detectors use a separate base to simpli- 432287 FSI-851 Intelligent Ionization 1 (0.45)
fy installation, service, and maintenance. Smoke Detector
437073 FSI-851A Intelligent Ionization 1 (0.45)
Mount base on a box which is at least 1.5 in. (38 mm) deep.
Smoke Detector (ULC)
Suitable mounting base boxes include:
438966 B210LP 6 in. (152 mm) Flanged 1 (0.45)
B224RB or B224BI 3 1/2 in. (89 mm) square box Low-Profile Base
Remaining bases 4 in. (102 mm) square box
417487 B501 European Flangeless Base 1 (0.45)
3 1/2 in. (89 mm)
or 4 in. (102 mm) octagonal box 437438 B200SR Sounder Base 1 (0.45)
Single-gang box (except 437439 B200SRA Sounder Base (ULC) 1 (0.45)
relay or isolator bases) 423945 B224RB Intelligent Relay Base 1 (0.45)
426125 B224BI Intelligent Isolator Base 1 (0.45)
Listings and Approvals*
438967 Accessory Flange Ring 1 (0.45)
UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S1115 for B210LP Base
ULC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS308 417675 M02-04-00 Test Magnet 0.5 (0.2)
Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) . . . . 7271-0028:201
MEA (NYC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321-02-E
USCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1
* Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER

WIRING REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR

AUTOPULSE
CONTROL
UNIT

OPTIONAL RETURN LOOP 004764

FlashScan is a registered trademark of Honeywell International.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007112-3
 Detection and Control Components
FAPT-851 Acclimate Plus™
Multi-Sensor Low-Profile Intelligent Detector
(IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features Areas where the Acclimate Plus detector is especially useful

• Automatically adjusts sensitivity levels without the need for include office complexes, schools, college campuses, manu-
operator intervention or programming. Sensitivity increases facturing and industrial facilities, and anywhere else the use
with heat. of a particular area may change. One day a conference
room, tomorrow a kitchen, the next day a copy machine
• Microprocessor-based, combination photo and thermal room – the Acclimate Plus detector automatically adjusts its
technology. sensitivity to the environment.
• Compatible with FlashScan® systems
• Sleek, low-profile design. Technical Information
Voltage Range: . . . . . . . . . . . 15 to 32 volts DC peak
• Rotary, decimal addressing 1 – 159 on FlashScan
systems. Standby Current: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 μA @ 24 VDC
• Addresses can be viewed and changed without the need LED Current: . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 mA @ 24 VDC (“ON”)
for electronic programmers. Loop Resistance: . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 ohms maximum
• Dual bi-color LED design provides 360° viewing angle. Diameter: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 in. (102 mm)
• LEDs lock RED when in Alarm. In FlashScan, LEDs flash Height: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.69 in. (43 mm)
GREEN in Standby for normal condition. Weight: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 oz (147 g)
• Several base options, including relay, isolator, and Temperature: . . . . . . . . 32 °F to 100 °F (0 °C to 38 °C)
sounder. Relative Humidity: . . . . . . . 10% – 93% non-condensing
• Built-in functional test switch activated by external magnet. Thermal Sensor:. . . . . . . . . . . . 135 °F (57 °C) (fixed)
• Listed to UL 268. UL Listed Velocity Range . . . 0-4000 ft/min (0-1219 m/min)
• Capable of heat-only alarm mode, enabled by a special
command from the panel. Smoke alarms are ignored.
• Low-temperature signal at 45 °F (7 °C) +/– 10 °F (–12 °C).

Applications
The FAPT-851 Acclimate Plus™ detector is an intelligent,
addressable, multi-sensing, low-profile detector designed for
use on the AUTOPULSE IQ-318 or IQ-636X-2 control panel.
The Acclimate Plus detector uses a combination of photo-
electric and thermal sensing technologies that are designed
to increase immunity to false alarms. Unlike traditional intelli- 006880
gent detectors, the Acclimate Plus detector has a micro-
processor in the detector head that processes alarm data. As FAPT-851 with B210LP Base
a result, the Acclimate Plus detector adjusts its sensitivity
automatically, without needing operator intervention.

FAPT-851 DETECTOR WITH FAPT-851 DETECTOR WITH

B501 BASE B210LP, B224RB OR B224BI BASE
4 1/8 IN.
(104 mm)
6 1/8 IN.
(155 mm)

2 IN.
(51 mm)
2 1/8 IN.*
(53 mm)

006869a

006869b

* ADD 1/4 IN. (6 mm) TO HEIGHT FOR B224RB AND B224BI BASES.

3-21
Installation Wiring Diagram (Standard Base)
REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR
The FAPT-851 plug-in detector uses a separate base to
simplify installation, service, and maintenance. A special tool
allows maintenance personnel to plug-in and remove detec-
tors without using a ladder. Mount base on a box at least AUTO-
1.5 in. (38 mm) deep. Suitable mounting base boxes include: PULSE
IQ-318 OR
• 3.5 in. (89 mm) or 4.0 in. (102 mm) octagonal box IQ-636X-2
CONTROL
• Single-gang box (except relay or isolator base) PANEL

• With B224RB or B224BI base, use a 3.5 in. (89 mm)

octagonal box, or a 4.0 in. (102 mm) octagonal or square
box OPTIONAL RETURN LOOP
003582
Notes: 1) Because of the inherent supervision provided by
the SLC loop, end-of-line resistors are not required. Wiring Listings and Approvals*
“T-taps” or branches are permitted for Style 4 (Class B) UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S1115
wiring. 2) When using relay or sounder bases, consult data
ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S911**
sheet F-9587 (ISO-X) for device limitations between isolator
modules and isolator bases. Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) . . . . 7272-0028:206
Application Note: The FAPT-851 detector has the unique
ability to adjust sensitivity according to the environment, MEA (NYC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225-02-E
based on heat and smoke levels. Avoid installing these Maryland State Fire Marshal. . . . . . . . . . Permit #2122
detectors in locations that are susceptible to rapid and high UL Listed for In-Duct Applications
temperature changes. An example of an incorrect application *Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.
would be near or in line with the output of a self-contained **System Sensor
heater.
Ordering Information
Address Dial on Back of Detector Shipping Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
432293 FAPT-851 Low-Profile 0.5 (0.23)
Smoke Detector
437078 FAPT-851A Low Profile 0.5 (0.23)
Smoke Detector (ULC)
438966 B210LP 6 in. (152 mm) Flanged 1 (0.45)
Low Profile Base
417487 B501 European Flangeless Base 1 (0.45)
006868 437438 B200SR Sounder Base 1 (0.45)
Bases: 437439 B200SRA Sounder Base (ULC) 1 (0.45)
B210LP: . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 in. (155 mm) diameter 423945 B224RB Intelligent Relay Base 2 (0.9)
B501:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 in. (104 mm) diameter 426125 B224BI Intelligent Isolator Base 2 (0.9)
B200SR(A): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sounder Base
417675 M02-04-00 Test Magnet 0.5 (0.23)
B224RB: . . . . . 6.2 in. dia. x 1.2 in. high (157 x 30 mm)
Relay type: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Form-C
TEST MAGNET POSITIONING
Rating: . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 A @ 30 VDC resistive LED 2
0.3 A @ 110 VDC inductive
1.0 A @ 30 VDC inductive
Screw terminals: . . . . . . Up to 14 AWG (2.00 mm2)
B224BI Isolator: . . . . . . 6.2 in. x 1.2 in. (157 x 30 mm)
Maximum: . . . . . 25 devices between isolator bases

PAINTED
SURFACE
TE
MA ST
GN LED 1
ET
MAGNET TEST
MARKER

TEST
PAINTED MAGNET

SURFACE
004763

FlashScan® is a registered trademark and Acclimate Plus™ are trademarks of Honeywell International.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007121-3
 Detection and Control Components

FSP-851 Intelligent Photoelectric

Smoke Detector (IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features FlashScan (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a communication pro-

• Sleek low profile design tocol that greatly enhances the speed of communication
between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices com-
• Analog-addressable communication municate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within
• Stable communication technique with noise immunity the group has new information, the panel’s CPU stops the
• Low standby current group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect
is response speed greater than five times that of earlier
• Rotary 01 to 159 address switches
designs.
• Dual LED design provides 360° viewing angle
• Visible bicolor LEDs blink green every time the detector is Technical Information
addressed; illuminate steady red on alarm Operating Temperature:. . . . . 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C)
• Walk test with address display (an address of 91 will blink UL Listed Velocity Range: . . 0 – 4000 fpm (0 – 20.32 m/sec)
the detector LED: 9-(pause)-1) (FlashScan® systems only) Relative Humidity: . . . . . . . . . . . 10% to 93% noncondensing
• Built-in functional test switch activated by external magnet Voltage Range: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 – 32 volts DC peak
• Optional relay, isolator, or sounder bases Standby Current: . 250 μA @ 24 VDC (w/o communication);
360 μA @ 24 VDC (one communication
• Listed to UL 268 every 5 seconds with LED enabled)
• FlashScan® communication protocol LED Current (max.): . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 mA @ 24 VDC (ON)
Applications Diameter:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 in. (104 mm)
Height: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.69 in. (43 mm)
The FSP-851 is an analog, addressable, low-profile smoke
detector designed for the AUTOPULSE IQ-318 and Bases Available:
IQ-636X-2 Fire Alarm Control Units. B210LP: . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 in. (155 mm) diameter
The addressability of the FSP-851 detector enables the con- B501: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 in. (104 mm) diameter
trol unit to provide firefighters with a pinpoint description of B200SR(A): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sounder Base
where the fire is located. The control unit is capable of not B224RB: . . 6.2 in. dia. x 1.2 in. high (157 mm x 30 mm)
only knowing the detector’s location but also exactly how Relay type:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Form-C
much smoke is in the chamber of the detector. The detector Rating: . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 A @ 30 VDC resistive
may be set for different sensitivity settings appropriate to the 0.3 A @ 110 VDC inductive
environment of its location. 1.0 A @ 30 VDC inductive
Analog devices continually send obscuration values to the Screw terminals: . . . . . . Up to 14 AWG (2.00 mm2)
AUTOPULSE control unit. These values may be gathered so B224BI: . . . 6.2 in. dia. x 1.2 in. high (157 mm x 30 mm)
as to allow the control unit to determine if a detector has
Maximum: . . . . . 25 devices between isolator bases
accumulated an excessive amount of dirt or dust. A “main-
tenance” required indication allows the installer to clean the
smoke detector before an unwanted false alarm occurs.

Description
The FSP-851 Intelligent Photoelectric Sensor’s unique opti-
cal sensing chamber is designed with superior signal to
noise ratio. The optical chamber is engineered to sense the
presence of smoke produced by a wide range of combustion
sources. The FSP-851 can be used to replace the SDX-751
or FSP-751 in existing systems.

006878

FSP-851 with B210LP Base

3-22
FSP-851 DETECTOR WITH B210LP, B224RB OR Listings and Approvals*
B224BI BASE UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S1115
6 1/8 IN. ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S1115
(155 mm) Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) . . . . 7272-0028:206
MEA (NYC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225-02-E
2 1/8 IN.* Maryland State Fire Marshal . . . . . . . . . . Permit #2122
(53 mm)
UL Listed for In-Duct Applications
USCG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1
006869b * Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.
* ADD 1/4 IN. (6 mm) TO HEIGHT FOR B224RB AND B224BI BASES.

Ordering Information
Shipping
Weight
FSP-851 DETECTOR WITH B501 BASE
Part No. Description lb (kg)
4 1/8 IN. 432288 FSP-851 Intelligent 1 (0.45)
(104 mm)
Photoelectric Smoke Detector
437074 FSP-851A Intelligent Photoelectric 1 (0.45)
Smoke Detector (ULC)
2 IN.
(51 mm) 438966 B210LP 6 in. (152 mm) Flanged 1 (0.45)
Low-Profile Base
417487 B501 European Flangeless Base 1 (0.45)
006869a
437438 B200SR Sounder Base 1 (0.45)
437439 B200SRA Sounder Base (ULC) 1 (0.45)
423945 B224RB Intelligent Relay Base 1 (0.45)
Mounting Guidelines
426125 B224BI Intelligent Isolator Base 1 (0.45)
The FSP-851 plug-in detectors use a separate base to sim-
438967 Accessory Flange Ring 1 (0.45)
plify installation, service, and maintenance.
for B210LP Base
Mount base on a box which is at least 1.5 in. (38 mm) deep. 417675 M02-04-01 Test Magnet 0.5 (0.2)
Suitable mounting base boxes include:
B224RB or B224BI 3 1/2 in. (89 mm) square box
Remaining bases 4 in. (102 mm) square box
3 1/2 in. (89 mm) or 4 in. (102 mm)
octagonal box
Single-gang box (except
relay or isolator bases)

TEST MAGNET POSITIONING

LED 2

WIRING
REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR

PAINTED
SURFACE
TE AUTO-
MA ST PULSE
GN LED 1
ET CONTROL
MAGNET TEST UNIT
MARKER

TEST
PAINTED MAGNET

SURFACE OPTIONAL RETURN LOOP

004763
004760

FlashScan is a registered trademark of Honeywell International.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007116-3
 Detection and Control Components

FSP-851T Intelligent Thermal/Photoelectric

Smoke Detector (IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features FlashScan (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a communication proto-

• Sleek low profile design col that greatly enhances the speed of communication
between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices com-
• Analog-addressable communication
municate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the
• Stable communication technique with noise immunity group has new information, the panel’s CPU stops the group
• Low standby current poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is
• Rotary 01 to 159 address switches response speed greater than five times that of earlier
designs.
• Dual LED design provides 360° viewing angle
• Visible bicolor LEDs blink green every time the detector is Technical Information
addressed; illuminate steady red on alarm Operating Temperature: . . . 32 °F to 100 °F (0 °C to 38 °C)
• Walk test with address display (an address of 91 will blink UL Listed Velocity Range: . 0 – 4000 fpm (0 – 20.32 m/sec)
the detector LED: 9-(pause)-1) (FlashScan® systems only) Relative Humidity: . . . . . . . 10% to 93% noncondensing
• Built-in functional test switch activated by external magnet Voltage Range: . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 – 32 volts DC peak
• Optional relay, isolator, or sounder bases Standby Current: . 250 μA @ 24 VDC (w/o communication);
• Listed to UL 268 360 μA @ 24 VDC (one communication
every 5 seconds with LED enabled)
• FlashScan communication protocol
LED Current (max.): . . . . . . . . 6.5 mA @ 24 VDC (ON)
Applications Diameter: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 in. (104 mm)
The FSP-851T is an analog, addressable, low-profile Height: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.66 in. (42 mm)
smoke/heat detector designed for the AUTOPULSE IQ-318 Bases Available:
and IQ-636X-2 Fire Alarm Control Unit. B210LP: . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 in. (155 mm) diameter
The FSP-851T photoelectric includes a built-in thermal B501: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 in. (104 mm) diameter
detection device. If either condition (smoke or heat) is detect- B200SR(A): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sounder Base
ed, the device will alarm. B224RB: . . 6.2 in. dia. x 1.2 in. high (157 mm x 30 mm)
The addressability of the FSP-851T detector enables the Relay type:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Form-C
control unit to provide firefighters with a pinpoint description Rating: . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 A @ 30 VDC resistive
of where the fire is located. The control unit is capable of not 0.3 A @ 110 VDC inductive
only knowing the detector’s location but also exactly how 1.0 A @ 30 VDC inductive
much smoke is in the chamber of the detector. The detector
Screw terminals: . . . . . . Up to 14 AWG (2.00 mm2)
may be set for different sensitivity settings appropriate to the
environment of its location. B224BI: . . . 6.2 in. dia. x 1.2 in. high (157 mm x 30 mm)
Maximum: . . . . . 25 devices between isolator bases
Analog devices continually send obscuration values to the
AUTOPULSE control unit. These values may be gathered so
as to allow the control unit to determine if a detector has
accumulated an excessive amount of dirt or dust. A “mainte-
nance” required indication allows the installer to clean the
smoke detector before an unwanted false alarm occurs.

Description
The FSP-851T Intelligent Photoelectric Sensor’s unique opti-
cal sensing chamber is designed with superior signal to noise
ratio. The optical chamber is engineered to sense the pres-
ence of smoke produced by a wide range of combustion
006879
sources. The FSP-851T can be used to replace the FSP-851T with B210LP Base
FSP-751T, FDX-751T or SDX-551TH in existing systems.

3-23
FSP-851T DETECTOR WITH B210LP, B224RB OR Listings and Approvals*
B224BI BASE UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S1115
6 1/8 IN. ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S1115
(155 mm)
Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) . . . . 7272-0028:206
MEA (NYC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225-02-E
1 11/16 IN.*
(43 mm) Maryland State Fire Marshal . . . . . . . . . . Permit #2122
UL Listed for In-Duct Applications
006869b USCG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1
* ADD 1/4 IN. (6 mm) TO HEIGHT FOR B224RB AND B224BI BASES. * Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.

Ordering Information
FSP-851T DETECTOR WITH B501 BASE Shipping
Weight
4 1/8 IN.
(104 mm)
Part No. Description lb (kg)
432289 FSP-851T Intelligent Thermal 1 (0.45)
Photoelectric Smoke Detector
1 5/8 IN.
437075 FSP-851TA Intelligent Thermal 1 (0.45)
(41 mm) Photoelectric Smoke Detector
438966 B210LP 6 in. (152 mm) Flanged 1 (0.45)
Low-Profile Base
006869a
417487 B501 European Flangeless Base 1 (0.45)
Mounting Guidelines 437438 B200SR Sounder Base 1 (0.45)
The FSP-851 plug-in detectors use a separate base to sim- 437439 B200SRA Sounder Base (ULC) 1 (0.45)
plify installation, service, and maintenance. 423945 B224RB Intelligent Relay Base 1 (0.45)
Mount base on a box which is at least 1.5 in. (38 mm) deep. 426125 B224BI Intelligent Isolator Base 1 (0.45)
Suitable mounting base boxes include: 438967 Accessory Flange Ring 1 (0.45)
B224RB or B224BI 3 1/2 in. (89 mm) square box for B210LP Base
Remaining bases 4 in. (102 mm) square box 417675 M02-04-00 Test Magnet 0.5 (0.2)
3 1/2 in. (89 mm) or 4 in. (102 mm)
octagonal box
Single-gang box (except
relay or isolator bases)

TEST MAGNET POSITIONING

LED 2

WIRING
REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR

PAINTED
SURFACE
TE AUTO-
MA ST PULSE
GN LED 1
ET CONTROL
MAGNET TEST UNIT
MARKER

TEST
PAINTED MAGNET

SURFACE OPTIONAL RETURN LOOP

004763
004760

FlashScan is a registered trademark of Honeywell International.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007115-3
 Detection and Control Components

InnovairFlex Intelligent Non-Relay Photoelectric

Duct Smoke Detector (IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

General
The InnovairFlex DNR intelligent non-relay photoelectric duct
smoke detector and DNRW watertight non-relay photoelec-
tric duct smoke detector feature a pivoting housing that fits
both square and rectangular footprints capable of mounting
to a round or rectangular duct.
DNRW duct smoke detector, with its NEMA-4 rating, is listed
as a watertight, UV resistant enclosure providing protection
against falling dirt, rain, windblown dust, splashing and hose-
directed water, allowing operators to use the detector in the
most extreme environments.
These units sense smoke in the most challenging conditions, 008588
operating in airflow speeds of 100 to 4,000 ft (30.5 to
1219.2 m) per minute, temperatures of –4 °F to 158 °F • Requires com line power only
(–30 °C to 70 °C), and a humidity range of 0 to 95 percent • Accommodates the installation of an addressable relay
(non-condensing.) module, sold separately (FRM-1), for applications requiring
An improved cover design isolates the sensor head, which a Form-C relay
allows for ease of maintenance. A cover tamper feature indi-
cates a trouble signal for a removed or improperly installed Specifications
sensor cover. The InnovairFlex housing provides a 3/4-inch Size: (Rectangle) 14.38 in. (365 mm) Length; 5 in. (127 mm)
conduit knockout and ample space to facilitate easy wiring Width, 2.5 in. (64 mm) Depth
and mounting of a relay module. Size: (Square) 7.75 in. (197 mm) Length; 9 in. (229 mm)
The InnovairFlex duct smoke detector can be customized to Width; 2.5 in. (64 mm) Depth
meet local codes and specifications without additional wiring. Weight: 1.6 lb (0.73 kg)
The new InnovairFlex product line is compatible with all
previous Innovair models, including remote test accessories. Operating Temperature Range: –4 °F to 158 °F (–20 °C to
70 °C)
Features Storage Temperature Range: –22 °F to 158 °F (–30 °C to
• Photoelectric, integrated low-flow technology 70 °C)
• Air velocity rating from 100 ft/min to 4,000 ft/min (0.5 m/s to Operating Humidity Range: 0% to 95% relative humidity
20.32 m/s) (noncondensing)
• Versatile mounting options: square or rectangular configu- Air Duct Velocity: 100 to 4,000 ft/min (0.5 to 20.32 m/s)
ration
Accessories
• Broad ranges for operating temperature (–4 °F to 158 °F
(–30 °C to 70°C)) and humidity (0% to 95% non-condens- The AUTOPULSE Addressable line provides system flexibil-
ing) ity with a variety of accessories, including two remote test
stations and different means of visible and audible system
• Patented sampling tube installs from front or back of the annunciation. As with our duct smoke detectors, all duct
detector with no tools required smoke detectors accessories are UL listed.
• Cover tamper signal DNRWs with a date code of 0013 or higher do not require
• Increased wiring space with a newly added 3/4 in. conduit external 24VDC for remote test applications when used with
knockout a remote-test-capable detector.
• Available space within housing to accommodate mounting
of a relay module
• Easily accessible code wheels on sensor head (sold sepa-
rately)
• Clear cover for convenient visual inspection
• Remote testing capability

3-24
Agency Listings and Approvals* Important Notes
Consult product manual for lists of compatible UL-Listed • DNRW duct detector housings with a date code of 0013 or
devices. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed higher do not require a DCOIL or auxiliary 24 VDC for
by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. remote test applications when used with a remote test
Consult factory for latest listing status. capable detector.
UL Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S911 • DNRW duct detector housings with a date code of 0012 or
ULC Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S911 earlier require a DCOIL and auxiliary 24 VDC power for
remote test applications.
CFSM Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3242-1653:209
* Listings and Approvals are under Notifier.
Shipping
Weight
Ordering Information Part No.
_______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
_________
Note: “A or “CDN” suffix indicates ULC listed model. 436969 DNR(A) Intelligent Non-Relay 1.5 (0.7)
Photoelectric Duct Smoke
DNR(A): Intelligent non-relay photoelectric low flow smoke Detector Housing
detector housing. Requires photoelectric smoke detector
(sold separately). 436970 DNRW Watertight Intelligent 1.5 (0.7)
Non-Relay Photoelectric Duct
DNRW: Watertight intelligent non-relay photoelectric low flow Smoke Detector Housing
duct smoke detector housing. Requires photoelectric smoke
detector (sold separately). NEMA-4. 432288 FSP-851 Addressable 1 (0.5)
Photoelectric Smoke Detector
FSP-851: Addressable low-profile photoelectric smoke detec-
tor. 437636 FSP-851R Remote Test Capable 1 (0.5)
Addressable Photoelectric
FSP-851R: Remote test capable addressable low-profile Smoke Detector
photoelectric smoke detector.
437019 DCOIL Remote Test Coil 0.5 (0.2)
DCOIL: Remote test coil. Required for older DNRW duct
detector housing. 436964 DST1(A) Metal sampling tube – 0.5 (0.2)
Duct width up to 1 ft (0.3m)
DST1(A): Metal sampling tube duct width up to 1 ft (0.3 m)
436965 DST1.5(A) Metal sampling tube – 0.5 (0.2)
DST1.5(A): Metal sampling tube duct widths of 1 ft to 2 ft (0.3 Duct widths of 1 ft to 2 ft
to 0.6 m) (0.3 to 0.6 m)
DST3(A): Metal sampling tube duct widths of 2 ft to 4 ft (0.6 436966 DST3(A) Metal sampling tube – 1 (0.5)
to 1.2 m) Duct widths of 2 ft to 4 ft
DST5(A): Metal sampling tube duct widths of 4 ft to 8 ft (1.2 (0.6 to 1.2 m)
to 2.4 m) 436967 DST5(A) Metal sampling tube – 1.5 (0.7)
DST10(A): Metal sampling tube duct widths of 8 ft to 12 ft Duct widths of 4 ft to 8 ft
(2.4 to 3.7 m) (1.2 to 2.4 m)
M02-04-00: Test magnet 436968 DST10(A) Metal sampling tube – 3 (1.4)
Duct widths of 8 ft to 12 ft
P48-21-00: End cap for metal sampling tubes
(2.4 to 3.7 m)
RA100Z(A): Remote annunciator alarm LED
417675 M02-04-00 Test Magnet 0.5 (0.2)
RTS151(A): Remote test station
437633 P48-21-00 End Cap for metal 0.1 (0.04)
sampling tubes
436971 RA100Z(A) Remote 0.5 (0.2)
Annunciator Alarm LED
436972 RTS151(A) Remote Test Station 0.5 (0.2)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2010175-3
 Detection and Control Components

XP6-MA Six Zone Interface Module

(IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

General
The XP6-MA six-zone interface module provides an interface
between the intelligent alarm system and a two-wire conven-
tional detection zone. A common SLC input is used for all
modules, and the initiating device circuits share a common
external supervisory supply and ground. Otherwise, each
module operates independently from the others.
The first module is addressed from 01 to 154 while the
remaining modules are automatically assigned to the next
five higher addresses. Provisions are included for disabling a
maximum of two unused modules. All two-wire detectors
being monitored must be two-wire-compatibility-listed with
the modules. The XP6-MA transmits the status of a zone of
two-wire detectors to the fire alarm control panel. Status
conditions are reported as normal, open, or alarm. The inter-
face module supervises the zone of detectors and the
connection of the external power supply.
Each XP6-MA module has panel-controlled bicolor LED indi-
cators. The panel can cause the LEDs to blink, latch on, or
latch off.
008586

Features XP6-MA is shipped in Class B position: Remove shunt for

• Six addressable Class B or three addressable Class A initi- Class A operation.
ating device circuits. Maximum SLC wiring resistance: 40 or 50 ohms, panel
• Removable 12 AWG (3.1 mm2) to 18 AWG (0.78 mm2) dependent.
plugin terminal blocks. Maximum IDC wiring resistance: 25 ohms.
• Status indicators for each point. External supply voltage: DC voltage: 18 – 28 volts powerlim-
• Up to two unused addresses may be disabled. ited. Ripple voltage: 0.1 Vrms maximum. External supply
current: 90 mA maximum per address in alarm. In Class B
• Rotary address switches. operation, 540 mA maximum for all six addresses in alarm. In
• Class A or Class B operation. Class A operation, 270 mA maximum for all three addresses
• FlashScan® or CLIP operation. in alarm.
• Mount one or two modules in a BB-XP cabinet (optional). Compatible detectors: See the Device Compatibility docu-
ment.
• Mount up to six modules on a CHS-6 chassis in a CAB-4
Series or BB-25 cabinet (optional). Agency Listings and Approvals
• Mounting hardware included. These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified
in this document. In some cases, certain modules or applica-
Specifications tions may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or
Standby current: 2.0 mA (SLC current draw with all listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing
addresses used; if some addresses are disabled, the status.
standby current decreases). UL Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S635
Alarm current: 40 mA (assumes all six LEDs solid ON). ULC Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S635 (XP6-MAA)
Temperature range: 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C). MEA Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386-02-E
Humidity: 10% to 85% noncondensing. FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Approved
Dimensions: 6.8 in. (173 mm) high x 5.8 in. (147 mm) wide x CSFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7300-0028:219
1.25 in. (32 mm) deep.
City of Chicago
Shipping weight: 1.1 lb (0.5 kg) including packaging.
City of Denver
Mounting options: CHS-6 chassis, BB-25 cabinet, or CAB-4
Series cabinet.
Wire gauge: 12 AWG (3.1 mm2) to 18 AWG (0.78 mm2).
3-25
Ordering Information
XP6-MA: Six-zone conventional-detector interface module.
XP6-MAA: Same as above with ULC Listing.
BB-XP: Optional cabinet for one or two modules.
Dimensions, DOOR: 9.23 in. (234 mm) wide (9.5 in.
(241 mm) including hinges), x 12.22 in. (310 mm) high, x
0.67 in. (17 mm) deep; BACKBOX: 9.0 in. (229 mm) wide
(9.25 in. (235 mm) including hinges), x 12.0 in. (305 mm)
high x 2.75 in. (70 mm); CHASSIS (installed): 7.15 in.
(182 mm) wide overall x 7.31 in. (186 mm) high interior
overall x 2.16 in. (55 mm) deep overall.
BB-25: Optional cabinet for up to six modules mounted on
CHS-6 chassis (below). Dimensions, DOOR: 24.0 in.
(610 mm) wide x 12.63 in. (321 mm) high, x 1.25 in. (32 mm)
deep, hinged at bottom; BACKBOX: 24.0 in. (610 mm) wide
x 12.55 in. (319 mm) high x 5.22 in. (133 mm) deep.
CHS-6: Chassis, mounts up to six modules in a CAB-4
Series cabinet, or BB-25 cabinet.
Shipping
Weight
Part No.
_______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
_________
437637 XP6-MA Six-zone interface 1 (0.5)
module
437638 XP6-MAA Six-zone interface 1 (0.5)
module (ULC)
428078 BB-XP Cabinet – One or two 7 (3.2)
modules (Optional)
428079 BB-25 Cabinet – Up to six 23 (10.4)
modules mounted on
CHS-6 chassis (Optional)
428080 CHS-6 Chassis – Mounts up 3 (1.4)
to six modules

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2010179-3
 Detection and Control Components

XP6-C Six-Circuit Supervised Control Module

(IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features
• Six addressable Class B or three addressable Class A out-
puts that function as notification appliance circuits
• Removable 12 AWG (3.25 mm2) to 18 AWG (0.9 mm2)
plug-in terminal blocks
• Status indicators for each point
• Panel-Controlled Green LED Indicators
• Unused addresses may be disabled
• Rotary address switches
• Class A or Class B operation
• FlashScan® or CLIP operation
• Mount one or two modules in a BB-XP cabinet (optional)
• Mount up to six modules on a CHS-6 chassis in a CAB-3
Series or BB-25 cabinet (optional)
• Mounting hardware included

Description 007005

Note: The XP6-C is not suitable for releasing applica-

tions. Technical Information
The XP6-C six-circuit supervised control module provides the Standby Current: 2.25 mA (SLC current draw with all
addressable AUTOPULSE IQ-318 and IQ-636X-2 control addresses used; if some addresses
units with supervised monitoring of wiring to load devices that are disabled, the standby current
require an external power supply to operate, such as horns, decreases.)
strobes, or bells. Upon command from the control panel, the Alarm Current: 35 mA (assumes all six relays have
XP6-C will disconnect the supervision and connect the exter- been switched once and all six
nal power supply across the load device. LEDs solid ON)
The first module is addressed from 01 to 154 while the Temperature Range: 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C) for
remaining modules are automatically assigned to the next UL applications; 14 °F to 131 °F
five higher addresses. Provisions are included for disabling a (–10 °C to 55 °C) for EN54
maximum of three unused addresses. Each XP6-C module applications
has terminals for connection to an external supply circuit for
Humidity Range: 10% to 85% noncondensing for UL
powering devices on its notification appliance circuit. One or
applications; 10% to 93% noncon-
multiple power supplies may be used.
densing for EN54 applications
Each XP6-C module features a short circuit protection moni-
Dimensions: Height: 6.8 in. (172.7 mm)
tor to protect the external power supply against short-circuit
Width: 5.8 in. (147.3 mm)
conditions on the NAC. When an alarm condition occurs, the
Depth: 1.25 in. (31.75 mm)
relay which connects the external supply to the NAC will not
be allowed to close if a short-circuit condition currently exists Wire Gauge: 12 AWG (3.25 mm2) to 18 AWG
on the NAC. Additionally, an algorithm is incorporated to find (0.9 mm2), grounded
shorts when the module is active. The XP6-C module will Maximum SLC
close all circuits that are not shorted to find the NAC with the Wiring Resistance: 40 or 50 ohms, panel dependent
problem. Each XP6-C module has panel-controlled green
LED indicators. Maximum NAC
Wiring Resistance: 40 ohms
FlashScan (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a communication pro-
tocol that greatly enhances the speed of communication Relay Contact Ratings: 30 VDC; 110 VAC
between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices com- Current Ratings:
municate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within 3.0 A @ 30 VDC maximum, resistive, non-coded
the group has new information, the unit’s CPU stops the 2.0 A @ 30 VDC maximum, resistive, coded
group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect 1.0 A @ 30 VDC maximum, inductive (L/R=2 ms), coded
is response speed greater than five times that of earlier 0.5 A @ 30 VDC maximum, inductive (L/R=5 ms), coded
designs.
3-26
Installation
The XP6-C six-circuit supervised control module is shipped
in Class B position. Remove shunt for Class A operation. Up
to six XP6-C modules can be mounted on a CHS-6 chassis,
which mounts in a BB-25, CAB 3 or 4 series cabinet, or suit-
ably grounded metallic cabinet. One or two modules can be
mounted in BB-XP cabinet. Mounting hardware and installa-
tion instructions are provided with each module.

Wiring
Each XP6-C module comes with removable 12 AWG
(3.25 mm2) to 18 AWG (0.9 mm2) plug-in terminal blocks.
Example of Class B, Style Y NAC configuration with a single supply dedicated to a single NAC.
Note: EOL relay coil connections must be made using EOL relay connector assemblies on T10 – T16 in event that all NACs
on the PCB have dedicated supplies.

EOLR-1

007006

Example of Class B, Style Y NAC configuration with a single supply shared by two NACs.

EOLR-1

007007
Example of Class A, Style Z NAC configuration with a single supply dedicated to a single NAC.

EOLR-1

007008

Example of multiple boards sharing the same external power supply.

Supply is shared by NACs +0 and +1 (on PCB #1) as well as +3, +4, and +5 (on PCB #2). Refer to previous typical NAC wiring
diagrams. Make certain that the lip on the long power supply jumper engages the retaining tab on T10 or T16 as shown in
detail view A-A.

007009
Listings and Approvals* BACK-BOX/CABINET
UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635/CS118 (XP6-CA) C
Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) . . . . 7300-0028:219
MEA (NYC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-02-E
Maryland State Fire Marshal. . . . . . . . . . Permit #2106
USCG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1 B

*Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.

Ordering Information
Shipping
Weight
Part No.
______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
__________
432715 XP6-C Six-circuit Supervised 1.1 (0.5)
Control Module (UL)
428078 BB-XP Cabinet for One or 7 (3.2) A
Two Modules
004755
428079 BB-25 Cabinet 15 (6.8)
428080 CHS-6 Chassis 2 (0.9)

CHS-6 CHASSIS Dimensions

A – Width B – Height C – Depth
BB-25 Battery 24 in 12 5/8 in 5 1/4 in
Back Box (610 mm) (321 mm) (133 mm)
BB-XP 9 1/2 in 12 1/2 in 3 in
Cabinet (241 mm) (318 mm) (76 mm)

004754

19 IN. WIDE X 7 5/16 IN. HIGH X 2 3/16 IN. DEEP

(483 mm wide x 186 mm high x 56 mm deep)

FlashScan is a registered trademark of Honeywell International.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007094-3
 Detection and Control Components

FMM-1 Addressable Monitor Module

(IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features Technical Information

• Built-in type identification automatically identifies this Nominal Operating Voltage:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 to 32 VDC
device as a monitor module to the AUTOPULSE control Maximum Current Draw:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 mA (LED on)
unit Average Operating Current: . . . . . . . . 350 μA (LED flashing)
• Powered directly by two-wire SLC loop, no additional EOL Resistance: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47K ohms
power required Temperature Range:. . . . . . . . 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C)
• High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity Humidity Range: . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% to 93% non-condensing
• SEMS screws with clamping plates for ease of wiring Dimensions: High: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 in. (114 mm)
• Direct-dial entry of address (01-159) Wide: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 in. (102 mm)
Deep: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25 in. (32 mm)
• LED flashes green during normal operation (this is a pro-
grammable option), and latches on steady RED to indicate Installation
alarm
The FMM-1 module mounts directly to a standard 4 in.
• FlashScan® communication protocol square, 2.124 in. (54 mm) deep, electrical box. Mounting
hardware and installation instructions are provided with each
Applications
module. All wiring must conform to applicable local codes,
Use the FMM-1 module to monitor a zone of four-wire smoke ordinances, and regulations. These modules are intended for
detectors, manual fire alarm pull stations, waterflow devices, power-limited wiring only.
or other normally-open dry-contact alarm activation devices.
May also be used to monitor normally-open supervisory MOUNTING THE FMM-1 TO A 4 INCH SQUARE
devices with special supervisory indication at the control unit. 2 1/8 INCH DEEP JUNCTION BOX
Monitored circuit may be wired as an NFPA Style B (Class B)
or Style D (Class D) Initiating Device Circuit. A 47K ohm End-
of-Line Resistor (provided) terminates the Style B circuit. No
resistor is required for supervision of the Style D circuit.
Maximum IDC loop length is 2,500 ft/762 m (20 ohms
maximum).

Description
The FMM-1 monitor module (typically mounts to a 4 in. ISOLATED
square box) is a standard-sized module used with the QUADRANT
AUTOPULSE IQ-318 and IQ-636X-2 control unit that super-
vises either a Class A (Style D) or Class B (Style B) circuit of
dry-contact input devices. It is intended for use in intelligent
two-wire systems, where the individual address of each mod-
ule is selected using the built-in rotary switches. It provides
either a two-wire or four-wire fault-tolerant Initiating Device
Circuit (IDC) for normally-open-contact fire alarm and super-
visory devices. The module has a unit-controlled LED indica-
tor. The FMM-1 can be used to replace MMX-1 modules, 004745
Part No. 417476, in existing systems.
Each FMM-1 uses one of 159 available module addresses
on an SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control Wiring
unit and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) of • Connect modules to listed compatible AUTOPULSE control
its IDC. A flashing LED indicates that the module is in com- units only.
munication with the control unit. The LED latches steady on
alarm (subject to current limitations on the loop). • All wiring shown is supervised and power limited.
FlashScan (patent pending) is a new communication protocol • Install contact closure devices per manufacturers’ installa-
that greatly enhances the speed of communication between tion instructions.
analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices communicate in • Any number of UL-listed contact closure devices may be
a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the group has used.
new information, the unit’s CPU stops the group poll and • DO NOT MIX fire alarm initiating, supervisory, or security
concentrates on single points. The net effect is response devices on the same module.
speed greater than five times that of earlier designs.
3-27
FMM-1 MODULE Listings and Approvals*
UL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS669
Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM). . . . . . . 7300-0028:202
MEA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457-99-E
Maryland State Fire Marshal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Permit # 2020
USCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1
* Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER

Ordering Information
Shipping Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
428097 FMM-1 Monitor Module 1 (0.45)
437064 FMM-1A Monitor Module 1 (0.45)
(ULC)

008209

TYPICAL TWO-WIRE INITIATING DEVICE CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION, NFPA STYLE B

TO NEXT FROM PANEL
DEVICE OR PREVIOUS
DEVICE
MONITOR
ANY NUMBER OF UL LISTED CONTACT CLOSURE MODULE
DEVICES MAY BE USED. DO NOT MIX FIRE ALARM CONNECTED MODULES TO LISTED
INITIATING, SUPERVISORY, OR SECURITY DEVICES COMPATIBLE CONTROL PANELS ONLY
ON THE SAME MODULE.

SIGNAL LINE CIRCUIT

47K EOL
(SLC) 32 VDC MAXIMUM.
RESISTOR
SHIELDED-TWISTED PAIR
ELR-47K
IS RECOMMENDED.

008210 ALL WIRING SHOWN IS SUPERVISED AND POWER LIMITED

INITIATING DEVICE CIRCUIT (IDC). NFPA STYLE B,
POWER LIMITED: 400 μA MAX. @ 11 VDC MAX.

INSTALL CONTACT CLOSURE DEVICES PER

MANUFACTURER’S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.

TYPICAL FOUR-WIRE FAULT-TOLERANT INITIATING CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION, NFPA STYLE D.

(—) (—)
TO NEXT FROM PANEL
DEVICE OR PREVIOUS
DEVICE
MONITOR
ANY NUMBER OF UL LISTED CONTACT CLOSURE MODULE
DEVICES MAY BE USED. DO NOT MIX FIRE ALARM
INITIATING, SUPERVISORY, OR SECURITY DEVICES CONNECTED MODULES TO LISTED
ON THE SAME MODULE. COMPATIBLE CONTROL PANELS ONLY

(—)

EOL RESISTOR IS SIGNAL LINE CIRCUIT

INTERNAL AT (SLC) 32 VDC MAXIMUM.
TERMINALS 8 & 9 SHIELDED-TWISTED PAIR
IS RECOMMENDED.
008211

INSTALL CONTACT CLOSURE DEVICES PER

MANUFACTURER’S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.

FlashScan is a trademark of NOTIFIER.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007095-3
 Detection and Control Components

FZM-1 Interface Module (IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features Technical Information

• Supports compatible two-wire smoke detectors Nominal Operating Voltage:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 to 32 VDC
• Supervises IDC wiring and connection of external power Maximum Current Draw:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 mA (LED on)
source Average Operating Current:. . . . . . . . . 270 μA (LED flashing)
EOL Resistance:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9K ohms
• High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity
External Supply Voltage (between T3 and T4)
• SEMS screws with clamping plates for ease of wiring DC Voltage: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 to 28 volts power limited
• Direct-dial entry of address (01-159) Ripple Voltage:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 VRMS maximum
• LED flashes during normal operation (this is a program- Current:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 mA per module maximum
mable option) Temperature Range:. . . . . . . . 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C)
• LED latches steady to indicate alarm on command from Humidity Range: . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% to 93% non-condensing
control unit Dimensions:
• FlashScan™ communication protocol High: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 in. (114 mm)
Wide: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 in. (102 mm)
Applications Deep:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25 in. (32 mm)
The FZM-1 Interface Module is intended for use in intelligent,
Installation
addressable systems, where the individual address of each
module is selected using built-in rotary switches. This module The FZM-1 module mounts directly to a standard 4 in.
allows intelligent units to interface and monitor two-wire con- (102 mm) square, 2.125 in. (54 mm) deep, electrical box.
ventional smoke detectors. It transmits the status (normal, Mounting hardware and installation instructions are provided
open, or alarm) of one full zone of conventional detectors with each module. All wiring must conform to applicable local
back to the AUTOPULSE IQ-318 or IQ-636X-2 control units. codes, ordinances, and regulations. These modules are
All two-wire detectors being monitored must be UL compati- intended for power-limited wiring only.
ble with the module. The FZM-1 has a panel-controlled LED
indicator and can be used to replace MMX-2 modules, Part MOUNTING THE FZM-1 TO A 4 INCH SQUARE
No. 417477, in existing systems. 2 1/8 INCH DEEP JUNCTION BOX
Use the FZM-1 to monitor a zone of two-wire smoke detec-
tors. The monitored circuit may be wired as an NFPA Style B
(Class B) or Style D (Class A) Initiating Device Circuit. The
3.9 K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) terminates the
end of the Style B or D (Class B or A) circuit (maximum IDC
loop resistance is 25 ohms). Install ELR across terminals 8
and 9 for Style D application.

Description
The FZM-1 Interface module is a standard-sized module
used to monitor and supervise compatible two-wire, 24 volt,
smoke detectors on a Class A (Style D) or Class B (Style B)
circuit.
Each FZM-1 uses one of 159 available module addresses on
an SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control unit
and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) of its
Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). A flashing LED indicates that
the module is in communication with the control unit. The
LED latches steady on alarm (subject to current limitations
on the loop). 008859

FlashScan (patent pending) is a new communication protocol

that greatly enhances the speed of communication between
analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices communicate in
a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the group has
new information, the unit’s CPU stops the group poll and
concentrates on single points. The net effect is response
speed greater than five times that of earlier designs.
3-28
Wiring Listings and Approvals*
• Connect modules to listed compatible AUTOPULSE control UL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
units only. ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS669
• Terminal wiring must be power limited. Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
• DO NOT MIX fire alarm initiating, supervisory, or security California State Fire Marshal (CSFM). . . . . . . 7300-0028:202
devices on the same module. MEA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457-99-E
• DO NOT LOOP wire under terminals. Break wire run to Maryland State Fire Marshal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Permit # 2020
provide supervision of connections. USCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1
* Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER
• Detectors must be UL listed compatible with module.
• Install detectors per manufacturers’ installation instructions. Ordering Information
Shipping Weight
• Power to the interface module must be externally switched Part No. Description lb (kg)
to reset the detectors.
428100 FZM-1 Interface Module 1 (0.45)
437068 FZM-1A Interface Module 1 (0.45)
(ULC)

INTERFACE TWO-WIRE CONVENTIONAL DETECTORS, NFPA STYLE B

OPTIONAL BRANCH
CIRCUIT TO NEXT FROM PANEL
TO NEXT
INTERFACE MODULE OR PREVIOUS
DEVICE
POWER FROM THE INTERFACE MODULE MUST SUPERVISES SUPPLY DEVICE
BE EXTERNALLY SWITCHED TO RESET THE VOLTAGE AND
DETECTORS. A RELAY CONTROL MODULE CAN DETECTOR LOOP INTERFACE
BE USED TO SWITCH POWER FROM A
MODULE SIGNAL LINE CIRCUIT (SLC)
STANDARD POWER SUPPLY (SEE FIGURE 5)
32 VDC MAX. TWISTED PAIR
IS RECOMMENDED.
CONNECT MODULES TO
LISTED BATTERY BACKUP – LISTED COMPATIBLE
SWITCHED DC POWER SUPPLY CONTROL PANELS ONLY.
TERMINAL WIRING MUST BE
POWER LIMITED.
3.9K EOL
RESISTOR
(INCLUDED)
A2143-10
DO NOT MIX FIRE ALARM INITIATING, SUPERVISORY, OR SECURITY
DEVICES ON THE SAME MODULE.

008860 *NOTE: ANY FAULT IN THE POWER SUPPLY IS LIMITED TO THAT ZONE
AND DOES NOT RESULT IN A FAULT IN A SEPARATE ZONE

DO NOT LOOP WIRE UNDER TERMINALS. BREAK ALL WIRE RUN TO PROVIDE SUPERVISION OF CONNECTIONS. DETECTORS MUST
BE UL LISTED COMPATIBLE WITH MODULE. INSTALL DETECTORS PER MANUFACTURER’S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.

INTERFACE TWO-WIRE CONVENTIONAL DETECTORS, NFPA STYLE D

OPTIONAL BRANCH
CIRCUIT TO NEXT FROM PANEL
TO NEXT
INTERFACE MODULE OR PREVIOUS
DEVICE
POWER FROM THE INTERFACE MODULE MUST SUPERVISES SUPPLY DEVICE
BE EXTERNALLY SWITCHED TO RESET THE VOLTAGE AND
DETECTORS. A RELAY CONTROL MODULE CAN DETECTOR LOOP
BE USED TO SWITCH POWER FROM A INTERFACE
STANDARD POWER SUPPLY (SEE FIGURE 5) MODULE
SIGNAL LINE CIRCUIT (SLC)
32 VDC MAX. TWISTED PAIR
IS RECOMMENDED.
LISTED BATTERY CONNECT MODULES TO
BACKUP – SWITCHED LISTED COMPATIBLE
DC POWER SUPPLY CONTROL PANELS ONLY.
TERMINAL WIRING MUST BE
POWER LIMITED.
3.9K EOL RESISTOR REQUIRED
AT TERMINALS 8 & 9
(INCLUDED) A2143-10

DO NOT MIX FIRE ALARM INITIATING, SUPERVISORY, OR SECURITY

DEVICES ON THE SAME MODULE.
*NOTE: ANY FAULT IN THE POWER SUPPLY IS LIMITED TO THAT ZONE
008861 AND DOES NOT RESULT IN A FAULT IN A SEPARATE ZONE

DO NOT LOOP WIRE UNDER TERMINALS. BREAK ALL WIRE RUN TO PROVIDE SUPERVISION OF CONNECTIONS. DETECTORS MUST
BE UL LISTED COMPATIBLE WITH MODULE. INSTALL DETECTORS PER MANUFACTURER’S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.

FlashScan is a trademark of NOTIFIER.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007096-3
 Detection and Control Components

FCM-1 Control Module (IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features power supply is always relay isolated from the communica-

• Built-in type identification automatically identifies these tion loop so that a trouble condition on the external power
devices to the control unit supply will never interfere with the rest of the system.
• Internal circuitry and relay powered directly by two-wire Rotary switches set a unique address for each module. The
SLC loop; requires power for notification address may be set before or after mounting. The built-in
TYPE CODE (not settable) will identify the module to the
• Integral LED blinks green each time a communication is control panel, so as to differentiate between a module and a
received from the control unit and turns on in steady red sensor address.
when activated
The FCM-1 is used to switch 24 VDC audible/visual or
• LED blink may be deselected globally (affects all devices) releasing appliance power.
• High noise immunity (EMF/RFI)
Technical Information
• Wide viewing angle of LED
Normal Operating Voltage: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 to 32 VDC
• SEMS screws with clamping plates for wiring ease
Maximum Current Draw:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 mA (LED on)
• Direct-dial entry of address (01-159) Average Operating Current:. . . . . . . . . 390 μA (LED flashing)
• Audible/visual applications may be wired for Class B or A Maximum NAC Current Rating:
(Style Y or Z) Class B wiring system: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A
• Face plate is made of off-white Noryl® Class A wiring system:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A
• Configured for a single Class B (Style Y) or Class A (Style External Supply Voltage . . . . . . . . max 80 volts (RMS or DC)
Z) Notification Appliance Circuit between T3 and T4:
• FlashScan® communication protocol Drain on External. . . . . . 2 μA max. (using internal EOL relay)
Supply:
Applications EOL Resistance:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 K ohms
The FCM-1 Addressable Control Module provides the Temperature Range:. . . . . . . . 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C)
AUTOPULSE IQ-318, or IQ-636X-2 control unit a circuit for Humidity Range: . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% to 93% non-condensing
Notification Appliances (horns, strobes, speakers, etc.).
Addressability allows the FCM-1 to be activated, either man- FCM-1 CONTROL MODULE
ually or through panel programming, on a select (zone or
area of coverage) basis.
FlashScan (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a new communication
protocol that greatly enhances the speed of communication
between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices com-
municate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the
group has new information, the panel CPU stops the group
ISOLATED
poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is QUADRANT
response speed greater than five times that of other designs.

Description
Each FCM-1 Control Module uses one of 159 possible mod-
ule addresses on a SLC loop. It responds to regular polls
from the control unit and reports its type and status, including
the open/normal/short status of its Notification Appliance
Circuit (NAC). The LED blinks with each poll received. On
command, it activates its internal relay. The FCM-1 supervis-
es Class B (Style Y) or Class A (Style Z) notification or control
circuits. The FCM-1 can be used to replace the CMX-2 mod-
ule, Part No. 417479, in existing systems. 004749

Upon code command from the unit, the FCM-1 will discon-
nect the supervision and connect the external power supply Note: The CB500 barrier is required by UL for separating
in the proper polarity across the load device. The disconnec- power-limited and non-power limited wiring in the same junc-
tion of the supervision provides a positive indication to the tion box.
panel that the control relay actually turned ON. The external

3-29
FCM-1 MODULE Ordering Information
Shipping Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
428101 FCM-1 Intelligent 1 (0.45)
Control Module
437066 FCM-1A Intelligent Control 1 (0.45)
Module (ULC)
419639 Releasing Device, REL-47K 0.5 (0.23)
437071 Releasing Device, REL-47K 1 (0.45)
BP (ULC)
436202 CB500 Barrier 0.5 (0.23)

007271

Listings and Approvals*

UL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS669
Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM). . . . . . . 7300-0028:202
MEA (NYC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457-99-E
Maryland State Fire Marshal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Permit # 2020
USCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1
* Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.

TYPICAL CONNECTION OF A 24 VDC NOTIFICATION DEVICE TO THE FCM-1 MODULE

24 VDC CIRCUIT. DO NOT LOOP WIRE ON CONNECT MODULES TO LISTED
TERMINALS 10 & 11. BREAK WIRE RUN TO COMPATIBLE CONTROL PANELS ONLY
PROVIDE SUPERVISION OF CONNECTIONS.
FROM PANEL
24 VDC POWER SUPPLY CONTROL OR PREVIOUS
ISOLATED, REGULATED, POWER MODULE DEVICE
LIMITED PER NFPA 70. LISTED
FOR FIRE PROTECTION WITH
BATTERY BACKUP.

SIGNAL LINE CIRCUIT

MODULE POLARITIES ARE (SLC) 32 VDC MAXIMUM.
SHOWN IN ALARM TWISTED PAIR IS
RECOMMENDED.

47K EOL
REESISTOR
ELR-47K

008862
TO NEXT
UL LISTED EOL RELAY DEVICE
SHOWN ENERGIZED
24 VDC COIL EOLR-1 TO NEXT CONTROL MODULE OR END-OF-
LINE RELAY. ONE RELAY REQUIRED FOR ALL WIRING SHOWN IS SUPERVISED
EACH CIRCUIT. SOME CONTROL PANELS AND POWER LIMITED
HAVE RELAY BUILT IN AND DO NOT
REQUIRE EXTERNAL WIRING. REFER TO
PANEL MANUAL.

FlashScan is a trademark of Honeywell International. Noryl is a registered trademark of GE Plastics, a subsidiary of General Electric Company.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007097-3
 Detection and Control Components

FCM-1-REL(A) Releasing Control Module

(IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features
• Redundant protocol for added protection
• Configurable for Class A or Class B operation
• External supply voltage monitoring
• Can power one 24V or two 12V solenoids
• SEMS screws for easing wiring
• Panel controlled status LED
• Analog communications
• Rotary address switches
• Low standby current
• Mounts in standard 4 in. (10.16 cm) junction box
• FlashScan® operation

Description
The FCM-1-REL(A) Releasing Control Module is specifically
designed for fire suppression releasing applications in Flash-
Scan systems. Power to the release agent solenoid(s) runs SLC
through the module for full-time monitoring and supervision. Average Operating Current . . . . . . . . 700 μA max @ 24 VDC
The FCM-1-REL(A) Releasing Control Module uses a redun- (one communication every 5 sec. with LED enabled)
dant protocol; the module must be armed with a pair of Maximum Activation Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.0 mA (LED on)
signals in order to activate. It will then enter a 3-second
window awaiting a pair of confirmation signals. If no confir- EXTERNAL SUPPLY
mation is received, the module will automatically reset. It also Normal Operating Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC Nominal
supervises the wiring to the connected load and reports the Maximum Line Loss . . . . . . . . . 2.3 VDC (total allowable loss
status to the panel as NORMAL, OPEN, or SHORT from power supply to module and
CIRCUIT. The module has two pairs of output termination from module to solenoid)
points available for fault-tolerant wiring and a panel-
controlled LED indicator. The module may be connected to Minimum Operating Voltage
either one 24VDC solenoid or up to two 12VDC solenoids to Activate Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 VDC (at solenoid)
that are listed with the IQ-318 and IQ-636X-2 panels. To Standby Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4 mA
ensure proper operation, this module shall be connected to a
Activation Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 mA
compatible AUTOPULSE system control panel only (list
available upon request). In addition, please refer to SOLENOID
AUTOPULSE Device Compatibility Document, Part No. Supervisory Loop Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 V
50054, for the list of compatible solenoids.
Supervisory Loop Current (Normal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 mA
Note: FCM-1-REL(A) is required for all new FlashScan-
mode releasing applications with IQ-318 (version 12.0 or Maximum Activation Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 A
higher) and IQ-636X-2 (version 12.0 or higher) panels. Use
FCM-1 for releasing applications on IQ-636X, IQ-301, and Listings and Approvals*
IQ-396X panels. These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified
in this document. In some cases, certain modules or applica-
Technical Information tions may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or list-
GENERAL ings may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing
Operating Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 to 32 VDC status.
Communication Line Loop Impedance . . . . . . . 40 Ohm max. UL Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . 14°F to 140°F (–10° to 60°C) ULC Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (FCM-1-RELA)
Relative Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% to 95% noncondensing FM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
Shipping Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 oz (156 g) CSFM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7300-0028:249
Dimensions: High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 in. (119 mm) *Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.
Wide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3 in. (109 mm)
Deep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 in. (36 mm)
3-29.1
TYPICAL CLASS B, SOLENOID CONFIGURATION
24 VDC CIRCUIT. DO NOT LOOP WIRE ON CONNECT MODULES TO LISTED
TERMINALS 10 & 11. BREAK WIRE RUN TO COMPATIBLE CONTROL PANELS ONLY
PROVIDE SUPERVISION OF CONNECTIONS.
24 VDC POWER SUPPLY FROM PANEL
RELEASING
ISOLATED, REGULATED, POWER OR PREVIOUS
CONTROL MODULE
LIMITED PER NFPA 70. UL 864 DEVICE
LISTED FOR RELEASING DEVICE
WITH BATTERY BACKUP.

SIGNAL LINE CIRCUIT

(SLC) 32 VDC MAXIMUM.
POWER SUPPLY TWISTED PAIR IS
SUPERVISION BY RECOMMENDED.
MODULE

OUTPUT TO A UL LISTED FIRE

ALARM RELEASING SOLENOID
(REFER TO PANEL 008863
MANUFACTURER’S
INSTALLATION DOCUMENT) TO NEXT
DEVICE
TO NEXT MODULE ALL WIRING SHOWN IS SUPERVISED
AND POWER LIMITED

Ordering Information
Shipping Weight
Part No.
______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
_________
436861 FCM-1-REL 1 (0.5)
Releasing Control Module
436942 FCM-1-RELA 1 (0.5)
Releasing Control Module
(ULC Version)
436202 CB500 Control Module 0.5 (0.2)
Barrier

FlashScan is a trademark of Honeywell International.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2009134-3
 Detection and Control Components

FRM-1 Relay Module (IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features Technical Information

• Built-in type identification automatically identifies these Normal Operating Voltage: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 to 32 VDC
devices to the control unit Maximum Current Draw:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 mA (LED on)
• Internal circuitry and relay powered directly by two-wire Average Operating Current:. . . . . . . . . 300 μA (LED flashing)
SLC loop EOL Resistance: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . not used
• Integral LED blinks green each time a communication is Temperature Range:. . . . . . . . 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C)
received from the control unit and turns on in steady red Humidity Range: . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% to 93% non-condensing
when activated
RELAY CONTACT RATINGS
• LED blink may be deselected globally (affects all devices)
• High noise immunity (EMF/RFI) Load Maximum Current
Description Application Voltage Rating
• Wide viewing angle of LED
Resistive Non-Coded 30 VDC 3.0 A
• SEMS screws with clamping plates for wiring ease Resistive Coded 30 VDC 2.0 A
• Face plate is made of off-white Noryl® Resistive Non-Coded 110 VDC 0.9 A
• Controls include two rotary switches for direct-dial entry of Resistive Non-Coded 125 VAC 0.9 A
address (01-159)
Inductive (L/R = 5 ms) Coded 30 VDC 0.5 A
• Two Form-C dry contacts that switch together Inductive (L/R = 2 ms) Coded 30 VDC 1.0 A
• FlashScan® communication protocol Inductive (PF = 0.35 ) Non-Coded 125 VAC 0.3 A
Applications Inductive (PF = 0.35) Non-Coded 25 VAC 1.5 A
The FRM-1 Addressable Relay Module provides the Inductive (PF = 0.35) Non-Coded 70.7 VAC 0.7 A
AUTOPULSE IQ-318 or IQ-636X-2 with dry-contact outputs Inductive (PF = 0.35) Non-Coded 25 VAC 2.0 A
for activating a variety of auxiliary devices, such as fans,
dampers, control equipment, etc. Addressability allows the
! WARNING
dry contact to be activated, either manually or through panel
programming, on a select basis. All relay switch contacts are shipped in the standby
FlashScan (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a communication pro- (open) state, but may have transferred to the activated
tocol that greatly enhances the speed of communication (closed) state during shipping. The presence of high volt-
between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices com- age may cause serious injury or death. To ensure that the
municate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within switch contacts are in their correct state, modules must be
the group has new information, the unit CPU stops the group made to communicate with the panel before connecting
poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is circuits controlled by the module.
response speed greater than five times that of other designs.
MOUNTING THE FRM-1 TO A 4 INCH SQUARE,
Description 2 1/8 INCH DEEP JUNCTION BOX
Each FRM-1 module uses one of 159 possible module
addresses on a SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from
the control unit and reports its type and status, including the
open/normal/short status of its Notification Appliance Circuit
(NAC). The LED blinks with each poll received. On com-
mand, it activates its internal relay. The FRM-1 can be used
to replace the CMX-2 module (Part No. 417479) in existing
systems.
Rotary switches set a unique address for each module. The
address may be set before or after mounting. The built-in
TYPE CODE (not settable) will identify the module to the
ISOLATED
control unit, so as to differentiate between a module and a
QUADRANT
sensor address.
The FRM-1 may be programmed to operate dry contacts for
door holders, Air Handling Unit shutdown, etc., and to re-set
four-wire smoke detector power.
004752

3-30
Listings and Approvals* Ordering Information
Shipping Weight
UL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
Part No. Description lb (kg)
ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS669
428102 FRM-1 Intelligent 1 (0.45)
Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
Relay Module
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM). . . . . . . 7300-0028:202
437067 FRM-1A Intelligent Relay 1 (0.45)
MEA (NYC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457-99-E
Module (ULC)
Maryland State Fire Marshal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Permit # 2020
436202 CB500 Barrier 0.5 (0.23)
USCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1
* Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.

WIRING DIAGRAM SIGNAL LINE CIRCUIT (SLC)

32 VDC MAXIMUM. TWISTED
PAIR RECOMMENDED

TO NEXT FROM PANEL OR

DEVICE PREVIOUS DEVICE

CONTROL IF ANY WIRING TO TERMINALS 4-10 IS NONPOWER LIMITED,

MODULE THE CB500 BARRIER IS REQUIRED. THE CB500 INCLUDES A
NONPOWER LIMITED LABEL, WHICH MUST BE PLACED OVER
THE POWER LIMITED TERMINAL INFORMATION ON THE
NAMEPLATE LABEL.

RELAY COMMON
MODULE DOES NOT SUPERVISE
NORMALLY CLOSED CONTROLLED CIRCUITS
NORMALLY OPEN
RELAY COMMON UNUSED
NORMALLY CLOSED NORMALLY OPEN 1

*NOTE: ANY FAULT IN THE POWER SUPPLY IS LIMITED

TO THAT ZONE AND DOES NOT RESULT IN A FAULT IN A
SEPARATE ZONE.
008212

RELAY CONTROL MODULE USED TO DISCONNECT A POWER SUPPLY

TO NEXT FROM PANEL OR

DEVICE PREVIOUS DEVICE

DC POWER
SUPPLY
COMMUNICATION LINE – 32
LISTED FOR FIRE
VDC MAXIMUM. TWISTED-PAIR
PROTECTION
IS RECOMMENDED
WITH BATTERY
BACK-UP

004751b

FlashScan is a trademark of Honeywell International. Noryl is a registered trademark of GE Plastics, a subsidiary of General Electric Company.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007098-3
 Detection and Control Components

ISO-X Fault Isolator Module (IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features
• Powered by Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) loop directly, no
external power required
• Meets NFPA 72 Style 7 requirements
• Mount in standard 4 inch (102 mm) square junction box,
minimum 2 1/8 inch (54 mm) deep
• Integral LED blinks to indicate normal condition; illuminates
steady when short circuit condition is detected
• High noise (EMI/RFI) immunity
• Wide viewing angle of LED
• SEMS screws with clamping plates for ease of wiring 008864

• Opens SLC loop automatically on detection of short, pre- The ISO-X periodically pulses the coil of this relay. A short cir-
venting the short from causing failure of the entire loop cuit on the loop resets the relay. The ISO-X sees this short
and disconnects the faulted branch by opening the positive
• Automatically resets on correction of short side of the loop (terminal 4). This effectively isolates the fault-
Applications ed branch from the remainder of the loop. The LED indicator
is on continuously during a short circuit condition. Once the
The Fault Isolator Modules should be spaced between fault is removed, the ISO-X automatically reapplies power to
groups of sensors in a loop to protect the rest of the loop. It is the communications loop branch.
used to isolate short circuit problems within a section of a
loop so that other sections can continue to operate normally. Note: During a fault condition, the AUTOPULSE
IQ-318 and IQ-636X-2 control system will register
Description a trouble condition for each zone mapped to the
isolated loop branch.
The ISO-X Fault Isolator Module is used with the
AUTOPULSE IQ-318 and IQ-636X-2 control system to iso- The face plate is made of LEXAN® with off-white color. It
late short circuits on the SLC loop, so that unshorted sections includes a yellow LED indicator that pulses when normal and
of the loop can continue to operate normally. In Style 4 loops, turns on solid when a short is detected.
the ISO-X is generally used at each T-tap branch to limit the
effect of short circuits on a branch to the devices on that Technical Information
branch. Operating Voltage:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 – 28 VDC (peak)
The module automatically opens a circuit when the line volt- Current Range: . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 mA for LED latched in alarm
age drops below 4 volts. Fault Isolator Modules should be Standby Current:. 400 μA maximum, plus supervision current
spaced between groups of sensors in a loop to protect the Temperature Range: . . . . +32 °F to +120 °F (0 °C to +49 °C)
rest of the loop. If a short should occur between any two Relative Humidity: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% to 95%
isolators, then both isolators immediately switch to an open Weight: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 oz (150 g)
circuit state and isolate the group of sensors between
them. The remaining units on the loop continue to operate MOUNTING THE ISO-X ISOLATOR MODULE TO A
normally. 4 INCH SQUARE, 2 1/8 INCH DEEP, JUNCTION BOX
The ISO-X Fault Isolator Module automatically restores the
shorted portion of the communications loop to normal condi-
tion when the short circuit condition is removed.
It mounts on a standard 4 in. (102 mm) mounting junction
box which is at least 2 1/8 in. (54 mm) deep. Installation
instructions are provided with each module and terminal
screws are provided for “in and out” wiring.
The Fault Isolator Module (ISO-X) is used to protect critical
elements of the communications loop from faults on other
branches or sections of the loop. The ISO-X continuously
monitors the circuit connected to terminals 3 (–) and 4 (+).
Upon power-up, an integral relay is latched on.

007348

3-31
Listings and Approvals*
UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS118, CS733 (ISO-XA)
Factory Mutual (FM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) . . . . . . 7165-0028:243;
7170-0028:244
USCG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1
MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128-07-E
* Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER

Ordering Information
Shipping
Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
417480 ISO-X Fault Isolator Module 2 (0.9)
437069 ISO-XA Fault Isolator Module 2 (0.9)
(ULC)

LEXAN is a registered trademark of General Electric Corporation.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007099-3
 Detection and Control Components

ACS Series Annunciator Modules

(IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features
• Speaker control mode for use with the AUTOPULSE
IQ-318 and IQ-636X-2 panels; enables the ACS to control
operation of groups of multi-channels mapped to groups of
multi-speakers
• Compatible with existing annunciators
• Color-programmable LEDs
• On-board end-of-line resistors can be enabled/disabled by
setting a switch
• Alarm/Circuit On and Trouble LED per point option or more
dense Alarm-only option
• Touch-pad control switch option for remote control of sys-
tem relays; or silence, reset, and evacuate
• LEDs may be programmed to display status of indicating
circuits or control relays as well as system status condi-
tions
• System Trouble LED indicator 008916

• On-Line/Power LED indicator Construction

• Alarm and trouble resound with flash of new conditions The ACS modules are provided in two basic controller mod-
• Local sounder for both alarm and trouble conditions with ules, each with its expander module. The ACM-24AT pro-
silence/acknowledge button (program options) vides 24 annunciation and control points per module, each
with a red, green, or yellow Alarm/Circuit On LED, a yellow
• May be powered by 24 VDC from the panel or by remote
Trouble LED, and a touch-key switch. The ACM-48A pro-
power supplies
vides 48 annunciation points per module, each with a red,
• Microprocessor-controlled electronics, fully supervised green, or yellow Alarm/Circuit On LED (for annunciating con-
• Slip-in custom labels, lettered with standard typewriter or trol relays, the LED indicates ON/OFF).
LabelEase program On the ACM-24AT, each LED point is individually color-pro-
• Plug-in terminal blocks for ease of installation and service. grammable. On ACM-48A, each column of 24 LED points
can be color-configured using a DIP switch.
Applications Temperature and humidity ranges: This system meets
The ACS Series Annunciators provide a modular line of prod- NFPA requirements for operation at 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to
ucts for annunciation and control of the AUTOPULSE IQ-318 49 °C), and at a relative humidity (non-condensing) of 85% at
and IQ-636X-2 control panels, the NCA-2, and legacy 86 °F (30 °C) per NFPA, and 93% ± 2% at 90 °F ± 1 °F
addressable panels. The ACS line provides arrays of LEDs to (32 °C ± 2 °C) per ULC. However, the useful life of the sys-
indicate point status and, in some versions, switches to con- tem’s standby batteries and the electronic components may
trol the state of output circuits. These ACS units use a serial be adversely affected by extreme temperature ranges and
interface and maybe located at distances of up to 6,000 ft humidity. Therefore, it is recommended that this system and
(1,828.8 m) from the panel. all peripherals be installed in an environment with a nominal
room temperature of 60 °F to 80 °F (15 °C to 27 °C).

3-32
Installation Agency Listings and Approvals*
The ACS Series annunciator and control subsystems use The listings and approvals below apply to the ACM/AEM-
modular hardware assemblies which allow the custom con- 24AT and the ACM/AEM-48A. In some cases, certain mod-
figuration of the annunciator panel to fit the individual job ules or applications may not be listed by certain approval
requirements. agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for lat-
Standard back boxes and mounting hardware schemes, est listing status.
including special remote cabinets, allow the annunciators to • UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
be constructed and configured with other system compo- • ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
nents.
• FDNY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COA #6067 (NFS2-640),
When used with the AUTOPULSE IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, or COA #6065 (NFS2-3030)
legacy panels, the ACS modules can be used for manual
selection of speaker and telephone circuits. In this applica- • CSFM . . . . . . . . . 7120-0028:0156, 7165-0028:0243,
tion, they are typically mounted in the main control near the 7165-0028:0224
microphone and telephone handset. • FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
*Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.
For remote annunciation applications, the modules are typi-
cally mounted in special ABF or ABS boxes. Control switch
Ordering Information
key locks (AKS-1B) are available.
ACM-24AT: The Annunciator Control Module-24AT contains
Communication between the ACS Series annunciators and
24 color-programmable (red/green/yellow) Active and 24 yel-
the host Fire Alarm Control Panel is made through an EIA-
low Trouble LEDs, 24 momentary touch-pad switches, a
485 multi-drop loop, eliminating the need for costly wiring
System Trouble LED, an On-Line/Power LED, and a local
schemes. Four wires are required, two for the EIA-485 com-
piezo sounder with a silence/acknowledge switch for audible
munications (twisted pair), and two for 24 VDC regulated
indication of alarm and trouble conditions. Includes instruc-
power.
tions. The ACM-24AT is 8.375 in. (213 mm) high x 4.375 in.
Retrofit of ACS Series annunciators into existing systems is (111 mm) wide.
easily accomplished. Software may require upgrading, and
AEM-24AT: The Annunciator Expander Module-24AT
some legacy panels may require an interface board.
expands the ACM-24AT by 24 system points. The AEM-
All field-wiring terminations use removable, compression- 24AT is identical in size and in frontal appearance to the
type terminal blocks for ease of installation, wiring, and circuit ACM-24AT. Up to three of these expander modules can be
testing. supported by an ACM-24AT, for a maximum of 96 system
points. The AEM-24AT is 8.375 in. (213 mm) high x 4.375 in.
Operation (111 mm) wide.
The ACS Series annunciator and control system provides Note: The AEM-24AT cannot be used to expand the ACM-
the AUTOPULSE system with up to 32 remote serially con- 48A.
nected annunciators, each with a capacity of 96 points, for a
total capacity of 3072 points (subject to the capability of the ACM-48A: The Annunciator Control Module-48A contains 48
FACP).The NFS2-3030 and NCA-2 are capable of using the color-programmable (red/green/yellow) Active LEDs, a
full 96points. System Trouble LED, an On-Line/Power LED, and a local
piezo sounder with a Silence/Acknowledge switch for audible
Local or remote power supplies and serial communications indication of alarm and trouble conditions. Includes instruc-
allow the ACS to be located virtually anywhere on the pro- tions. The ACM-48A is 8.375 in. (213 mm) high x 4.375 in.
tected premises. (111 mm) wide.
On AUTOPULSE IQ-318, IQ-636X-2 and the legacy panels, AEM-48A: The Annunciator Expander Module-48A expands
system alarm and/or trouble conditions may be annunciated the ACM-48A by 48 system points. The AEM-48A is identical
on a per-point basis, or in a grouped or zone configuration. in frontal appearance to the ACM-48A. One expander mod-
Control of system operational controls, such as Signal ule can be supported by an ACM-48A, providing a maximum
Silence, System Reset, and local annunciation controls of 96 points (subject to the capability of the FACP). The
(such as Local Acknowledge and Lamp Test) may be accom- AEM-48A is 8.375 in. (213 mm) high x 4.375 in. (111 mm)
plished through the module’s rubber keypad. wide.
Note: The AEM-48A cannot be used to expand the ACM-
24AT.
ABS-1TB: The ABS-1TB is an attractive black surface-
mount back box for mounting one ACS Series Annunciator.
Unlike the ABS-1B, the ABS-1TB has an increased depth
that allows mounting of the AKS-1B Annunciator Key Switch.
The ABS-1TB is 9.938 in. (252 mm) high x 4.625 in.
(117 mm) wide x 2.5 in. (64 mm) deep.
Note: An earlier gray model ABS-1TB will not accommodate
the ACM/AEM-24AT or ACM/AEM-48A. The slightly deeper
ABS-1TB will accommodate both the ACM/AEM-24AT or
ACM/AEM-48A models.
Ordering Information (Continued) Shipping Weight
ABF-1B: The Annunciator Flush Box-1B (black) provides for Part No. Description lb (kg)
the remote mounting of a single annunciator module in a 432787 ACM-24AT, Annunciator 2 (0.9)
flush-mount enclosure. Knockouts are provided for use with Control Module, 24 Zone
1/2 in. (13 mm) conduit. The ABF-1B includes a painted Alarm/Trouble
black metal trim plate (11 in. (279 mm) high x 6.25 in. 432790 AEM-24AT, Annunciator 2 (0.9)
(159 mm) wide), mounting hardware, and an adhesive- Expander Module, 24 Zone
backed annunciator label for the dress plate. The ABF-1B is Alarm
9.938 in. (252 mm) high x 4.625 in. (117 mm) wide x 2.5 in.
(64 mm) deep. 432788 ACM-48A, Annunciator 2 (0.9)
Control Module, 48 Zone
Alarm/Trouble
432791 AEM-48A, Annunciator 2 (0.9)
Expander Module, 48 Zone
Alarm
417493 ABS-1TB, Annunciator Back 1 (0.5)
Box, Surface, Single, Deep
417657 ABF-1B, Annunciator Back 1 (0.5)
Box, Flush, Single
433520 ADP-4B, Annunciator Dress 2 (0.9)
Panel
433614 DP-DISP2, Dress Panel 2 (0.9)
432794 BMP-1, Annunciator Blank 2 (0.9)
Module
417660 AKS-1B, Annunciator Key 1 (0.5)
Switch

008917

ADP-4B: The Annunciator Dress Panel-4B (black) provides

for the cabinet mounting of one to four modules. The ADP-4B
hinge-mounts to the CAB-4 Series cabinet. Modules mount
directly to threaded studs on the dress panel.
DP-DISP2: Dress Panel accommodates up to two annuncia-
tor modules (no expanders).
BMP-1: Annunciator Blank Module is a flat black dress plate
that covers unused module positions in the annunciator back
box or in the ADP-4B. The BMP-1 is 8.375 in. (213 mm) high
x 4.375 in. (111 mm) wide. Studs for a variety of module
mounting options are available.
AKS-1B: The Annunciator Key Switch-1B (black) provides
access security for the control switches on the ACM/AEM-
24AT. The key switch kit includes a key and hardware for
mounting to the ABF-1B. Also included is an adhesive-
backed annunciator label for use with the key switch/dress
plate assembly.
Note: The AKS-1B can only be employed with the ABS-1TB.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007139-3
 Detection and Control Components

ACM-8R Relay Module (IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features RELAY TERMINAL ASSIGNMENTS

THE ACM-8R PROVIDES EIGHT RELAYS WITH FORM-C CONTACTS RATED FOR 5
• Provides eight Form-C relays with 5-amp contacts AMPS. THE TERMINAL ASSIGNMENTS ARE ILLUSTRATED BELOW.
• The relays can be employed to track any group of 8 soft-
ware zones in the AUTOPULSE IQ-301 control system or
track a variety of devices and panel points, in a group fash- NORMALLY OPEN
ion, on the IQ-318 or IQ-636X-2 RELAY 4
{ COMMON
NORMALLY CLOSED { RELAY 5

NORMALLY OPEN
• Removable terminal blocks for ease of installation and ser-
vice
RELAY 3 { COMMON
NORMALLY CLOSED { RELAY 6

NORMALLY OPEN
• DIP switch selectable memory mapping of relays RELAY 2 { COMMON
NORMALLY CLOSED { RELAY 7

• Compatible with AUTOPULSE IQ-318 and IQ-636X-2 con- NORMALLY OPEN

trol units RELAY 1 { COMMON

NORMALLY CLOSED { RELAY 8

Applications
The ACM-8R is a module in the ACS class of annunciators
and will mount to an ABS-8RB annunciator surface-mount CIRCUITS CAN BE
ANNUNCIATED AS
back box with blank faceplate. It provides the AUTOPULSE ALARM, OR ALARM AND
IQ-318 or IQ-636X-2 control system with a mappable relay TROUBLE. ALARM AND
TROUBLE CONSUMES
control module. The relays on this module can be selected TWO ANNUNCIATOR
for mapping anywhere in the AUTOPULSE IQ-318 or POINTS.
IQ-636X-2 (by groups of eight) control system memory map.
007253
Description
Communication between the control unit and the ACM-8R is
accomplished over a two-wire EIA-485 serial interface. This THE ACM-8R RELAY MODULE
communication, to include the wiring, is supervised by the
AUTOPULSE control system. Power for the annunciators is
provided via a separate power loop from the control unit
which is inherently supervised (loss of power also results in a
communication failure at the control unit). Up to 32 annuncia-
tors may be installed on an EIA-485 circuit.

ABS-8RB BACK BOX: 9 15/16 IN. x 4 5/8 IN. x 2 1/2 IN.

DEEP (252 mm x 117 mm x 64 mm DEEP)

007254

007252

3-33
Technical Information
Voltage: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC
Standby Current: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 mA
Maximum Current (all relays activated): . . . . . . . . . . . 158 mA
Data Communications
Port:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIA-485 operating at 20 K baud
Relay Contact Rating
Resistive:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 amps @ 125 VAC or 30 VDC
Inductive: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 amps @ 125 VAC
Note: Form-C gold-plated, silver alloy relay contacts are for
medium duty switching and are not intended for motor
control or pilot duty.

Listings and Approvals*

UL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS635 Vol. 1
MEA (NYC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128-07-E Vol. 5**
Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM). . . . . . 7120-0028: 156
*Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.
**Listing under Tyco Fire Protection Products.

Ordering Information
Shipping
Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
417653 ACM-8R, Annunciator 2 (0.9)
Control Module with 8 Relays
436996 ABS-8RB, Surface Back Box 1 (0.5)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007141-3
 Detection and Control Components

XP10-M Ten-Input Monitor Module

(IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features
• Ten addressable Class B or five addressable Class A
initiating device circuits
• Removable 12 AWG (3.25 mm2) to 18 AWG (0.9 mm2)
plug-in terminal blocks
• Status indicators for each point
• Panel-Controlled Green LED Indicators
• Unused addresses may be disabled
• Rotary address switches
• Class A or Class B operation
• FlashScan® or CLIP operation
• Mount one or two modules in a BB-XP cabinet (optional)
• Mount up to six modules on a CHS-6 chassis in a CAB-3
Series or BB-25 cabinet (optional)
• Mounting hardware included
007000

Description
Technical Information
The XP10-M ten-input monitor module provides an interface
Standby Current: 3.5 mA (SLC current draw with all
between the addressable AUTOPULSE IQ-318 and
addresses used; if some addresses
IQ-636X-2 control units and normally open contact devices,
are disabled, the standby current
such as pull stations, heat detectors, or flow switches.
decreases.)
The first address on the XP10-M is set from 01 to 150 and
Alarm Current: 55 mA (assumes all ten LEDs solid
the remaining modules are automatically assigned to the
ON)
next nine higher addresses. Provisions are included for dis-
abling a maximum of two unused addresses. Temperature Range: 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C) for
UL applications; 14 °F to 131 °F
The supervised state (normal, open, or short) of the moni-
(–10 °C to 55 °C) for EN54
tored device is sent back to the panel. A common SLC input
applications
is used for all modules, and the initiating device loops share
a common supervisory supply and ground – otherwise each Humidity Range: 10% to 85% noncondensing for UL
monitor operates independently from the others. Each applications; 10% to 93% noncon-
XP10-M module has panel-controlled green LED indicators. densing for EN54 applications
FlashScan (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a communication pro- Dimensions:
tocol that greatly enhances the speed of communication Height: 6.8 in. (172.7 mm)
between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices com-
municate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within Width: 5.8 in. (147.3 mm)
the group has new information, the unit’s CPU stops the Depth: 1.25 in. (31.75 mm)
group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect Wire Gauge: 12 AWG (3.25 mm2) to 18 AWG
is response speed greater than five times that of earlier (0.9 mm2)
designs.
Maximum SLC
Wiring Resistance: 40 or 50 ohms, panel dependent
Maximum IDC
Wiring Resistance: 40 ohms
Maximum IDC Voltage: 12 VDC
Maximum IDC Current: 1 mA

3-34
Installation Listings and Approvals*
Power-limited circuits must employ type FPL, FPLR, or FPLP UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
cable as required by Article 760 of the NEC. The XP10-M is
Factory Mutual (FM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
shipped in Class B position. Remove shunt for Class A oper-
ation. Up to six XP10-M modules can be mounted on a California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) . . . . . . 7300-0028:219
CHS-6 chassis, which mounts in a BB-25, CAB 3 or 4, or MEA (NYC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-02-E
suitably grounded metallic cabinet. One or two modules can Maryland State Fire Marshal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Permit #2106
be mounted in a BB-XP cabinet. Mounting hardware and
USCG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1
installation instructions are provided with each module.
* Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.
Wiring
Each XP10-M module comes with removable 12 AWG Ordering Information
(3.25 mm2) to 18 AWG (0.9 mm2) plug-in terminal blocks. Shipping Weight
Part No.
______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
___________
Typical Initiating Device Circuit Configuration –
432714 XP10-M Ten-input 1.1 (0.5)
Class B, Style B.
Monitor Module (UL)
Note: Any number of UL-Listed contact closure devices may
428078 BB-XP Cabinet for One 7 (3.2)
be used. DO NOT MIX fire alarm initiating and supervisory
or Two Modules
devices on the same initiating device circuit. Install contact
closure devices per manufacturer’s installation instructions. 428079 BB-25 Cabinet 15 (6.8)
428080 CHS-6 Chassis 2 (0.9)

CHS-6 CHASSIS

004754

19 IN. WIDE X 7 5/16 IN. HIGH X 2 3/16 IN. DEEP

007001 (483 mm wide x 186 mm high x 56 mm deep)
Typical Fault-Tolerant Initiating Device Circuit
BACK-BOX/CABINET
Configuration – Class A, Style D. C
Note: Any number of UL-Listed contact closure devices may
be used. DO NOT MIX fire alarm initiating and supervisory
devices on the same initiating device circuit. Install contact
closure devices per manufacturer’s installation instructions. B

004755

Dimensions
A – Width B – Height C – Depth
BB-25 Battery 24 in 12 5/8 in 5 1/4 in
007002
Back Box (610 mm) (321 mm) (133 mm)
BB-XP 9 1/2 in 12 1/2 in 3 in
Cabinet (241 mm) (318 mm) (76 mm)
FlashScan is a registered trademark of Honeywell International.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007143-3
 Detection and Control Components

(Page Left Intentionally Blank)

3-35
TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS
ONE STANTON STREET Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 All rights reserved.
 Detection and Control Components

XP6-R Six-Relay Control Module

(IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features
• Six addressable Form-C relay contacts
• Removable 12 AWG (3.25 mm2) to 18 AWG (0.9 mm2)
plug-in terminal blocks
• Status indicators for each point
• Panel-Controlled Green LED Indicators
• Unused addresses may be disabled
• Rotary address switches
• FlashScan® or CLIP operation
• Mount one or two modules in a BB-XP cabinet (optional)
• Mount up to six modules on a CHS-6 chassis in a CAB-3
Series or BB-25 cabinet (optional)
• Mounting hardware included

Description
007003
The XP6-R six-relay control module provides the address-
able AUTOPULSE IQ-318 and IQ-636X-2 control units with Technical Information
six Form-C relays. The first module is addressed from 01 to Standby Current: 1.45 mA (SLC current draw with all
154 while the remaining modules are automatically assigned addresses used; if some addresses
to the next five higher addresses. Provisions are included for are disabled, the standby current
disabling a maximum of three unused modules. A single iso- decreases.)
lated set of dry relay contacts is provided for each module
address, which is capable of being wired for either a normal- Alarm Current: 32 mA (assumes all six relays have
ly-open or normally-closed operation. The module allows the been switched once and all six
control panel to switch these contacts on command. No LEDs solid ON)
supervision is provided for the controlled circuit. Each XP6-R Temperature Range: 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C)
module has panel-controlled green LED indicators. Humidity Range: 10% to 85% noncondensing
FlashScan® (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a communication pro- Dimensions: Height: 6.8 in. (172.7 mm)
tocol that greatly enhances the speed of communication Width: 5.8 in. (147.3 mm)
between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices com- Depth: 1.0 in. (25.4 mm)
municate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within
the group has new information, the unit’s CPU stops the Wire Gauge: 12 AWG (3.25 mm2) to 18 AWG
group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect (0.9 mm2)
is response speed greater than five times that of earlier Maximum SLC
designs. Wiring Resistance: 40 or 50 ohms, panel dependent
Relay Current: 30 mA/relay pulse (15.6 ms pulse
duration), pulse under panel control
Relay Contact Ratings: 30 VDC; 125 VAC
Current Ratings:
3.0 A @ 30 VDC maximum, resistive, non-coded
2.0 A @ 30 VDC maximum, resistive, coded
1.0 A @ 30 VDC maximum, inductive (L/R=2 ms), coded
0.5 A @ 30 VDC maximum, inductive (L/R=5 ms), coded
0.9 A @ 110 VDC maximum, resistive, non-coded
0.9 A @ 125 VAC maximum, resistive, non-coded
0.7 A @ 70.7 VAC maximum, inductive (PF=0.35),
non-coded
0.5 A @ 125 VAC maximum, inductive (PF=0.35),
non-coded

3-36
Installation CHS-6 CHASSIS
Up to six XP6-R modules can be mounted on a CHS-6 chas-
sis, which mounts in a BB-25, CAB-A3, CAB 3 or 4 series
cabinet. One or two modules can be mounted in BB-XP cabi-
net. Mounting hardware and installation instructions are pro-
vided with each module.

Wiring
Each XP6-R module comes with removable 12 AWG
(3.25 mm2) to 18 AWG (0.9 mm2) plug-in terminal blocks.

004754

19 IN. WIDE X 7 5/16 IN. HIGH X 2 3/16 IN. DEEP

(483 mm wide x 186 mm high x 56 mm deep)

BACK-BOX/CABINET

007004
B

Listings and Approvals*

UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS118 (XP6-RA)
Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) . . . . 7300-0028:219
MEA (NYC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368-01-E
Maryland State Fire Marshal. . . . . . . . . . Permit #2099
USCG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1 A
*Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.
004755

Ordering Information
Shipping Weight
Part No.
______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
__________
Dimensions
432716 XP6-R Six-relay Control 1.1 (0.5)
Module (UL) A – Width B – Height C – Depth
428078 BB-XP Cabinet for One 7 (3.2) BB-25 Battery 24 in 12 5/8 in 5 1/4 in
or Two Modules Back Box (610 mm) (321 mm) (133 mm)
428079 BB-25 Cabinet 15 (6.8) BB-XP 9 1/2 in 12 1/2 in 3 in
428080 CHS-6 Chassis 2 (0.9) Cabinet (241 mm) (318 mm) (76 mm)

FlashScan is a registered trademark of Honeywell International.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007106-3
 Detection and Control Components

FDM-1 Addressable Dual Monitor Module

(IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features FlashScan (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a communication proto-

• Built-in type identification automatically identifies this device col that greatly enhances the speed of communication
as a monitor module to the AUTOPULSE control unit between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices com-
municate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the
• Powered directly by two-wire SLC loop, no additional power group has new information, the unit’s CPU stops the group
required poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is
• High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity response speed greater than five times that of earlier
designs.
• SEMS screws with clamping plates for ease of wiring
The FDM-1 automatically assigns itself to two addressable
• Direct-dial entry of address (01-159)
points, starting with the original address. For example, if the
• LED flashes green during normal operation (this is a pro- FDM-1 is set to address “56,” then it will automatically assign
grammable option), and latches on steady RED to indicate itself to addresses “56” and “57.” Note: “ones” addresses on
alarm the FDM-1 are 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8 only. Terminals 6 and 7 use the
• FlashScan® communication protocol first address, and terminals 8 and 9 use the second address.
• Compatible with IQ-318 and IQ-636X-2
NOTICE
Applications Avoid duplicating addresses on the
Use the FDM-1 module to monitor two zones of four-wire system.
smoke detectors, manual fire alarm pull stations, waterflow
devices, or other normally-open dry-contact alarm activation
devices. May also be used to monitor normally-open supervi- Technical Information
sory devices with special supervisory indication at the control Nominal Operating Voltage: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 to 32 VDC
unit. Monitored circuit may be wired as an NFPA Style B only. Maximum Current Draw: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.7 mA (LED on)
A 47K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) terminates the Maximum IDC Resistance: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 ohms
Style B circuit. The FDM-1 does not support Style D (Class A)
Average Operating Current: . . . . . . . . 750 μA (LED flashing)
initiating device circuits. Maximum IDC loop resistance is
1500 ohms. EOL Resistance: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47K ohms
Temperature Range: . . . . . . 32 °F to 120 °F ( 0 °C to 49 °C)
Description Humidity Range: . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% to 93% non-condensing
The FDM-1 is a standard-sized dual monitor module used to Dimensions:
monitor and supervise two independent two-wire initiating Height:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 in. (114 mm)
device circuits (IDCs) at two separate, consecutive addresses Width:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 in. (102 mm)
in intelligent, two-wire systems.
Depth: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.125 in. (54 mm)
Each FDM-1 uses two consecutive addresses of the 159*
available module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to Installation
regular polls from the control unit and reports its type and the
The FDM-1 module mounts directly to a standard 4 in. square,
status (open/normal/short) of its IDC. A green flashing LED
2.124 in. (54 mm) deep, electrical box. Mounting hardware
indicates that the module is in communication with the control
and installation instructions are provided with each module. All
unit. The LED latches on steady red to indicate alarm (subject
wiring must conform to applicable local codes, ordinances,
to current limitations on the loop).
and regulations. These modules are intended for power-limit-
ed wiring only.

3-37
MOUNTING THE FDM-1 TO A 4 IN. (102 mm) SQUARE Wiring
2 1/8 IN. (54 mm) DEEP JUNCTION BOX • Connect modules to listed compatible AUTOPULSE control
units only.
• All wiring shown is supervised and power limited.
• Install contact closure devices per manufacturers’ installa-
tion instructions.
• Any number of UL-listed contact closure devices may be
used.
• DO NOT MIX fire alarm initiating, supervisory, or security
devices on the same circuit.

Listings and Approvals*

UL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS669
Factory Mutual (FM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) . . . . . . 7300-0028:202
MEA (NYC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143-01-E
USCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1
* Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.

Ordering Information
004745 Shipping Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
DETAIL OF FDM-1 – NOTE “ONES” ADDRESSES 432294 FDM-1 Monitor Module 1 (0.45)
ARE 0, 2, 4, 6, 8 ONLY

006882

TYPICAL DUAL TWO-WIRE STYLE B INITIATING DEVICE CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION

TWO INITIATING DEVICE CIRCUITS TO NEXT

(L & H) EACH POWER-LIMITED TO DEVICE FROM PANEL
230 μ MAX. @ 12 VDC MAX. OR PREVIOUS
DEVICE

47K EOL COMMUNICATION LINE –

RESISTOR 32 VDC MAXIMUM.
ELR-47K SHIELDED/TWISTED-PAIR
IS RECOMMENDED

47K EOL • ALL WIRING SHOWN IS SUPERVISED

RESISTOR AND POWER LIMITED.
ELR-47K • CONNECT MODULES TO LISTED
COMPATIBLE CONTROL PANELS ONLY.

006883

FlashScan is a registered trademark of Honeywell International.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007105-3
 Detection and Control Components

FMM-101 Monitor Module (IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features
• Built-in type identification automatically identifies this
device as a monitor module to the AUTOPULSE control
unit
• Powered directly by two-wire FACP, no additional power
required
• High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity
• Tinned, stripped leads for ease of wiring
• Direct-dial entry of address (01-159)

YELLOW
• FlashScan™ communication protocol

BLACK
VIOLET

RED
Applications
Use the FMM-101 module to monitor a single device or a
zone of four-wire smoke detectors, manual fire alarm pull sta-
tions, waterflow devices, or other normally-open dry-contact
devices. May also be used to monitor normally-open supervi- Technical Information 004757

sory devices with special supervisory indication at the Nominal Operating Voltage:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 to 32 VDC
AUTOPULSE IQ-318 or IQ-636X-2 control unit. Monitored Average Operating Current:. . . . . . . . . . . 350 μA (maximum)
circuit/device is wired as an NFPA Style B (Class B) Initiating EOL Resistance: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47K ohms
Device Circuit. A 47K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) Temperature Range:. . . . . . . . 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C)
terminates the circuit.
Humidity Range: . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% to 93% non-condensing
The FMM-101 monitor module can be installed in a single-
Wiring Length:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 in. (152 mm) minimum
gang junction directly behind the monitored unit. Its small
size and lightweight allow it to be installed without rigid Dimensions:
mounting. The FMM-101 is intended for use in intelligent, High: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 in. (33 mm)
two-wire systems where the individual address of each mod- Wide: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.75 in. (70 mm)
ule is selected using rotary switches. It provides a two-wire Deep:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 in. (13 mm)
initiating device circuit for normally-open-contact fire alarm
and security devices. Installation
The FMM-101 module should be wired and mounted without
Description rigid connections inside a standard electrical box. All wiring
The FMM-101 is a miniature monitor module used to super- must conform to applicable local codes, ordinances, and reg-
vise a Class B (Style B) circuit. Its compact design allows the ulations.
FMM-101 to often be mounted in a single-gang box behind
the device it is monitoring. The FMM-101 can be used to Listings and Approvals*
replace MMX-101 module (Part No. 417478) in existing sys- UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
tems. ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS699
Each FMM-101 uses one of 159 available module addresses Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
on an SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) . . . . . 7300-0028:202
panel and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128-07-E
of its Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). Maryland State Fire Marshal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Permit #2020
FlashScan (patent pending) is a new communication protocol USCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1
that greatly enhances the speed of communication between * Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER
analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices communicate in
a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the group has Ordering Information
new information, the unit’s CPU stops the group poll and Shipping Weight
concentrates on single points. The net effect is response Part No. Description lb (kg)
speed greater than five times that of earlier designs. 428098 FMM-101 Monitor Module 1 (0.45)
437065 FMM-101A Monitor Module 1 (0.45)
FlashScan is a trademark of NOTIFIER. (ULC)
3-38
TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007101-3
 Detection and Control Components

LDM Series Lamp Driver Modules

(IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features The LDM-R32 provides 32 Form-A dry contacts (1 amp @ 30

• ALARM and TROUBLE Lamp/LED per point (IQ-318 and VDC) output terminal screw connections. It is mounted on an
IQ-636X-2) or per software zone, or more dense ALARM- LDM-32 or an LDM-E32. A separate common is provided for
only option (field selectable) each group of 8 relays. Ribbon cables to connect to the
LDM-32/LDM-E32 are included.
• System trouble Lamp/LED signal
The LDM-CBL24 and LDM-CBL48 ribbon cable sets can be
• On-line/power LED indicator ordered to provide either a 24 in. (610 mm) or 48 in.
• Alarm and trouble resound with flash of new conditions (1219 mm) connection between LDM-32/LDM-E32 and
LEDs or lamps on a custom graphic unit. They each include
• Local sounder for both alarm and trouble conditions with
all cables necessary for one LDM-32 or LDM-E32. Cables
silence/acknowledge switch connection
have a connector on one end only (split, strip, and connect
• Serial EIA-485 interface for reduced installation cost other end to graphic annunciator).
• May be powered by 24 VDC from the unit or by remote Communications between the LDM series annunciators and
power supplies the host AUTOPULSE control system are made through a
• Efficient switched power converter reduces power con- two-wire EIA-485 multi-drop loop, and a two-wire regulated
sumption 24 VDC power loop. Up to 32 LDM systems may be connect-
ed to a single control unit, providing redundant annunciators
• Fully supervised microprocessor-controlled electronics if required. All field wiring terminations use removable, com-
• Plug-in terminal blocks for ease of installation and service pression-type terminal blocks for ease of installation, wiring,
• Trouble monitor option for remote power supplies and circuit testing.
The LDM series modules, when used with a custom graphic
Applications annunciator, provide the AUTOPULSE IQ-318 control system
The LDM series lamp driver modules, when combined with a with up to 32 unique or redundant annunciators indicating the
custom graphic display, provide annunciation and control for status of the 99 software zones. When used with the
the AUTOPULSE IQ-318 or IQ-636X-2 control system. IQ-636X-2, the LDM series modules provide the system with
These modules use a serial communications interface and up to 32 unique or redundant annunciators, each with a
may be located up to 6,000 ft (1829 m) from the unit. capacity of 64 points for a total capacity of 2048 points. Local
or remote power supplies and serial communications allow
The LDM-32/LDM-E32 with a custom graphic array may be the custom annunciators to be located virtually anywhere on
used to indicate point or software zone status. In addition, the the protected premises. Management of system operational
LDM-R32 module which connects to any LDM-32 or controls, such as signal silence and system reset, may be
LDM-E32 converts transistor outputs to 32 Form-A dry con- accomplished through special key or push switches.
tacts for electrical isolation when interfacing the system to
other equipment. LDM-32 CONTROL MODULE
Description
Two basic models are available: the LDM-32 control module
and the LDM-E32 expander module. Each may be selected
to provide 32 alarm indications or 16 alarm and 16 trouble.
Both modules mount on four standoffs inside the custom
annunciator graphic box. Alternately, the modules may be
installed in a CHS-4L chassis. The CHS-4L chassis may be
mounted to the graphic annunciator cabinet to provide instal-
lation of up to four LDM-32 or LDM-E32 modules.
The LDM-32 includes a system trouble lamp driver and lamp
test/local acknowledge switch input. Integral piezo sounder
sounds for each new alarm or trouble and is silenced with the
Local Acknowledge switch, or permanently disabled with a
dip-switch selection. Flash of new alarms or trouble is selec-
table through dip switches. Switch inputs may be used for
panel Silence or Reset. Instructions are included.
One LDM-E32 is allowed per LDM-32 in alarm-only mode.
Three LDM-E32 modules are allowed per LDM-32 in
alarm/trouble mode. The LDM-E32 includes expander ribbon 007255
cable.
3-39
Description (Continued) Technical Information
LDM-E32 EXPANDER MODULE Size: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4 in. x 7.1 in. (112 mm x 181 mm)
LDM-32 and LDM-E32
Output Driver: . . . . . . . . Bipolar Darlington Open Collector
NPN transistor
Maximum
Current/Output:. . . . . . . . . . 100 mA (external current limit)
Voltage Rating
on Output Driver: . . . . . 30 VDC (either 24 VDC or 5 VDC)
LED: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High efficiency 2 mA
LED Resistor (5 VDC):. . . . . . . . 680 Ω, 1/4 W (each LED)
LED Resistor (24 VDC): . . . . . . 10K Ω, 1/4 W (each LED)
Switch Rating: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 VDC @ 0.5 mA

Standby Current
LDM-32: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 mA
LDM-E32: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 mA

Alarm Current
007256
LDM-32: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 mA
LDM-R32 RELAY EXPANDER MODULE LDM-E32: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 mA
LDM-R32: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 mA
Relay Contacts – LDM-R32: . . . . 1 amp @ 30 VDC resistive,
gold clad silver alloy

Listings and Approvals*

UL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS100
MEA (NYC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-96-E, 317-01-E
Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) . . . . . . 7120-0028: 156
* Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.

Ordering Information
Shipping
Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
007257
417501 LDM-32, Lamp Driver 1 (0.5)
CHS-4L CHASSIS Annunciator Control Module
13/16 IN.
(21 mm) 417502 LDM-E32, Lamp Driver 1 (0.5)
3 IN.
Annunciator Expander Module
(76 mm) 7 IN.
19 IN. (178 mm)
417650 LDM-R32, Lamp Driver 1 (0.5)
(483 mm) 2 1/4 IN. Relay Module
(57 mm)
417651 LDM-CBL24, Lamp Driver 0.5 (0.3)
Annunciator Cable, 24 in.
(610 mm)

18 3/8 IN. 007258

417652 LDM-CBL48, Lamp Driver 0.5 (0.3)
(467 mm) Annunciator Cable, 48 in.
5/16 IN. (1219 mm)
(7.9 mm)
418576 CHS-4L, Chassis, Low Profile, 1 (0.5)
For Up To 4 LDM Modules
437052 CHS-4L, Chassis, Low Profile 1 (0.5)
(ULC)
2 1/4 IN.
(57 mm)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007138-3
 Detection and Control Components

FCPS-24S6 and FCPS-24S8 6-Amp and 8-Amp

24-Volt Remote Power Supplies (IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

General
The FCPS-24S6 (6-amp) and FCPS-24S8 (8-amp) are
compact, cost-effective remote power supplies with battery
charger. The FCPS-24S6/-24S8 may be connected to any
12- or 24-volt Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) or may be
used as a stand-alone supply. Primary applications include
Notification Appliance (bell) Circuit (NAC) expansion (to
support ADA requirements and NAC synchronization) or
auxiliary power to support 24-volt system accessories. The
FCPS-24S6/-24S8 provides regulated and filtered 24 VDC
power to four notification appliance circuits configured as
either four Class B (Style Y) or Class A (Style Z, with ZNAC-4
option module). Alternately, the four outputs may be config-
ured as all non-resettable, all resettable, or two non-reset-
table and two resettable. The FCPS-24S6/-24S8 also
contains a battery charger capable of charging up to 18 AH
batteries.

Features
007281
• UL-Listed NAC synchronization using System Sensor,
Wheelock, or Gentex “Commander2” appliances. • Works with virtually any UL 864 fire alarm control which
utilizes an industry-standard reverse-polarity notification
• Cascadable for up to ten power supplies (four for Gentex) circuit (including unfiltered and unregulated bell power).
with strobe timing maintained.
• Requires input trigger voltage of 9.0 – 32 VDC.
• Operates as a “sync follower” or as a “sync generator”
(default). See Note on page 2. • Self-contained in compact, locking cabinet – 15 in.
(381 mm) high x 14.5 in. (368 mm) wide x 2.75 in. (70 mm)
• Contains two fully-isolated input/control circuits – triggered deep.
from FACP NAC (NAC expander mode) or jumpered
permanently “ON” (stand-alone mode). • Includes integral battery charger capable of charging up to
18 AH batteries. Cabinet capable of housing 7.0 AH
• Four Class B (Style Y) or four Class A (Style Z, with batteries.
ZNAC-4 module) NACs.
• Battery charger may be disabled via DIP switch for applica-
• 6-amp (FCPS-24S6) or 8-amp (FCPS-24S8) full load tions requiring larger batteries.
output, with 3 amps maximum/circuit, in NAC expander
mode (UL 864). • Fixed, clamp-type terminal blocks accommodate up to 12
AWG (3.1 mm2) wire.
• 4-amp (FCPS-24S6) or 6-amp (FCPS-24S8) continuous
output in stand-alone mode (UL 1481). Standards and Codes
• Compatible with coded inputs; signals passed through. The FCPS-24S6/-24S8 complies with the following stan-
• Optional power-supervision relay (EOLR-1). dards:
• In stand-alone mode, output power circuits may be config- • NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code.
ured as: resettable (reset line from FACP required), nonre- • UL 864 Standard for Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems
settable, or a mix of two and two. (NAC expander mode).
• Fully regulated and filtered power output – optimal for • UL 1481 Power Supplies for Fire Alarm Systems (stand-
powering four-wire smoke detectors, annunciators, and alone mode).
other system peripherals requiring regulated/filtered power.
• Power-limiting technology meets UL power-limiting require- Specifications
ments. Primary (AC) power:
• Form-C normally-closed trouble relay. • FCPS-24S6/-24S8: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 3.2 A maximum.
• Fully supervised power supply, battery, and NACs. • Wire size: minimum #14 AWG (2.0 mm 2 ) with 600 V
• Selectable earth fault detection. insulation.
• AC trouble report selectable for immediate or 8-hour delay.

3-40
Control input circuit: Sync Follower/Generator Note
• Trigger input voltage: 9 to 32 VDC. In some installations, it is necessary to synchronize the flash
• Trigger current: 2.0 mA (16 – 32 V). Per input: 1.0 mA timing of all strobes in the system for ADA compliance.
(9–16 V). Strobes accomplish this by monitoring very short timing
pulses on the NAC power which are created by the FACP.
Trouble contact rating: 5 amps at 24 VDC. When installed at the end of a NAC wire run, the FCPS-
Auxiliary power output: specific application power 500 mA 24S6/-24S8 can track (i.e., “follow”) the strobe synchroniza-
maximum. tion timing pulses on the existing NAC wire run. This
maintains the overall system flash timing of the additional
Output circuits: strobes attached to the FCPS.
• +24 VDC filtered, regulated. When the FCPS-24S6/-24S8 is configured (via DIP switch
• 3.0 amps maximum for any one circuit. settings) as a “sync follower,” the FCPS’s NAC outputs track
the strobe synchronization pulses present at the FCPS’s
• Total continuous current for all outputs (stand-alone mode):
sync input terminal. The pulses originate from an upstream
for FCPS-24S6: 4.0 amps maximum; for FCPS-24S8:
FACP or other power supply.
6.0 amps maximum.
When the FCPS-24S6/-24S8 is configured (via DIP switch
• Total short-term current for all outputs (NAC expander
settings) as a “sync generator,” the FCPS’s sync input termi-
mode): for FCPS-24S6: 6.0 amps maximum; for
nals are not used. Rather, the FCPS is the originator of the
FCPS-24S8: 8.0 amps maximum.
strobe synchronization pulses on the FCPS’s NAC outputs.
Secondary power (battery) charging circuit: In “sync generator” mode, the sync type (System Sensor,
Wheelock, or Gentex) is selectable via DIP switch settings.
• Supports lead-acid batteries only.
• Float-charge voltage: 27.6 VDC. Product Line Information
• Maximum charge current: 1.5 amps FCPS-24S6: 6.0 amp, 120 VAC remote charger power
supply. Includes main printed circuit board, transformers,
• Maximum battery capacity: 18 AH.
enclosure (15 in. (381 mm) high x 14.5 in. (368 mm) wide x
Applications 2.75 in. (70 mm) deep), and installation instructions (Part No.
433594).
Example 1: Expand notification appliance power an addi-
tional 6.0 amps (FCPS-24S6) or 8.0 amps (FCPS-24S8). FCPS-24S8: 8.0 amp, 120 VAC remote charger power
Use up to four Class B (Style Y) outputs or four Class A supply. Includes main printed circuit board, transformers,
(Style Z) outputs (using ZNAC-4). For example, the FACP enclosure (15 in. (381 mm) high x 14.5 in. (368 mm) wide x
notification appliance circuits will activate the FCPS when 2.75 in. (70 mm) deep), and installation instructions (Part No.
reverse-polarity activation occurs. Trouble conditions on the 433595).
FCPS are sensed by the FACP through the notification appli- EOLR-1: 12/24 VDC end-of-line relay for monitoring four-
ance circuit. wire smoke detector power.
Example 2: Use the FCPS to expand
auxiliary regulated 24-volt system
power up to 4.0 amps (FCPS-24S6) or
up to 6.0 amps (FCPS-24S8). Both
resettable and non-resettable power
options are available. Resettable
outputs are created by connecting the
resettable output from the FACP to one
or both of the FCPS inputs.
Example 3: Use addressable control
modules to activate the FCPS instead
of activating it through the FACP notifi-
cation appliance circuits. This typically
allows for mounting the FCPS at greater
distances* away from the FACP while
expanding system architecture in
various applications.
For example, an addressable control
module is used to activate the FCPS,
and an addressable monitor module is
used to sense FCPS trouble conditions.
Local auxiliary power output from the
FCPS provides power to the address-
able control module.

007282
Agency Listings and Approvals*
UL Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
U.S. Coast Guard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1
California State Fire Marshal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7315-0028:225
Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
MEA (NYC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299-02-E
*Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.

BOARD LAYOUT

007283

Ordering Information
Part Shipping Weight
No.
____ Description
_________ lb (kg)
___________
433594 FCPS-24S6 24-Volt 18 (8.2)
Remote Power Supply
433595 FCPS-24S8 24-Volt 18 (8.2)
Remote Power Supply

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007100-3
 Detection and Control Components

ACPS-610 Addressable Charger/

Power Supply (IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

General
The ACPS-610 is an auxiliary power supply with a battery
charging option and a host of special features. Selectable
charging options allow the ACPS-610 to provide 6 amps of
power to four outputs while charging batteries from 12 to 200
AH, or 10 amps of power when the unit is configured for use
with an external battery charger. Four individually addressable
outputs can be independently configured for auxiliary power or
Notification Appliance Circuits (NAC). NAC outputs support
notification appliance synchronization for devices manufac-
tured by System Sensor®, Wheelock, and Gentex. An option
to disable battery charging allows the system designer to use
the four built-in circuits to distribute 10 amps of power for gen-
eral purposes, excluding NAC applications.
The ACPS-610 is compatible with the AUTOPULSE
IQ-318/IQ-636X-2 fire suppression control panels using CLIP
and FlashScan® protocol.

008022
Features
• Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th Edition. Installation Standards
• Provides 6.0 A of NAC power or 10 A of general purpose The ACPS-610 complies with the following standards:
power.
• NFPA 70 and NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code
• Four Class B (Style Y) or four Class A (Style Z) outputs, indi-
vidually addressable by the FACP. • Underwriters Laboratories UL 864, 9th Edition, Standard for
Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems and CAN/ULC –
• When built-in outputs are configured for NAC operation, S527-99.
each circuit supports strobe synchronization with the follow-
ing manufacturers’ audio/visual devices: System Sensor In addition, the installer should be familiar with the following
(SpectrAlert® and SpectrAlert Advance Series) or Wheelock standards:
or Gentex. • NEC Article 760 Fire Protective Signaling Systems
• Each circuit can be software-selected for use as: a • Applicable Local and State Building Codes
Notification Appliance Circuit, general purpose 24 VDC
power, four-wire detector power, or door holder. • Requirements of the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction
• Steady, March Time (120 PPM), Two Stage, Temporal, or
Specifications
UZC Zone-Coded and Non-Coded devices – software-
selectable by circuit. • Primary (AC) power:
• Universal Zone Coder (UZC-256) option supports for pro- – ACPS-610: 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz input, 5.0 A maximum
grammable coded outputs. Up to 256 different codes. • Output voltage: 24 VDC electrically regulated and
• Charges 12 to 200 AH batteries with full supervision. The power/limited (under primary AC mains). Under secondary
charger on the ACPS may be disabled via software. When power, 20.4 to 26.4 VDC.
disabled, a separate, external charger is required, for exam- • Output circuits – TB3, TB4, TB5, TB6 on Main Board: 1.5 A
ple, a CHG-120. maximum for any NAC output circuit. 2.5 A maximum for any
• May be used to provide battery backup for multiple ACPS Power output with battery charger disabled.
supplies. • Secondary power (battery) charging circuit – TB3 on
• AC loss detection, brownout detection, and AC loss delay KAPS-24 Board: lead-acid battery charger which will charge
reporting. 12 to 200 AH batteries. Maximum charger current – 5.0 A.
• Power-limited outputs. • Wiring: utilizes wire sizes 12 to 18 AWG (3.1 to 0.78 mm2)
• Isolated Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) interface. • SLC specifications: Average SLC current is 1.287 mA. SLC
data is transmitted between 24.0 VDC, 5 VDC, and 0 VDC
• Selectable ground fault detection. at approximately 3.33 Kbaud.
• Canadian two stage operation. • Battery fuse (F2): 15A, Slo-Blow.
3-40.1
ACPS Programming Listings and Approvals
The ACPS-610 is programmable via the simple-to-use UL/ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
PK-PPS programming utility, which requires a Windows® PC
with a USB port and cable. A copy of the PK-PPS program- Ordering Information
ming utility is included with each ACPS-610. Programming
ACPS-610: Addressable charger power supply, with selec-
may be performed during an on-line session with the
table built-in synchronization, and four built-in control mod-
ACPS-10, or previously saved programs may be downloaded
ules. Includes installation instructions and PK-PPS program-
to individual ACPS-610 units. The ACPS-610 requires the use
ming utility CD. Requires Windows PDC with USB port and
of a minimum of 5 SLC address points, and will use up to
USB cable.
14 SLC address points to fulfill requirements for Canadian
supervision and two stage operation. BB-25: The BB-25 can house one ACPS-610 and two 12 volt,
26 AH batteries.
CAB-3/-4 Series: The ACPS-610 can mount in any of the
CAB-3/-4 Series cabinets. This can be in the bottom of the
cabinet or a tier via a CHS-PS and CHS-BH.
CHS-6: When the power supply cannot be mounted in the
CAB-3/-4 Series lowest row, the ACPS-610 will require the left
two of the three chassis spaces.
Shipping
Weight
Part No.
_______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
__________
435807 ACPS-610 Addressable 7 (3.2)
Charger/Power Supply –
120 VAC
008023

Example of programming for the ACPS-610 using 6 addresses 437344 ACPS-610E Addressable 7 (3.2)
Charger/Power Supply –
240 VAC

008024

Example for ACPS-610 using Canadian reporting with Two Stage

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2008056-3
 Detection and Control Components

APS2-6R(E) 6.0 Amp Auxiliary Power Supply

(IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

General
The APS2-6R(E) is a state-of-the-art, 150 watt, switching
auxiliary power supply providing 24 VDC of filtered DC
power. The APS2-6R(E) provides three 24 VDC output
circuits, rated for 6.0 Amps in alarm and 4.0 Amps continu-
ous. It is used for the operation of peripheral audible/visual
devices (alarm signaling appliances) for the AUTOPULSE
IQ-318 or the IQ-636X-2 control panels.
Note: The APS2-6R(E) can also be used with Legacy
panels. Please refer to the APS2-6R(E) manual for more
information.

Features
• UL 864 Ninth Edition compliant
• Lightweight, compact design 008545

• 120 or 220/240 VAC (@ 50/60 Hz) versions

Construction and Operation
• Output circuits with overload protection
When used with the CAB-4 Series (CAB-A4, -B4, -C4, or
• Built-in “brown-out” circuitry -D4), the APS2-6R(E) mounts to a CHS-4 or CHS-4L mount-
• Diagnostic trouble LED ing chassis. If more than one APS2-6R(E) is necessary to
meet the power requirements, connect additional APS2-
• Plug-in connector for in-cabinet applications and screw
6R(E) power supplies together as described in the
terminals for remote device applications
Installation Instruction Manual for the APS2-6R(E).
• Trouble supervision bus
Underwriters Laboratories requires that all Signaling
• Shares battery and charger circuit with control panel Appliances be approved for use with the selected control
• Power-limited design, per UL requirements system due to voltage operating range criteria. Use only
those appliances listed for use with the associated control
• AC Fail supervision and reporting with field-selectable system. Refer to Device Compatibility Document, Part No.
delay per UL 864 50054.
• Heavy-duty clamp-type terminals accept up to 12 AWG
(3.1 mm2) wire Specifications
• Battery voltage supervision Electrical Specifications
• Low battery disconnect • AC primary input power (TB1): APS2-6R: 120 VAC, 50/60
Hz, 2.9 A., APS2-6RE : 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1.5 A.
• Mounts in a standard CAB-4 Series cabinet
• DC secondary input power (TB3): TB3-1 (+), TB3-2 (–).
Standards and Codes • 24 VDC output power (TB2): Total 6.0 A (4.0 A continuous).
This power supply complies with the following standards: Circuit 1 (TB2-1, TB2-2): 3.0 A @ 24 VDC power-limited.
• NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code Circuit 2 (TB2-3, TB2-4): 3.0 A @ 24 VDC power-limited.
• UL 864 Standard for Control Units and Accessories for Fire • 24 VDC output power (J9): 6.0 A (4.0 A continuous), Non-
Alarm Systems Power Limited.
In addition, the installer should be familiar with the following • Relay Contacts (TB4): AC Fail supervision over the SLC.
standards: • Fuse: (F2 battery supervision): 32 VAC, 10.0 A, Fast-Acting
• NEC Article 300 Wiring Methods Automotive Minifuse.
• Applicable Local and State Building Codes • Trouble supervision bus: J3 output: Form-A contact (open
collector). J4 input: Form-A contact (open collector).
• Requirements of the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction
Note: J3 and J4 can be interchanged.
• The Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1
• Loss of AC indication: Immediate indication (default); 1-2
hour delay (cut JP2); 2-3 hour delay (cut JP2 and JP3).

3-41
Specifications (Continued)
Mechanical Specifications
The APS2-6R(E) measures approximately 8.63 in. (219 mm)
x 6.63 in. (168 mm) x 2.38 in. (60 mm) and weighs approxi-
mately 2 lb (0.91 kg).

Cabinet for Mounting

CAB-4 Series: Use CHS-4 and CHS-4L chassis for the
AUTOPULSE IQ-636X-2 control panel.

Listings and Approvals*

UL Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S635
FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Approved
*Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.

Ordering Information
Shipping
Weight
Part No.
_______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
_________
436863 APS2-6R 24-Volt Filtered 2 (0.9)
Power Supply 120 VAC
436864 APS2-6RE 24-Volt Filtered 2 (0.9)
Power Supply 220-240 VAC
417699 EOLR-1 12/24 VDC 1 (0.5)
End-of-Line Relay
437070 EOLR-1A 12/24 VDC 1 (0.5)
End-of-Line Relay (ULC)
419586 CHS-4 Four-Module Chassis 9 (4.1)
437051 CHS-4 Four-Module Chassis 9 (4.1)
(ULC)
418576 CHS-4L Four-Module 1 (0.5)
Chassis (Low Profile)
437052 CHS-4L Four-Module 1 (0.5)
Chassis (Low Profile) (ULC)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2009135-3
 Detection and Control Components

UDACT – Universal Digital Alarm

Communicator Transmitter (IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features Description
• Dual phone lines The Universal Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter
• Dual telephone line voltage detect (UDACT) is designed for use on the AUTOPULSE IQ-318
and AUTOPULSE IQ-636X-2 control units. It is also designed
• Surface Mount Technology for use on the Intelligent Network Annunciator (INA), software
• Compact in size 6 3/4 x 4 1/4 inch (172 x 108 mm) release 2.8 or higher. When used in conjunction with the INA,
the UDACT can report the status of all control units on
• Built-in programmer
NOTI•FIRE•NET™. The UDACT transmits system status to
• Built-in 4 character red 7-segment LED display UL listed Central Station Receivers via the public switched
• Manual Test Report function telephone network.
• Manual Transmission Clear function The UDACT is compact in size and may be mounted exter-
nally in a separate cabinet. EIA-485 annunciator communica-
• Mounts in a separate enclosure (ABS-8RB)
tions bus and regulated 24 volt connections are required.
• Communicates vital system status
The UDACT is capable of transmitting the status of software
• Annunciation of UDACT Troubles including: loss of phone zones (Alarm and Trouble), System Trouble, Panel Off-
lines, communication failure with either Central Station, Normal, Supervisory, Bell Trouble, Low Battery, and AC Fail.
total communication failure When used with the AUTOPULSE IQ-318 and IQ-636X-2 the
• Troubleshoot Mode converts keypad to DTMF touchpad UDACT is capable of reporting 567 points. Reporting may be
in the form of software zones (99 plus 16 special), panel cir-
• Individual LEDs for: Power, EIA-485 Loss, Manual Test, cuits 1-4, panel output modules 1-64, and 192 points per
Kissoff, Comm Fail, Primary Line Seize, Secondary Line SLC loop (the first 96 detector and 96 module addresses).
Seize, and Modem Communications
The Universal Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter
• Open Collector relay driver for Total Communications (UDACT) provides the means to create a powerful, low cost,
Failure or UDACT trouble local area network solution for any application involving multi-
• Real-time clock ple facilities spread over a small geographic area, such as
• Extensive transient protection hospitals, college campuses, shopping malls, prisons, air-
ports, grouped government facilities, power plants, large
• Simple EIA-485 Interface to host unit commercial facilities, and much more.

UDACT IN ABS-8R (SHOWN WITH COVER REMOVED) LOCAL AREA NETWORK

TO AUTOPULSE IQ-636X-2

TO SUPERVISED BUILDING
PHONE LINES SOLID
EARTH
GROUND AUTOPULSE IQ-318
UL LISTED
PRIMARY
CONTROL
STATION
(IF REQUIRED)

LOCAL UDACT
TELEPHONE
MODEM
CENTRAL
OFFICE
NETWORK

002374 002373

3-42
The UDACT when used in the Contact ID format transmits Listings and Approvals*
detailed system status via the standard public switched tele- UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
phone network to a digital receiver. The telephone network
becomes the “network gateway” from the FACP to the digital ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS100 Vol. VII
receiver and to an optional UniNet monitor. Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
Contact ID is a transmission format enabling transmission of California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) . . . . . . 7300-0028:174
alarm and trouble conditions on a bi-point basis. Three
MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328-94-E
groups of information are transmitted to the central station: a
four-digit account code, a group number (00-99), and the Industry Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2132 6030 A
device or zone number (000-999). Each of these three infor- FCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IWGUSA-20723-AL-E
mation groups is programmable. Because of the virtually
* Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER
unlimited number of combinations, the number of systems,
points and/or zones transmitted is boundless. Ordering Information
Technical Information Shipping
Weight
Standby current: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 mA
Part No. _________
______ Description lb
__ (kg)
____
Current while communicating: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 mA
419411 UDACT Universal Digital Alarm 2 (0.9)
Maximum current while communicating COM/XMTR
and with open collector output activated: . . . . . . . . . . 100 mA
436996 ABS-8RB Surface Back Box 1 (0.5)
Voltage: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Regulated 24 volts
Range: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.2 to 28.2 volts
Required software:
• IQ-301 EPROM = 73609 (or higher)
• IQ-396X EPROM = #AFP4R 2.0 (or higher)
• IQ-318 = All
• IQ-636X = All
• IQ-636X-2 = All

COMPATIBILITY CHART
Osborne Radionics
Silent ITI Hoffman 8000/ Sencoa Surguard
Format # Ademco Knight CS-400 FBI Models 5800 3000R MLR-2
(Addresses 16 & 42) 685 (1) 9000 (3) CP220FB 1&2 (5) (7) (9)
0 4+1 Ademco Express ⻫ ⻫ ⻫
1 4+2 Ademco Express ⻫ ⻫ ⻫(8) ⻫
2 3+1/Standard/1800/2300 ⻫ ⻫ (2) ⻫ ⻫ (4) ⻫ ⻫ (5,6) ⻫ ⻫
3 (Not Used)
4 3+1/Standard/1900/1400 ⻫ ⻫ (2) ⻫ (4) ⻫ ⻫ ⻫
5 (Not Used)
6 4+1/Standard/1800/2300 ⻫ ⻫(2) ⻫ ⻫ (4) ⻫ ⻫ (5) ⻫ ⻫
7 (Not Used)
8 4+1/Standard/1900/1400 ⻫ ⻫ (2) ⻫ (4) ⻫ ⻫ ⻫
9 (Not Used)
A 4+2/Standard/1800/2300 ⻫ ⻫ (2) ⻫ ⻫ (4) ⻫ ⻫ (5) ⻫ ⻫
B (Not Used)
C 4+2/Standard/1900/1400 ⻫ ⻫ (2) ⻫ (4) ⻫ ⻫ ⻫
D (Not Used)
E Ademco Contact ID ⻫ ⻫ ⻫ ⻫
F (Not Used)
(1) With 685-8 Line Card with Rev 4.4d software (5) Model 6500 with Rev 600 software
(2) With 9002 Line Card Rev 9035 software or 9032 Line Card with (6) Model 6000 with Rev 204 software
9326A software (7) With Rev B control card at Rev 1.4 software and Rev C line card
(3) Rev 4.0 software. at Rev 1.5 software
(4) FBI CP220FB Rec-11 Lin Card with Rev 2.6 software and a (8) Model 2 only
memory card with Rev 3.8 software (9) Version 1.62 software

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007109-3
 Detection and Control Components

(Page Left Intentionally Blank)

3-43
TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS
ONE STANTON STREET Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 All rights reserved.
 Detection and Control Components

CHG-120 Battery Charger and Meters

(IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Features Applications
• Charges sealed lead-acid batteries Use the CHG-120 battery charger with the AUTOPULSE
• Automatic float-type battery charger IQ-318 or IQ-636X-2 control units when batteries required for
standby are rated equal to or greater than 25 ampere-hours.
• Rated for batteries of 25 to 120 ampere-hours Up to two batteries may be charged when either the 25AH or
• Obtains full float voltage within 48 hours 60AH are installed.
• For use on any 24-volt FACP which can handle the speci- Description
fied batteries and can disable the local charger
The CHG-120 battery charger is a state-of-the-art battery
• AC Fail delay (central station applications) per latest NFPA charging system designed for use with the AUTOPULSE
requirements IQ-318 or IQ-636X-2. It is designed to charge lead-acid bat-
• Form-C Trouble contact teries between 25 and 120 ampere-hours (AH).
• Dual outputs, for easy load distribution The CHG-120 consists of a PC board and mounting chassis.
• Diagnostic LEDs: Charging current is provided automatically when the battery
Primary AC On voltage falls below the charger’s output voltage.
Charger Trouble
Ground Fault
Hi Charge
Lo Charge
Battery Voltage Level (3 LEDs)
Low Battery
• Optional BB-55 battery cabinet
• Field-selectable input voltage, 120 VAC or 230 VAC
• Charges:
25 AH batteries within 9 hours
55/60 AH batteries within 20 hours
120 AH batteries within 38 hours

CHG-120 BATTERY CHARGER

VOLTAGE SELECTION SWITCH

FOR 115 VAC OR 230 VAC NINE LED STATUS
OPERATION INDICATORS

OPEN COLLECTOR TROUBLE DAISY

CHAIN CONNECTIONS
EXTERNAL TROUBLE INPUT

FORM-C RELAY TO OTHER

DEVICES
TWO OUTPUT CIRCUITS TO LOAD
(POWER SUPPLY, AUXILIARY POWER
SUPPLY, AMPLIFIER, ETC.)

25 AH-120 AH
BATTERY CONNECTIONS
15A REPLACEABLE FUSES PROVIDE SHORT
CIRCUIT AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION
OPTIONAL AMMETER CONNECTION
003575

3-44
Technical Information Listings and Approvals*
Primary AC power in (TB1): . . . . . . . . . . 115 VAC, 60 Hz, 2 A UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S674
230 VAC, 50 Hz, 1 A ULC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS118/CS733 VOL. IX
Form-C relay (TB3): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 A at 30 VDC Factory Mutual (FM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
Float charge voltage: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.6 VDC California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) . . . . . . 7315-0028:189
Maximum charging current:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 A MEA (NYC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195-97-E
Fuses F1-F3: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 A *Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.
Battery sizes: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 AH to 120 AH
Ordering Information
Charging time (for 2 fully discharged batteries)
25 AH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Hours Shipping
55 AH/60 AH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Hours Weight
120 AH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Hours Part No.
______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
________
High: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5/8 in. (118 mm) 426207 CHG-120 Battery Charger 5.0 (2.3)
Wide:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 in. (76 mm)
Deep: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3/4 in. (44 mm)

Mounting Options
The CHG-120 has a variety of mounting options. It can be
mounted in either a CAB-3 or CAB-4 or remotely in the
BB-55 Battery Back Box. Install the CHG-120 within 20 ft
(6.01 m) of the main AUTOPULSE control unit.
Mounting in CAB-3 or CAB-4 Series Backbox:
The CHG-120 can be mounted in the main power supply
position, on the lower left of the CAB-3 or CAB-4 cabinet.
Using self-tapping screws, the CHG-120 can be mounted
in the lower right position (normally, where the batteries
are mounted) of the CAB-3 or CAB-4.
Remote mounting in the BB-55:
The CHG-120 mounts in the left position of the cabinet.
Note: Only one 60AH, 12V battery or two 25AH, 12 V
batteries will mount with the charger board in the BB-55.
BB-55 Battery Box Battery Configurations:
Without CHG-120 mounted internally:
Up to two 25AH, 12V batteries
Up to two 60AH, 12V batteries
With CHG-120 mounted internally:
Up to two 25AH, 12V batteries
Up to one 60AH, 12V battery

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007147-3
 Detection and Control Components

Annunciator Back Boxes (IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

Description ABF-1B – The Annunciator Flush Box-1 provides for the

The Annunciator back boxes are used for mounting the remote mounting of a LCD-80 or a single ACM or AFM
LCD-80, AEM, ACS, or AFM annunciator modules. annunciator in a flush-mount enclosure. Knockouts are pro-
vided for use with 1/2 in. conduit. The ABF-1B includes a
ABS-1B – The Annunciator Surface Box-1 provides for the painted gray metal trim plate, mounting hardware, and an
remote mounting of a single ACM or AFM annunciator in a adhesive-backed Annunciator Label for the dress plate.
surface-mount enclosure. Knockouts are provided for use
with 1/2 in. conduit. The annunciator mounts directly to the ABF-1B FLUSH BACK BOX
ABS-1B without a dress plate. 9 15/16 IN. (H) x 4 5/8 IN. (W) x 2 1/2 IN. (D)
(252 mm (H) x 117 mm (W) x 64 mm (D))
ABS-2B – The Annunciator Surface Box-2 provides for the
surface mounting of one ACM-16AT/AEM-16AT combination TRIMPLATE: 11 IN. (H) x 6 1/4 IN. (W)
or one ACM-32A/AEM-32A combination. Knockouts are pro- (279 mm (H) x 159 mm (W))
vided for use with 1/2 in. conduit. The annunciators mount
directly to the ABS-2B without a dress plate.
WIDTH

ABS-1B AND ABS-2B SURFACE BACK BOXES

ABS-1B: 8 1/2 IN. (H) x 4 1/2 IN. (W) x 1 3/8 IN. (D)
(216 mm (H) x 114 mm (W) x 35 mm (D)) HEIGHT

ABS-2B: 8 1/2 IN. (H) x 8 15/16 IN. (W) x 1 3/8 IN. (D)
(216 mm (H) x 227 mm (W) x 35 mm (D))
HEIGHT

WIDTH

WIDTH 007262

DEPTH

ABS-1TB – The ABS-1TB is an attractive surface mount

back box for mounting a LCD-80 or one ACM or AFM annun-
ciator.
HEIGHT
ABS-1TB SURFACE BACK BOX
2 1/2 IN.
(64 mm) 4 5/8 IN.
(117 mm)

007372
DEPTH

9 15/16 IN.
(252 mm)

007261

3-45
Technical Information
Box Type Annunciator Compatibility
ABS-1B ACM-16AT, ACM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A
ABS-2B ACM-16AT/AEM-16AT, ACM-32A/AEM-32A
ABF-1B* LCD-80, ACM-16AT, ACM-32A,
AFM-16AT, AFM-32A
ABS-1TB LCD-80, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, ACM Type with
AKS-1B (key switch)
*Includes painted black metal trim plate

Approvals
UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635

Ordering Information
Shipping
Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
417657 ABF-1B, Annunciator Back Box, 1 (0.45)
Flush, Single
417493 ABS-1TB, Annunciator Back Box, 1 (0.45)
Surface Single, Deep
417660 AKS-1B, Annunciator Key Switch 1 (0.45)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007140-3
 Detection and Control Components

FDU-80G 80-Character Liquid Crystal Display

Fire Annunciator (IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

General
The FDU-80G is a compact, 80 character, backlit LCD Fire
Annunciator for use with the AUTOPULSE IQ-318 and
IQ-636X-2 Fire Alarm Control Panels (FACPs). The FDU-80G
mimics the display of the control panel and displays complete
system point status information. Up to 32 FDU-80Gs may be
connected onto the EIA-485 Terminal Mode port of each con-
trol panel. The FDU-80G requires no programming, which
saves times during system commissioning.
The FDU-80G can be used on the same data loop as the
LCD-80/LCD-80TM annunciators revision 1.6 software or
higher.
007714

Features
• 80-character Liquid Crystal Display Operation
• Mimics all display information from the host panel The FDU-80G annunciator provides the FACP with point
annunciation with full display text on an 80-character LCD dis-
• Control switches for System Acknowledge, Signal Silence,
play. The FDU-80G also provides an array of LEDs to indicate
Drill and Reset with enable key
system status, and also includes control switches for remote
• System status LEDs for Power, Alarm, Trouble, control of critical system functions.
Supervisory, and Alarm Silenced
The FDU-80G provides the FACP with up to 32 remote seri-
• No programming necessary – FDU-80G connects to the ter- ally connected annunciators. All field-wiring terminations on
minal mode port the FDU-80G use removable, compression-type terminal
• Displays device type identifiers, individual point alarm, trou- blocks for ease of wiring and circuit testing.
ble or supervisory, zone and custom alpha labels Communication between the FACP and the annunciators is
• Time and date display field accomplished over an EIA-485 serial interface, which greatly
reduces wire and installation cost over traditional systems. Six
• Aesthetically pleasing design wires total are required: four for the EIA-485 communications
• May be powered by 24 VDC from the host FACP or by (two in and two return); and two for the 24 VDC regulated
remote power supplies (requires 24 VDC) power. Dip switches control local functions such as: piezo dis-
• Up to 32 FDU-80G annunciators per FACP able, control switches/key switch disable, transmit/receive
mode.
• Plug-in terminal blocks for ease of installation and service
• Can be remotely located up to 6,000 ft (1828.8 m) from host
control panel
• Local piezo sounder with alarm and trouble resound
• Semi-flush mounts to 2.188 in. (56 mm) minimum deep,
three-gang electrical box or three-gangable electrical
switchbox
• Surface mounts to SBB-3 surface backbox

3-46
FDU-80G Terminal Mode Wiring Example
UP TO 6,000 FT (1828.8 m) BETWEEN
EACH DEVICE IN THE EIA-485 LOOP

FDU-80G FDU-80G
TERMINAL MODE
EIA-485 (2 WIRES)

TO
24 VDC
CONTROL
PANEL (2 WIRES)

UP TO 6,000 FT (1828.8 m)
BACK FROM LAST FDU-80G TERMINAL MODE
DEVICE TO END OF EIA-485 RETURN
EIA-485 LOOP (2WIRES)

007716

Notes:
1. EIA-485: Maximum of 6,000 ft (1828.8 m) cable length from FACP to FDU-80G annunciators and back
to FACP (6,000 ft (1828.8 m) total). Circuit is power limited.
2. Up to 32 FDU-80G annunciators may be used on the EIA-485 circuit. When multiple FDU-80Gs are
used, certain panels will require additional power supplies (refer to panel documentation).
3. Between each FDU-80G annunciator are four wires: a twisted-shielded pair for data communications
and a pair for 24 VDC power. The return circuit only requires two wires for data communication super-
vision, wired from the last FDU-80G annunciator on the loop.
4. The FDU-80G annunciator can be semi-flush mounted in a three-gang electrical box with a minimum
depth of 2.188 in. (5.6 cm).

Listings and Approvals*

UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
California State Fire Marshal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7120-0028:209
*Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.

Ordering Information
Shipping
Weight
Part No.
_______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
__________
435530 FDU-80G Annunciator 5.0 (2.3)
436141 SBB-3, Back Box, Surface 2.0 (0.9)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007163-3
 Detection and Control Components

LCD2-80 Liquid Crystal Display Terminal

Mode Annunciator (IQ-318, IQ-636X-2)

General
The LCD2-80 is a backlit LCD annunciator for the
Addressable AUTOPULSE fire suppression control panels
that support the 80-character display format. The LCD2-80
may be connected onto the four-wire EIA-485 terminal port.
The LCD2-80 mimics the display of the IQ-318 and
IQ-636X-2 control panels, the NCA-2 annunciator, and
legacy panels (IQ-301, IQ-396X, and IQ-636X) that
supported the LCD-80/LCD-80TM. Up to 32 LCD2-80 units
can annunciate and provide remote reset, acknowledge, drill
and silence of the control panel from remote locations.
Note: The LCD2-80 can be used with legacy panels that
supported the LCD-80 terminal mode operation. Please refer
to the LCD2-80 manual for more information.

Features
• 80-character backlit Liquid Crystal Display (20 characters x
4 lines)
• Display mimics panel or NCA annunciator
– Event message
– 20 characters for point label
008850
– 12 characters for extended label
– Time, date, and point address • Flush/surface/panel mount option
• Control switches for System Acknowledge, Signal Silence • No programming necessary; LCD2-80 displays time, date,
Drill, and System Reset and custom messages received from the compatible panel
• Mounts up to 6,000 ft (1828.8 m) segments between units or network annunciator
• Local piezo sounder with alarm/trouble resound • LCD2-80 is 8.25 in. (210 mm) high, 4.375 in. (111 mm)
wide, and 1.75 in. (44 mm) deep
• Displays all analog, addressable points
• Up to 32 LCD2-80 annunciators may be used on one
• Displays device type identifiers
EIA-485 circuit
• Displays device and zone custom alpha labels
Note: The LCD2-80 must have sufficient regulated 24-volt
• Mounts to any CHS-4 chassis slot
power.
• Slide-in label can be customized

6,000 FT (1828.8 m)
MAXIMUM WIRE LENGTH BETWEEN EACH LCD2-80
EIA-485
(2 WIRES)

24 VDC
(2 WIRES)

EIA-485 RETURN (2 WIRES)

008851
IQ-318, IQ-636X-2 or NCA-2 Connecting to LCD2-80

3-46.1
Agency Listings and Approvals
These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified
in this document. In some cases, certain modules or applica-
tions may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or
listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing
status.
UL Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
ULC Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
FDNY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COA# 6067, 6065
CSFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7165-0028:0243, 7165-0028-0224

Ordering Information
LCD2-80: Liquid Crystal Display Terminal Mode Annunciator.
May be connected onto the four-wire EIA-485 terminal port.
ADP-4B: Annunciator dress plate, black. Allows panel mount-
ing of up to four LCD2-80 modules in a CAB-4 Series
cabinet.
ABF-1B: Annunciator flush box, 9.938 in. (252 mm) high,
4.625 in. (117 mm) wide, and 2.5 in. (64 mm) deep. Order
AKS-1B key switch.
ABS-1TB: Deep surface back box (mounts one LCD2-80).
AKS-1B: Key Switch (black) to enable/disable controls when
mounted in ABF-1B or ABS-1TB.
Shipping Weight
Part No.
_______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
_____________
438773 LCD2-80 Terminal 2 (0.9)
Mode Annunciator
433520 ADP-4B Annunciator 1 (0.5)
Dress Plate
417657 ABF-1B Annunciator 1 (0.5)
Back Box, Flush, Single
417493 ABS-1TB Annunciator 1 (0.5)
Back Box, Surface, Deep
417660 AKS-1B Annunciator 1 (0.5)
Key Switch

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2011199
 Detection and Control Components

NCA-2 AUTOPULSE Series Network Control

Annunciator (IQ-318/IQ-636X-2)

General
The NOTIFIER NCA-2 is a second-generation Network
Control Annunciator compatible for use with AUTOPULSE
IQ-318 and IQ-636X-2 fire alarm control panels, as well as
first-generation NCA Network Control Annunciators. The
NCA-2 provides system control and display capabilities.
The NCA-2 display consists of a 640-character backlit LCD
display, and a control interface consisting of “soft” keys used
to navigate screen menus, “hard” keys with fixed control func-
tions, and a QWERTY keypad.

Hardware Features
• Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th edition
• Full supervision of all inputs and network integrity
• Enhanced-format 640-character LCD display with back-
lighting
• ACS bus for LED or graphic annunciators (EIA-485)
• Optically isolated printer interface (EIA-232) 007715

• 11 LED status indicators: Power, Controls Active, Fire • Enhanced Read Status/Alter Status displays
Alarm, Pre-Alarm, Security, Alert, Supervisory, Trouble,
• New history filters for report displaying and printing: All
Signal, Silence, CPU Failure, Point Disabled, Other Event
Events, Only Alarms, Only Troubles, Only Supervisory,
• Alphanumeric QWERTY rubber keypad Only, Security, Time Interval, Point Range
• Four status relays: Alarm, Trouble, Supervisory, Security • Advanced/Basic Walk-Test program
(Form-C)
• Timer control for Auto Silence, AC Fail Delay
• Nonvolatile real-time clock can be synchronized with net-
• Meets Canadian ULC display requirements
work by master node
• Environmental adjustment controls to maximize LCD legi-
• Optional Security Keyswitch enable Keypad functions
bility
• Optional Security Tamper switch
• Meets NFPA requirements for Firefighter Smoke Control
• Supports up to 32 remote ACS annunciators and modules Station (FSCS) and HVAC
• Requires 24 VDC and a network connection
NCA-2 Indicators and Controls
Function Features LED Indicators:
• Individual Enable/Disable or Group Enable/Disable local for • Power (green) illuminates when 24 VDC power is applied;
networked AUTOPULSE series panels LED goes out if power is removed and NCA-2 is using a
• Lamp Test (local to NCA-2) battery.
• History Buffer (1000 Alarm events; 4000 System events) • Controls Active (green) illuminates to indicate that the
NCA-2 control functions are active.
• Print NCA-2 programming and history reports
• Fire Alarm (red) illuminates when at least one fire alarm
• Report status of panels and their respective field devices to
event exists; flashes when any of these events remain
a central station via a single UDACT
unacknowledged.
• One Master level, nine User level passwords: The Master
• Pre-Alarm (red) illuminates when at least one pre-alarm
can assign each User access levels (programming, alter
event exists; flashes when any of these events remain
status)
unacknowledged.
• Interactive Summary Event Count display, event handling
• Security (blue) illuminates when at least one security event
package
exists; flashes when any of these events remain unac-
• Online programming and alter-status programs knowledged
• Intuitive user guidance program including interactive soft
keys
3-47
NCA-2 Indicators and Controls (Continued) Special Function Keys
LED Indicators: (Continued) • Print Screen: Press this key to print what is currently on the
• Supervisory (yellow) illuminates when at least one super- LCD screen.
visory event exists (i.e., sprinkler valve off normal, low pres- • Lamp Test: Press this key to test the LED indicators on the
sure, fire pump running, guard’s tour, etc.); flashes when left of the keypad and to check firmware revision numbers.
any of these events remain unacknowledged. • Next Selection/Previous Selection: These keys are used
• System Trouble (yellow) illuminates when at least one when setting parameters in NCA-2 data fields; for example,
trouble event exists; flashes when any of these events choosing a device type as a filter for requesting a Node
remain unacknowledged. History.
• Other Event (yellow) illuminates for any category of event • Battery Level: Press this key to display voltage and charg-
not listed above; flashes when any of these events remain ing current level for system batteries.
unacknowledged.
• Signals Silenced (yellow) illuminates if the NCA-2 Silence Specifications
key has been pressed or if any other node sent a Network Temperature and humidity ranges: This system meets NFPA
Silence command; flashes if only some points on a node requirements for operation at 32 °F-120 °F (0 °C-49 °C) and
are silenced. at a relative humidity (noncondensing) of 85% at 86 °F (30 °C)
• Point Disabled (yellow) illuminates when at least one dis- per NFPA, and 93% ± 2% at 89.6 °F ± 1.1 °F (32 °C ± 2 °C)
able exists on the network or in the system. per ULC. However, the useful life of the system’s standby bat-
teries and the electronic components may be adversely
• CPU Failure (yellow) activated by the watchdog timer hard- affected by extreme temperature ranges and humidity.
ware, indicates an abnormal hardware or software condi- Therefore, it is recommended that this system and all periph-
tion. Contact technical support. erals be installed in an environment with a nominal room tem-
perature of 60 °F-80 °F (15 °C-27 °C).
Fixed Function Keys
• Acknowledge Electrical Requirements
• Signal Silence The NCA-2 may be powered from a Main Power Supply
• System Reset AMPS-24(E) mounted in the NCA-2 cabinet (see specifica-
• Drill tions below); or from any UL Listed non-resettable 24 VDC
source from an AUTOPULSE control panel.
• Fire Alarm Scroll/Display
The battery on the NCA-2 motherboard is for RTC and SRAM;
• Security Scroll/Display
holds the history memory through power failure. Replace-
• Supervisory Scroll/Display ments are available.
• Trouble Scroll/Display Power source: 1) AMPS-24 (120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 4.5 A max-
• Other Event Scroll/Display imum) or AMPS-24E (240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 2.25 A maximum)
The five keys labeled Scroll/Display allow the user to scroll power supply; 2) the AUTOPULSE IQ-636X-2 on-board
through messages for the particular event type. For example, power supply; or 3) a supervised +24 VDC power supply that
pressing the Fire Alarm Scroll/Display key will scroll through is UL/ULC Listed for fire protective service
all fire alarm events, as details of each are shown in the dis- Total output 24 VDC power: 4.5 V in alarm.
play area of the NCA-2.
Note: The Other Event Scroll/Display key also scrolls Listings and Approvals*
between Pre-Alarm and Disabled events. These listings and approvals apply to the NCA-2. In some
• Acknowledge: Press this key to acknowledge off all active cases, certain modules or applications may not be listed by
events. certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process.
Consult factory for latest listing status.
• Signal Silence: Press this key to turn off all control mod-
ules, notification appliance circuits, and panel output circuits UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
that have been programmed as Silenceable. ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
• System Reset: Press this key to clear all latched alarms CSFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7165-0028:243, 7170-0028:244
and other events and turn off event LEDs. MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128-07-E
• Drill Hold 2 Sec: Press this key, holding it down for two *Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER.

seconds, to activate all silenceable output circuits.

Ordering Information
Shipping Weight
Part No.
_______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
_____________
434956 NCA-2 (Network Control 5.0 (2.3)
Annunciator)

ONYX and NOTIFIER are registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007162-3
 Detection and Control Components

VeriFire™ Tools Programming and Test Utility

(IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, NCA-2)

General
VeriFire™ Tools is a programming and test utility for the
AUTOPULSE IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, and NCA-2 with offline and
online capabilities that can greatly reduce installation
programming time and increase confidence in the site-
specific software. It is Windows® based and provides techno-
logically advanced capabilities to aid the installer. The
installer may create the entire program for the control panel in
the comfort of the office, test it, store a backup file, then bring
it to the site and download from a laptop into the panel.
The program includes error checks for common programming
mistakes, such as an input point that does not activate any
outputs, or an output point that is not linked to any inputs. In
online mode, users can perform point “read status” functions,
change panel and device labels, and change detector sensi-
tivities.
VeriFire™ Tools includes a compare routine, pictured at right,
that can also greatly help the installer. When a new program
is created, it may be compared with a previous version and
differences are highlighted. If the program is modified from
the panel keypad, it may be uploaded into VeriFire™ Tools,
and compared with the previous version stored on disk. The
identification of program differences greatly helps the
installer in testing the installation. NFPA 72 requires that reac-
ceptance test of a fire alarm system be performed on 100%
of all points that are “known” to be modified. VeriFire™ Tools
allows the installer to determine the exact points that are
changed.

Product Line Information

433365 – VeriFire™ Tools CD-ROM. Contains programming
software for the AUTOPULSE IQ-318, IQ-636X-2, and
NCA-2. Includes local panel hardware connection.
432798 – VeriFire™ Tools CD-ROM contains software only.

PC Specifications (minimum requirement)

• Pentium® II 300 MHz
• 64 MB of RAM
• 50 MB of hard drive space
• Windows® 98 Second Edition, ME, NT, 2000, or XP
(Windows® 95 is not supported)
• Serial port
• XGA video (1024 x 768)

VeriFire™ is a trademark of Honeywell International. Microsoft® and Windows® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Pentium® and Intel® are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation.

3-48
TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007151-3
 Detection and Control Components

SLR-24H Photoelectric/Heat Smoke Detector

(IQ-318/IQ-636X-2 (with FZM))

Features DIMENSIONS – NS6-224 BASE

• Self-restoring integral 135 °F (57 °C) heat sensor, TO 4 IN. (102 mm) SQUARE OR 7/16 IN.
4 IN. (102 mm) OCTAGON (11 mm)
50 ft (15 m) rating OUTLET BOX
• Low profile, 2.4 in. (60 mm) high – with base
• 2 or 4 wire base compatibility, relay bases available
5 7/8 IN.
• Highly stable operation, RF/Transient protection (149 mm)
• Low standby current, 45μA at 24 VDC
• Two built-in power/sensitivity supervision/alarm LEDs
• Non-directional smoke chamber 004630

• Vandal resistant security locking feature 004641

2 5/16 IN.
(59 mm)
• Built-in magnetic go/no go detector test feature
• Removable smoke labyrinth for cleaning or replacement
• Automatic Sensitivity window verification function meets DIMENSIONS – NS4-224 BASE
outlined requirements in NFPA 72, Chapter 7, Inspection,
TO 3 IN. (76 mm)
Testing and Maintenance OCTAGON
5/16 IN.
(8 mm)
OUTLET BOX
• Backwards compatible with SLK and SIH detectors

Applications
3 15/16 IN.
The SLR-24H Photoelectric/Heat Smoke Detectors are (100 mm)
intended for use in commercial, industrial, and institutional
buildings. The detectors are placed primarily in clean, indoor
environments where early warning fire detection is required.
004625a 2 5/16 IN.
It is best suited for smoldering or flaming fires. (59 mm)
004642
The 135 °F (57 °C) heat sensor can initiate an alarm inde-
pendently. The heat detector is UL listed for 50 ft (15 m)
spacing when used for evacuation alarm, if used for suppres-
DIMENSIONS – HSB-21 BASE
sion release the spacing should be reduced. 9/16 IN.
TO 4 IN. (102 mm) SQUARE OUTLET BOX
(14 mm)
The detectors are used in combination with an AUTOPULSE
Control System and a fire suppression system for automatic
detection, alarm, equipment control, and fire suppression
system release capabilities.
5 7/8 IN.
(149 mm)
Description
The SLR-24H photoelectric/heat smoke detector utilizes two
bicolor LEDs for indication of status. In a normal standby
004624a 2 3/8 IN.
condition the LEDs flash Green every 3 seconds. When the TO 3 IN. (76 mm) OR 4 IN. (102 mm) (60 mm)
detector senses that its sensitivity has drifted outside the UL OCTAGON OUTLET BOX 004641

listed sensitivity window, the LEDs will flash Red every 3 sec-
onds. When the detector senses smoke and goes into alarm,
DIMENSIONS – HSC-224RA BASE
the status LEDs will latch on Red.
TO 4 IN. (102 mm) 1 1/8 IN.
The detector utilizes an infrared LED light source and silicon SQUARE OR 4 IN. (29 mm)
(102 mm) OCTAGON
photo diode receiving element in the smoke chamber. In a OUTLET BOX
normal standby condition, the receiving element receives no
light from the pulsing LED light source. In the event of a fire,
smoke enters the detector smoke chamber and light is 5 7/8 IN.
reflected from the smoke particles to the receiving element. (149 mm)
The light received is converted into an electronic signal.
Signals are processed and compared to a reference level, and
when two consecutive signals exceeding the reference level 004626a

are received within a specified period of time, the time delay 2 15/16 IN.
circuit triggers the SCR switch to activate the alarm signal. The 004643 (75 mm)
status LEDs light continuously during the alarm period.

3-49
Technical Information Mounting Guidelines
Detector Base/Control Unit Compatibility The detector bases are designed for surface mounting. The
Detector AUTOPULSE
_______________ detector head can be inserted or removed from the base
Base IQ-318, IQ-636X-2 without disrupting the wiring connections.
(Part No.) FZM-1 The following bases are compatible with the SLR-24H
NS6-224 (427598) Yes Photoelectric/Heat Smoke Detector:
HSB-21 (417457) No Base Type of Mounting Box
NS4-224 (427599) Yes HSB-21 4 in. (102 mm) Octagon, 4 in. (102 mm)
HSC-224RA (416849) No Square
NS4-224 3 in. (76 mm) Octagon
Heat Detector: . . . . 135 °F (57 °C) self-restoring, fixed temp. NS6-224 4 in. (102 mm) Octagon, 4 in. (102 mm)
Light Source: . . . . . . . . . . . . . GaAl as infrared emitting diode Square
Rated Voltage: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.6 to 33.0 VDC HSC-224RA 4 in. (102 mm) Octagon, 4 in. (102 mm)
Square
Working Voltage:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 to 33.0 VDC
Maximum Allowable Voltage: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 VDC
HSC-224RA RELAY CONTACT TERMINAL STRIP
Supervisory Current:. . . . . . . . . . 45 μA maximum @ 24 VDC @@@@@@@@e?
@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?
@@h?
@@h?
@@h?
@@h?
@@h?
@@h?
@@
@@
@@
@@
@@
@@
@@
@@
@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@
@@@@@@@@
@@
@@
@@
@@
@@
@@
@@
@@
@@
@@
@@
@@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@

Surge Current: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 μA maximum @ 24 VDC

@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@

ORANGE WIRE C 1
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@

Alarm Current: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 mA maximum @ 24 VDC

@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@

VIOLET WIRE NC 2
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@

Ambient Temperature: . . . . +32 °F to +120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C)

@@

YELLOW WIRE NO 3
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@

GRAY WIRE NO 4
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@

Color: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bone White

@@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@

GREEN WIRE NC 5
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@

Sensitivity Test Feature: . . . . . . Automatic sensitivity window

@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@

BLUE WIRE C 6
@@
@@ @@
@@

verification test
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@

TB1 CONNECTIONS
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@

Air Velocity:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum 300 FPm

@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@g ?@@
@@g ?@@
@@g
@@g ?@@
?@@
@@g ?@@
@@g ?@@
@@@@@@@@
@@@@@@@@ ?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@
?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@ ?@@@@@@@@
?@@@@@@@@

004629

WIRING DIAGRAM – TWO WIRE OPERATION

NS4 AND NS6 SERIES BASE
Listings and Approvals*
RESISTOR SHOWN IS FOR
EXAMPLE ONLY. NOT ALL
ANNUNCIATORS HAVE IN-LINE
UL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S1383
LISTED END OF
RESISTANCE.
LINE DEVICE ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS463
UL LISTED
CONTROL California State Fire Marshal (CSFM). . . . . . . 7272-0410:107
PANEL
Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1O5A1.AY
PANEL
POWER MEA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284-91-E
SUPPLY
* Listings and Approvals are under HOCHIKI AMERICA CORPORATION

NEGATIVE
430 OHM Ordering Information
RESISTOR Shipping Weight
IN4003 DIODE MUST BE
INSTALLED IN SERIES Part No. Description lb (kg)
ANNUNCIATION DEVICE MUST BE WITH THE 430 OHM
4 RESISTOR WHEN BASE
CURRENT LIMITED TO 20 mA @ 24 VDC
IS USED TO OPERATE 427597 SLR-24H Photoelectric/ 1 (0.4)
MAXIMUM. NOT LIMITING CURRENT 3
COULD RESULT IN DAMAGE TO
5 REMOTE LED. Heat Smoke Detector
6 004627
THE DETECTOR OR CAUSE A
NO ALARM CONDITION. NOTE: WIRING TERMINALS FOR THE NS4 427598 NS6-224 Base 0.5 (0.2)
AND NS6 ARE IDENTICAL. BASES WITH THE
“W” SUFFIX ARE WHITE IN COLOR. 427599 NS4-224 Base 0.5 (0.2)
417457 HSB-21 Base 0.5 (0.2)
WIRING DIAGRAM – HSB-21 AND HSC-224RA* 416849 HSC-224RA Relay Base 0.5 (0.2)
STANDARD BASES, STYLE B
EOL RESISTOR 415730 Test Magnet 0.5 (0.2)
(+) 405491 Punk Stick (Pack of 10) 0.5 (0.2)

S1 S1
L3 L4 L3 L4
S2 S2 L2
L2

(+) (+)

(–)
(–) *REMOTE LED (16 mA MAX) (–) REMOTE LED 004628
(–)
SYSTEM COMMON (DC RETURN)
* Do not wire HSC-224RA to remote LED as shown. Annunciation for the relay base
(HSC-224RA) must be wired to the relay contacts using external power.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007119-3
 Detection and Control Components

SLR-24 Photoelectric Smoke Detector

(IQ-318/IQ-636X-2 (with FZM))

Features DIMENSIONS – NS6-224 BASE

1 7/8 IN.
• Low profile, 1.8 in. (46 mm) high – with base TO 4 IN. (102 mm) SQUARE OR 7/16 IN. (47 mm)
4 IN. (102 mm) OCTAGON (11 mm)
OUTLET BOX
• 2 or 4 wire base compatibility, relay bases available
• Highly stable operation, RF/Transient protection
• Low standby current, 45μA at 24 VDC 5 7/8 IN.
(149 mm)
• Two built-in power/sensitivity supervision/alarm LEDs
• Non-directional smoke chamber
• Vandal resistant security locking feature 004630 004631b

• Built-in magnetic go/no go detector test feature

• Removable smoke labyrinth for cleaning or replacement DIMENSIONS – NS4-224 BASE 1 7/8 IN.
• Automatic Sensitivity window verification function meets (47 mm)

outlined requirements in NFPA 72, Chapter 7, Inspection, TO 3 IN. (76 mm) 5/16 IN.
(8 mm)
Testing and Maintenance OCTAGON
OUTLET BOX
• Backwards compatible with SLK and SIH detectors

Applications 3 15/16 IN.

(100 mm)
The SLR-24 Photoelectric Smoke Detectors are intended for
use in commercial, industrial, and institutional buildings. The
detectors are placed primarily in clean, indoor environments
where early warning fire detection is required. 004625a 004632

The detectors are used in combination with an AUTOPULSE

Control System and an fire suppression system for automatic
detection, alarm, equipment control, and fire suppression DIMENSIONS – HSB-21 BASE
system release capabilities. 1 15/16 IN.
TO 4 IN. (102 mm) SQUARE OUTLET BOX 9/16 IN. (49 mm)
(14 mm)
Description
The SLR-24 photoelectric smoke detector utilizes two bicolor
LEDs for indication of status. In a normal standby condition
5 7/8 IN.
the LEDs flash Green every 3 seconds. When the detector (149 mm)
senses that its sensitivity has drifted outside the UL listed
sensitivity window the LEDs will flash Red every 3 seconds.
When the detector senses smoke and goes into alarm the
status LEDs will latch on Red. 004624a 004631
TO 3 IN. (76 mm) OR 4 IN. (102 mm)
The detector utilizes an infrared LED light source and silicon OCTAGON OUTLET BOX

photo diode receiving element in the smoke chamber. In a

normal standby condition, the receiving element receives no DIMENSIONS – HSC-224RA BASE
light from the pulsing LED light source. In the event of a fire, 1 1/8 IN.
2 1/2 IN.
(63 mm)
smoke enters the detector smoke chamber and light is TO 4 IN. (102 mm) SQUARE OR (29 mm)
4 IN. (102 mm) OCTAGON
reflected from the smoke particles to the receiving element. OUTLET BOX
The light received is converted into an electronic signal.
Signals are processed and compared to a reference level,
and when two consecutive signals exceeding the reference 5 7/8 IN.
level are received within a specified period of time, the time (149 mm)

delay circuit triggers the SCR switch to activate the alarm

signal. The status LEDs light continuously during the alarm
period.
004626a
004633

3-50
Technical Information Mounting Guidelines
Detector Base/Control Unit Compatibility The detector bases are designed for surface mounting. The
detector head can be inserted or removed from the base
Detector AUTOPULSE
________________
without disrupting the wiring connections.
Base IQ-318, IQ-636X-2
(Part No.) FZM-1 The following bases are compatible with the SLR-24
Photoelectric Detector:
NS6-224 (427598) Yes
Base Type of Mounting Box
HSB-21 (417457) No
HSB-21 4 in. (102 mm) Octagon, 4 in. (102 mm)
NS4-224 (427599) Yes
Square
HSC-224RA (416849) No NS4-224 3 in. (76 mm) Octagon
NS6-224 4 in. (102 mm) Octagon, 4 in. (102 mm)
Rated Voltage: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.7 to 33.0 VDC
Square
Working Voltage:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 to 33.0 VDC
HSC-224RA 4 in. (102 mm) Octagon, 4 in. (102 mm)
Surge Current: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160μA @ 24 VDC Square
Normal Current: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45μA @ 24 VDC
Alarm Current: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 mA maximum @ 24 VDC HSC-224RA RELAY CONTACT TERMINAL STRIP
@@@@@@@@e?
@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?

Ambient Temperature: . . . . +32 °F to +120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C)

@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@
@@@@@@@@
@@h?
@@h? @@
@@
@@h?
@@h? @@
@@
@@h? @@
@@h? @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@

ORANGE WIRE C 1
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@

Humidity: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% R.H. maximum

@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@

VIOLET WIRE NC 2
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@

Color: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bone White

@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@

YELLOW WIRE NO 3
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@

Sensitivity Test Feature: . . . . . . Automatic sensitivity window

@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@

GRAY WIRE NO 4
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@

verification test
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@

GREEN WIRE NC 5
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@

BLUE WIRE C 6
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@

WIRING DIAGRAM – TWO WIRE OPERATION

@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@

TB1 CONNECTIONS
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@ @@

NS4 AND NS6 SERIES BASE

@@ @@
@@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@ @@
@@
@@
@@ @@
@@
@@g ?@@
@@g ?@@
@@g
@@g ?@@
?@@
@@g ?@@
@@g ?@@
@@@@@@@@
@@@@@@@@ ?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@
?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@?e@@@@@@@@e?@@@@@@@@ ?@@@@@@@@
?@@@@@@@@

004629
RESISTOR SHOWN IS FOR
EXAMPLE ONLY. NOT ALL
ANNUNCIATORS HAVE IN-LINE
RESISTANCE. LISTED END OF
LINE DEVICE Listings and Approvals*
UL LISTED
CONTROL UL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S1383
PANEL
ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS463
PANEL
POWER California State Fire Marshal (CSFM). . . . . . . 7272-0410:107
SUPPLY
Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1O5A1.AY
NEGATIVE MEA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284-91-E
430 OHM
RESISTOR * Listings and Approvals are under HOCHIKI AMERICA CORPORATION
IN4003 DIODE MUST BE
INSTALLED IN SERIES
ANNUNCIATION DEVICE MUST BE WITH THE 430 OHM Ordering Information Shipping
4 RESISTOR WHEN BASE
CURRENT LIMITED TO 20 mA @ 24 VDC
MAXIMUM. NOT LIMITING CURRENT 3 IS USED TO OPERATE
REMOTE LED.
Weight
5
COULD RESULT IN DAMAGE TO
THE DETECTOR OR CAUSE A
6 004627
Part No. Description lb (kg)
NO ALARM CONDITION. NOTE: WIRING TERMINALS FOR THE NS4
AND NS6 ARE IDENTICAL. BASES WITH THE 427596 SLR-24 Photoelectric Detector 1 (0.4)
“W” SUFFIX ARE WHITE IN COLOR.
427598 NS6-224 Base 0.5 (0.2)
427599 NS4-224 Base 0.5 (0.2)
WIRING DIAGRAM – HSB-21 AND HSC-224RA* 417457 HSB-21 Base 0.5 (0.2)
STANDARD BASES, STYLE B
EOL RESISTOR 416849 HSC-224RA Relay Base 0.5 (0.2)
(+) 415730 Test Magnet 0.5 (0.2)
405491 Punk Stick (Pack of 10) 0.5 (0.2)
S1 S1
L3 L4 L3 L4
S2 S2 L2
L2

(+) (+)

(–)
(–) *REMOTE LED (16 mA MAX) (–) REMOTE LED 004628
(–)
SYSTEM COMMON (DC RETURN)
* Do not wire HSC-224RA to remote LED as shown. Annunciation for the relay base
(HSC-224RA) must be wired to the relay contacts using external power.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007118-3
 Detection and Control Components

(Page Left Intentionally Blank)

3-51
TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS
ONE STANTON STREET Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 All rights reserved.
 Detection and Control Components

CAB-4 Cabinets (IQ-636X-2)

General Agency Listings and Approvals

All cabinets for the AUTOPULSE IQ-636X-2 fire alarm control UL Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
panel are fabricated from 16-gauge steel. The cabinet U.S. Coast Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/42/1
assembly consists of two basic parts: a backbox and a ULC Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635/CS118
locking door. Cabinets are red with LEXAN® windows. FM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
• The key-locked door is provided with a pin-type hinge, two California State Fire Marshal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7165-0028:214
keys and the necessary hardware to mount the door to the 7170-0028:216
backbox. MEA (NYC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-96-E Vol. VI; 128-07-E Vol. 5
• The backbox has been engineered to provide ease-ofentry
for the installer. Knockouts are positioned at numerous
points to aid the installer in bringing a conduit into the
enclosure.
• Right- or left-hand hinges, selectable in the field. Door
opens 180°.
• Cabinets are arranged in four sizes, A (one tier) through D
(four tiers).
• A trim ring option is available for semi-flush mounting.

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS OF ‘B,’ “C,’ AND ‘D’ SIZED CABINETS ARE PROVIDED ON PAGE 2

007290

3-52
007291
Ordering Information
A complete cabinet assembly consists of: a door, a backbox,
an optional battery plate, and an optional semi-flush trim ring.
For each cabinet required, order one “DR” door and one
“SBB” backbox. The BP-4 battery plate is required for each
cabinet assembly that mounts batteries and/or a power
supply in the lower position of the cabinet. The optional trim
ring is an attractive “picture frame”-style black metal ring.
007292

One Tier, “A” Size: THE BP-4 BATTERY DRESS PANEL COVERS THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY
AND THE BATTERIES IN THE CABINET.
Part No. 435598 DR-A4R: Door assembly, LEXAN window, ONLY ONE BP-4 IS REQUIRED PER CABINET.
one tier, RED. (ULC Part No. 437039)
Part No. 433526 SBB-A4R: Backbox assembly, one tier, Four Tiers, “D” Size:
RED. (ULC Part No. 437043) Part No. 435601 DR-D4R: Door assembly, LEXAN window,
Part No. 433534 TR-A4: Accessory semi-flush-mount trim four tiers, RED. (ULC Part No. 437042)
ring, one tier (opening 24.062 in. (611 mm) W x 20.062 in. Part No. 433532 SBB-D4R: Backbox assembly, four tiers,
(510 mm) H), BLACK. Note: Black trim rings are used with RED. (ULC Part No. 437046)
red cabinets. (ULC Part No. 437047)
Part No. 433590 TR-D4: Accessory semi-flush-mount trim
Part No. 432795 BP-4: Battery panel. Used to cover battery ring, four tiers (opening 24.062 in. (611 mm) W x 45.812 in.
and power supply when lower position is used in backbox. (1164 mm) H), BLACK. Note: Black trim rings are used with
Two Tiers, “B” Size: red cabinets. (ULC Part No. 437050)

Part No. 435599 DR-B4R: Door assembly, LEXAN window, Part No. 432795 BP-4: Battery panel. Used to cover battery
two tiers, RED. (ULC Part No. 437040) and power supply when lower position is used in backbox.

Part No. 433527 SBB-B4R: Backbox assembly, two tiers, Accessories:

RED. (ULC Part No. 437044)
Part No. 433521 DP-1B: Blank dress panel, covers one
Part No. 433535 TR-B4: Accessory semi-flush-mount trim CAB-4 tier, BLACK. (ULC Part No. 437058)
ring, two tiers (opening 24.062 in. (611 mm) W x 28.562 in.
(725 mm) H), BLACK. Note: Black trim rings are used with Agency Listings and Approvals
red cabinets. (ULC Part No. 437048) See the first page of this data sheet for listing agencies and
Part No. 432795 BP-4: Battery panel. Used to cover battery file numbers. These listings and approvals apply to the
and power supply when lower position is used in backbox. CAB-4 Series Cabinets. In some cases, certain modules or
applications may not be listed by certain approval agencies,
Three Tiers, “C” Size: or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing
Part No. 435600 DR-C4R: Door assembly, LEXAN window, status.
three tiers, RED. (ULC Part No. 437041)
Part No. 433529 SBB-C4R: Backbox assembly, three tiers,
RED. (ULC Part No. 437045)
Part No. 433589 TR-C4: Accessory semi-flush-mount trim
ring, three tiers (opening 24.062 in. (611 mm) W x 37.187 in.
(945 mm) H), BLACK. Note: Black trim rings are used with
red cabinets. (ULC Part No. 437049)
Part No. 432795 BP-4: Battery panel. Used to cover battery
and power supply when lower position is used in backbox.

LEXAN® is a registered trademark of GE Plastics, a subsidiary of General Electric Company.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007160-3
 Detection and Control Components

LEM-320 Loop Expander Module (IQ-636X-2)

General
The LEM-320 module is used to expand the AUTOPULSE
IQ-636X-2 to a second signaling line circuit (SLC) loop.

Features
• Up to 12,500 ft (3,810 m) on a Class B (Style 4) SLC loop
(twisted unshielded)
• Built-in degraded mode increases survivability
• Very simple installation — plug-in style

Specifications
• Voltage: 24 VDC nominal, 27.6 VDC maximum
• Maximum loop length: The maximum wiring distance of
an SLC using 12 AWG (3.1 mm2) twisted-pair wire is
12,500 ft (3810 m) per channel. For a twisted unshielded
pair, 12 AWG (3.1 mm2) to 18 AWG (0.78 mm2).
Distance with 12 AWG: 12,500 ft (3,810 m)
Distance with 14 AWG: 8,000 ft (2,438 m)
007219
Distance with 16 AWG: 4,875 ft (1,486 m)
Distance with 18 AWG: 3,225 ft (983 m) Listings and Approvals
50 ohms maximum per length of Style 6 and 7 loops UL Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
50 ohms maximum per branch for Style 4 loop ULC Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635/CS118
• Maximum current: for LEM-320: 100 mA; for single SLC California State Fire Marshal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7170-0028.26
loop: 400 mA maximum* FM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
*Note: Maximum short circuit — circuit will shut down until MEA (NYC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128-07-E Vol. 5
short-circuit condition is corrected. City of Denver
• Maximum resistance: 50 ohms (supervised and power- Hong Kong
limited)
Product Line Information
• Temperature and humidity ranges: This system meets
LEM-320 Loop Expander Module. Expands AUTOPULSE
NFPA requirements for operation at 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C
IQ-636X-2 to two loops.
to 49 °C); and at a relative humidity (noncondensing) of
85% at 86 °F (30 °C) per NFPA, and 93% ± 2% at 89.6 °F
± 1.1 °F (32 °C ± 2 °C) per ULC. However, the useful life of
the system’s standby batteries and the electronic compo-
nents may be adversely affected by extreme temperature
ranges and humidity. Therefore, it is recommended that this
system and all peripherals be installed in an environment
with a nominal room temperature of 60 °F to 80 °F (15 °C
to 27 °C).

3-53
Installation
Mount LEM-320 module within the cabinet with the CPU;
standard mounting locations are adjacent to the panel or in
the row immediately below it. See panel installation manuals
for instructions on installing modules and/or option boards in
the chassis.
After the LEM-320 module is mounted in the cabinet, con-
nect the SLC loop to TB1. Up to 159 detectors and 159 mod-
ules can be connected to the SLC loop. FlashScan® devices
can operate in either FlashScan or CLIP mode, but CLIP
devices in CLIP mode must be set to address 99 or lower.

SLC LOOP CONNECTION TB1

GROUND
FAULT LED

J1 – CONNECTS
TO J3
ON IQ-636X
CPU BOARD

007220
LEM-320 LOOP EXPANDER MODULE

Ordering Information
Part Shipping Weight
No.
____ Description
_________ lb (kg)
___________
433508 LEM-320 Loop Expander 1 (0.45)
Module
437062 LEM-320 Loop Expander 1 (0.45)
Module (ULC)

FlashScan is a registered trademark of Honeywell International.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007107-3
 Detection and Control Components

New Series Photoelectric and Photoelectric/

Thermal Smoke Detectors (542R/542D)

Features
• Plug-in detector line – mounting base included.
• Large wire-entry port.
• In-line terminals with SEMS screws.
• Mounts to octagonal and single-gang backboxes, 4 in.
(102 mm) square backboxes, or directly to ceiling.
• Stop-Drop ‘N Lock™ attachment to base.
• Removable detector cover and chamber for easy cleaning.
• Built-in remote maintenance signaling.
• Drift compensation and smoothing algorithms.
• Simplified sensitivity measurement. 008037

• Wide-angle, dual-color LED indication. Physical Specifications

• Loop testing via “EZ Walk” feature. Operating Temperature Range: For models 2W-B and 4WB:
• Built-in test switch. 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C); for thermal models 2WT-B and
4WT-B: 32 °F to 100 °F (0 °C to 38 °C).
Description Storage Temperature Range: –4 °F to +158 °F (–20 °C to
New Series photoelectric and photoelectric/ thermal smoke +70 °C).
detectors represent a significant advancement in conventional Operating Humidity Range: 10% – 95% RH, non-condens-
detection, incorporating three key features: installation ease, ing.
intelligence, and instant inspection. Thermal Sensor: 135 °F (57 °C) fixed (models 2WT-B,
Installation ease: The New Series redefines installation ease 4WT-B).
with its plug-in design. This allows an installer to pre-wire the Freeze Trouble: 41 °F (5 °C) (models 2WT-B and 4WT-B).
bases included with the heads. The large wire-entry port and
in-line terminals provide ample room for neatly routing the Sensitivity: 2.5%/ft (0.762%/meter) nominal.
wiring inside the base. The base accommodates a variety of Input Terminals: Utilize 14 to 22 AWG wire.
backbox mounting methods, as well as direct mounting with Dimensions (including base): 5.3 in. (135 mm) diameter,
drywall anchors. To complete the installation, New Series 2.0 in. (51 mm) high.
heads plug into the base with a simple Stop-Drop ’N Lock
action. Weight: 6.3 oz (178.6 grams).
Intelligence: New Series detectors offer a number of intelli- Mounting Options: 3.5 in. (89 mm) octagonal backbox; 4 in.
gent features to simplify testing and maintenance. Drift (102 mm) octagonal backbox; single-gang backbox; 4 in.
compensation and smoothing algorithms, to minimize (102 mm) square backbox with a plaster ring; or direct mount
nuisance alarms, are standard in the New Series. When to ceiling.
connected to an AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel,
two-wire New Series detectors are capable of generating a
remote maintenance signal when they need cleaning. This
signal is indicated by LEDs located at the AUTOPULSE
542R/542D Control Panel.
Instant inspection: The New Series provides wide-angle red
and green LED indicators for instant inspection of detector
condition. The LEDs indicate: normal standby, out-of-sensitiv-
ity, alarm, or freeze trouble conditions. The “EZ Walk” loop test
feature is available on two-wire New Series detectors when
connected to an AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel. The
“EZ Walk” feature verifies the initiating loop wiring by provid-
ing LED status indication at each detector.

3-54
Electrical Specifications
LED Modes Green LED Red LED
Operating Voltage: 12/24 V non-polarized nominal; 8.5 V
minimum; 35 V maximum. Power Up Blink every Blink every
10 seconds 10 seconds
Maximum Ripple Voltage: 30% of nominal (peak to peak).
Normal (Standby) Blink every OFF
Standby Current: 50 μA maximum average. Peak standby 5 seconds
current: for two-wire models: 100 μA; not applicable for four-
wire models. Out of Sensitivity OFF Blink every
5 seconds
Maximum Start-Up Capacitance: For two-wire models:
0.1 μF; not applicable for four-wire models. Freeze Trouble OFF Blink every
Latching Alarm: Reset by momentary power interruption. 10 seconds

Maximum Initial Start-Up Time: For two-wire models: 45 Alarm OFF Solid ON
seconds; for four-wire models: 15 seconds. Power Up Sequence for LED Indication
Maximum Alarm Current: For two-wire models: 130 mA Condition Duration
limited by control panel; For four-wire models: 20 mA @ 12 V,
23 mA @ 24 V. Initial LED 80 Seconds
Status Indication
Alarm Contact Ratings: For four-wire models: 0.5 A @ 30
VAC/VDC; not applicable for two-wire models. Initial LED 4 Minutes
Status Indication (if
Alarm Reset Voltage: 2.5 V. excessive electrical
Alarm Reset Time: 0.3 seconds. noise is present)

Wiring Diagrams Agency Listings and Approvals

UL Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S911
FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
ANN-BUS CSFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7272-1653:152
MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290-01-E
Maryland State Fire Marshal . . . . . . . . Permit No. 2093
ETL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
USCG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.002/A42/1

Ordering Information
Shipping
Weight
Part No.
_______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
_________
AUX or 435893 2W-B: Two-Wire 1.5 (0.7)
SMOKE + EOL RELAY
Photoelectric Smoke Detector
POWER – EOLR-1

435894 2WT-B: Two-Wire 1.5 (0.7)

IDC +
– Photoelectric Smoke Detector
EOL
RESISTOR with 135 °F (57 °C)
Fixed Thermal Sensor
(1) + IN
(2) + OUT
(3) – IN/OUT
(4) NO
(5) COM
(1) + IN
(2) + OUT
(3) – IN/OUT
(4) NO
(5) COM

435895 4W-B: Four-Wire 1.5 (0.7)

4-WIRE
CONTROL
Photoelectric Smoke Detector
PANEL 435896 4WT-B: Four-Wire 1.5 (0.7)
Photoelectric Smoke Detector
4W-B or 4WT-B with 135 °F (57 °C)
DETECTOR

008038
Fixed Thermal Sensor

Stop-Drop ‘N Lock™ is a trademark of Honeywell International Inc.

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2008081-3
 Detection and Control Components

2151 Photoelectric Smoke Detector (542R/542D)

Features Technical Information

• Unique optical sensing chamber Stand-by Current: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 microamps
• Built-in signal processing Sensitivity: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0% nominal
• 3.0% nominal sensitivity Weight: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 lb (277 g)
• Removable cover for field cleaning Size:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7 in. high x 4.0 in. diameter
• Visible LED “blinks” in standby (84 mm x 102 mm)
• Sealed against dirt, insects, and back pressure Construction:. . . . . . . . . Flame retardant white thermo plastic
• Field metering of detector sensitivity Temperature: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C)
• Built-in magnetic test switch Humidity Range: . . . . . . . . . . . 10-93% RH (non-condensing)
• Low standby current Maximum Air Velocity: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3000 ft per minute
(15 m per second)
• Built-in tamper-resistant feature
• Designed for direct surface or electrical box mounting
• 360° Field viewing angle of the visual alarm LEDs 2151 PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR WITH BASE
• Insect-resistant screening
• Easy plug-in of the head to base
• SEMS screws for easy wiring
• Air velocity up to 3000 feet per minute (914 meters per
minute)

Applications
Photoelectric detectors are recommended in areas where
slow smoldering fires are likely to ignite. In areas where small
combustion particles are usually present from fork-lift trucks,
cooking stoves, etc., they are less likely than ionization
detectors to produce false alarms. The detectors are used in
combination with an AUTOPULSE Control System and an
fire suppression system for automatic detection, alarm,
equipment control, and fire suppression system release
capabilities.

Description
007353
The 2151 photoelectric smoke detector contains a unique
optical sensing chamber designed to sense the presence of
smoke particles produced by a wide range of combustion B110LP OPTIONAL NFPA CLASS “A” WIRING
sources and meet the performance criteria designed by UL
(–)
268. An integrated circuit incorporates signal processing to
reduce false alarms and sample/hold circuitry to provide easy
field metering of sensitivity.
(–) (–)
The 2151 photoelectric detector incorporates the light scatter 2 (–) 2 (–)
3 3
principle within its sensing chamber and solid-state circuitry 1 1
allowing it to react to either smoldering or flaming fires. (+)
4
(+)
4
(+) (+)
The high-impedance circuitry of the detector allows a single
loop to power multiple detectors with very low power con-
(+)
sumption. Two externally-mounted LED indicators are provid- (+)
ed which will blink as long as the detector is powered and will 007350
light steadily when the detector is in alarm.

3-55
Technical Information (Continued)
Current Current
Base Loop Limit Contact Standby Draw on
Model Type Resistor Type Voltage Alarm
B110LP 2-Wire No —— 12-24 VDC 10-100 mA*
B401 2-Wire No —— 12-24 VDC 10-100 mA*
B401B 2-Wire No —— 8.5-35 VDC 10-100 mA*
B401BR-750 2-Wire Yes —— 17-32 VDC 10-39 mA
B402B 2/4 Wire Yes Form A/C 17-32 VDC 14-39 mA
* Limited by control unit

Detector Base/Control Unit Compatibility

Detector AUTOPULSE AUTOPULSE
Base 542R, IQ-318, IQ-636X-2
(Part No.) 542D FZM-1
B110LP (430025) Yes Yes
B401 (423026) Yes Yes
B401B (417996) Yes Yes
B401BR-750 (78997) No No
B402B (79011) 4-wire only 4-wire only

B110LP BASE WIRING DIAGRAM Listings and Approvals*

(–) UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S911
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM). . . . . . . 7271-1209:159
EOL
(–) (–)
RESISTOR Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
2 (–)
3
2 (–)
3 MEA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205-94-E
1 1
(+) (+) * Listings and Approvals are under SYSTEM SENSOR
4 4
(+) (+)
Ordering Information
(+) (+) Shipping
007351 Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
Mounting Guidelines 430023 2151, Photoelectric Detector 1 (0.4)
The detector bases are designed for surface mounting. The 430025 B110LP Standard Base 0.5 (0.2)
detector head can be inserted or removed from the base
430026 B401 4 in. Dia Base 0.5 (0.2)
without disrupting the wiring connections.
428138 F110 Trim Ring, Low Profile 0.5 (0.2)
All detector bases can be mounted to a 3 1/2 in. (89 mm)
octagon, 4 in. (102 mm) octagon, or a 4 in. (102 mm) square 417675 M02-04 Test Magnet 0.5 (0.2)
outlet box. 417699 EOL, Power Supervision Relay 1 (0.4)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007122-3
 Detection and Control Components

ANN-80 80 Character LCD Serial Annunciator

(542R/542D)

Features
• Backlit 80-character LCD display (20 characters x 4 lines)
• Mimics all display information from the host panel.
• Control switches for System Acknowledge, Signal Silence,
Drill, and Reset.
• Control switches can be independently enabled or disabled
at the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel.
• Keyswitch enables/disables control switches and mechani-
cally locks annunciator enclosure
• Keyswitch can be enabled or disabled at the AUTOPULSE
542R/542D Control Panel.
• Enclosure supervised for tamper. 008031

• System status LEDs for AC Power, Alarm, Trouble,

Supervisory, and Alarm Silence. Description
• Local sounder can be enabled or disabled at the The ANN-80 Annunciator is a compact, backlit, 80-character
AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel. LCD fire annunciator that mimics the AUTOPULSE
542R/542D Control Panel display. It provides system status
• ANN-80 connects to the ANN-BUS terminal on the
indicators for AC Power, Alarm, Trouble, Supervisory, and
AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel and requires
Alarm Silenced conditions. The ANN-80 and the AUTOPULSE
minimal panel programming.
542R/542D Control Panel communicate over a two-wire serial
• Displays device type identifiers, individual point alarm, interface employing the ANN-BUS communication format.
trouble, supervisory, zone, and custom alpha labels. Connected devices are powered, via two additional wires, by
• Time-and date display field. either the host AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel or a
remote UL-listed, filtered power supply.
• Aesthetically pleasing design constructed of durable Lexan.
The ANN-80 displays English-language text of system point
• Surface mount directly to wall or to single, double, or 4 in. information including device type, zone, trouble or supervisory
(102 mm) square electrical box. status, as well as any custom alpha labels programmed into
• Semi-flush mount to single, double, or 4 in. (102 mm) the control panel. It includes control switches for remote
square electrical box. control of critical system functions. (A keyswitch prevents
• Can be remotely located up to 6,000 ft (1,800 m) from the unauthorized operation of the control switches).
panel. Up to eight (8) ANN-80s may be connected to the ANN-BUS
• Backlight turns off during AC loss to conserve battery power of the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel. Minimal
but will turn back on if an alarm condition occurs. programming is required, which saves time during system
commissioning.
• May be powered by 24 VDC from the host AUTOPULSE
542R/542D Control Panel or by remote power supply The ANN-BUS can be powered by an auxiliary power supply
(requires 24 VDC). when the maximum number of ANN-BUS devices exceeds
the ANN-BUS power requirements. See the AUTOPULSE
• Up to eight (8) ANN-80s can be connected on the ANN- 542R/542D manual for more information.
BUS.
Each ANN-BUS device requires a unique address (ID
Number) in order to communicate with the AUTOPULSE
542R/542D Control Panel. A maximum of eight (8) devices
can be connected to the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control
Panel ANN-BUS communication circuit. See the
AUTOPULSE 542R/542D manual for more information.

Controls and Indicators

• AC Power
• Alarm
• Trouble
• Supervisory
• Alarm Silenced 3-56
Specifications ANN-80 Wiring to AUTOPULSE 542R/542D CONTROL
• Operating voltage range: 18 VDC to 28 VDC PANEL
AUTOPULSE 542R/542D
• Current consumption @ 24 VDC nominal (filtered and CONTROL PANEL

non-resettable): 40 mA maximum. (-) (+) A B

TB3
• Ambient temperature: 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C).
4 3 2 1
• Relative humidity: 93% ± 2% RH (non-condensing) at
90 °F ± 3 °F (32 °C ± 2 °C).
ANN-BUS AND POWER
• 5 3/8 in. (137 mm) high x 6 7/8 in. (175 mm) wide x 1 3/8 in. WIRING ARE SUPERVISED
AND POWER-LIMITED
(35 mm) deep
• For use indoors in a dry location.
• All connections are power-limited and supervised. B A (+) (-)

TB1 ANN-80
Wiring Requirements
008032

The ANN-80 connects to the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D

Control Panel ANN-BUS communications circuit. To deter-
mine the type of wire and the maximum wiring distance that Agency Listings and Approvals
can be used with AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
ANN-BUS accessory modules, it is necessary to calculate the
total worst case current draw for all modules on a single 4- FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
conductor bus. The total worst case current draw is calculated CSFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7165-0595:118
by adding the individual worst case currents for each module.
Note: For total worst case current draw on a single ANN-BUS, Ordering Information
refer to the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D manual. Shipping
Weight
After calculating the total worst case current draw, the table Part No. Description lb (kg)
_______ _________ __________
below specifies the maximum distance the modules can be
435355 ANN-80 80 Character LCD 3 (1.4)
located from the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel on a
Serial Annunciator
single wire run. The table ensures 6.0 volts of line drop
maximum. In general, the wire length is limited by resistance,
but for heavier wire gauges, capacitance is the limiting factor.
These cases are marked in the chart with an asterisk (*).
Maximum length can never be more than 6,000 ft (1,800 m),
regardless of gauge used. See table below.
A 14 to 18 AWG (0.75 – 2.08 mm2) wire for 24 VDC power
circuit is acceptable. All connections must be power-limited
and supervised. A maximum of eight (8) ANN-80 modules
may be connected to this circuit.

Communication Pair Wiring Distance: AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel to Last ANN-BUS Module
Total Worst Case
Current Draw (amps) 22 Gauge 18 Gauge 16 Gauge 14 Gauge
0.100 1,852 ft (565 m) 4,688 ft (1,429 m) *6,000 ft (1,829 m) *6,000 ft (1.829 m)
0.200 926 ft (282 m) 2,344 ft (715 m) 3,731 ft (1,137 m) 5,906 ft (1,800 m)
0.300 617 ft (188 m) 1,563 ft (476 m) 2,488 ft (758 m) 3,937 ft (1200 m)
0.400 463 ft (141 m) 1,172 ft (357 m) 1,866 ft (569 m) 2,953 ft (900 m)
0.500 370 ft (113 m) 938 ft (286 m) 1,493 ft (455 m) 2,362 ft (720 m)
0.600 309 ft (94 m) 781 ft (238 m) 1,244 ft (379 m) 1,969 ft (600 m)
0.700 265 ft (81 m) 670 ft (204 m) 1,066 ft (325 m) 1,687 ft (514 m)
0.800 231 ft (70 m) 586 ft (179 m) 933 ft (284 m) 1,476 ft (450 m)
0.900 206 ft (63 m) 521 ft (159 m) 829 ft (253 m) 1,312 ft (400 m)
1.000 (max.) 185 ft (56 m) 469 ft (143 m) 746 ft (227 m) 1,181 ft (360 m)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2008064-3
 Detection and Control Components

ANN-LED Annunciator Module

(542R/542D)

Features
• Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th Edition.
• ANN-LED connects to the ANN-BUS terminal on the
AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel and requires
minimal programming.
• Mounts in the DP-51050LED Dress Panel or in a separate
enclosure.
• Provides three (3) LEDs for each zone: Alarm, Trouble and
Supervisory.
• Can be remotely located up to 6,000 ft (1,829 m) from the 008035
panel.
• Relative Humidity: 93% ± 2% RH (non-condensing) at 90 ºF
• May be powered by 24 VDC from the host AUTOPULSE ± 3 ºF (32 ºC ± 2 ºC)
542R/542D Control Panel or by remote power supply
(requires 24 VDC). • For use indoors in a dry location
• Up to eight (8) ANN-BUS devices may be connected to the
Wire Requirements
ANN-BUS of the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel.
The ANN-LED connects to the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D
Description Control Panel ANN-BUS communications circuit. To deter-
mine the type of wire and the maximum wiring distance, calcu-
The ANN-LED annunciator module provides LED annuncia- late the total worst case current draw for all modules on a
tion of general system faults and input zones/points when single 4-conductor bus. Use the table on the following page to
used with a compatible AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control determine the maximum distance the modules can be located
Panel. The ANN-LED module provides alarm (red), trouble from the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel. In general,
(yellow) and supervisory (yellow) indication for up to ten (10) the wire length is limited by resistance, but for heavier wire
input zones or addressable points. gauges, capacitance is the limiting factor. These cases are
The ANN-LED is supplied standard with certain Canadian marked in the chart with an asterisk (*). Maximum length can
FACPs as required by ULC. never be more than 6,000 ft (1,800 m), regardless of gauge
The ANN-LED and the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control used.
Panel communicate over a two-wire serial interface employing Note: Refer to the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D manual for
the ANN-BUS communication format. An additional two wires wiring details and printer settings.
are used for 24-volt DC power. A single four-conductor
unshielded cable may be used for both power and data
communications. ANN-LED Connection to AUTOPULSE 542R/542D
Control Panel
Up to eight (8) ANN-BUS devices may be connected to the
ANN-BUS of the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel.
ANN-BUS devices can be powered by an auxiliary power
supply when available panel power is exceeded. See the
AUTOPULSE 542R/542D manual for information.
Each ANN-BUS device requires a unique address (ID
Number) in order to communicate with the AUTOPULSE
542R/542D Control Panel. A maximum of eight (8) devices
can be connected to the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control
Panel ANN-BUS communication circuit. See the
AUTOPULSE 542R/542D manual for more information.

AUTOPULSE
Specifications 542R/542D
CONTROL PANEL
• Maximum ANN-BUS Voltage: 24 VDC ANN-LED
• Maximum Current: Alarm: 68 mA Standby: 28 mA
–24 VDC
• Maximum wiring distance from AUTOPULSE 542R/542D +24 VDC
Control Panel: 6,000 ft (1,829 m) ANN-BUS
• Ambient Temperature: 32 ºF to 120 ºF (0 ºC to 49 ºC) 008036
3-56.1
Agency Listings and Approvals Ordering Information
UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635 The ANN-LED module provides alarm (red), trouble (yellow)
CSFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7165-0595:118 and supervisory (yellow) indication for up to ten (10) input
zones or addressable points.
MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333-07-E
Shipping
Weight
Part No.
_______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
__________
435359 ANN-LED Annunciator Module 3 (1.4)

Communication Pair Wiring Distance: AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel to Last ANN-BUS Module
Total Worst Case
Current Draw (amps) 22 Gauge 18 Gauge 16 Gauge 14 Gauge
0.100 1,852 ft (565 m) 4,688 ft (1,429 m) *6,000 ft (1,829 m) *6,000 ft (1.829 m)
0.200 926 ft (282 m) 2,344 ft (715 m) 3,731 ft (1,137 m) 5,906 ft (1,800 m)
0.300 617 ft (188 m) 1,563 ft (476 m) 2,488 ft (758 m) 3,937 ft (1200 m)
0.400 463 ft (141 m) 1,172 ft (357 m) 1,866 ft (569 m) 2,953 ft (900 m)
0.500 370 ft (113 m) 938 ft (286 m) 1,493 ft (455 m) 2,362 ft (720 m)
0.600 309 ft (94 m) 781 ft (238 m) 1,244 ft (379 m) 1,969 ft (600 m)
0.700 265 ft (81 m) 670 ft (204 m) 1,066 ft (325 m) 1,687 ft (514 m)
0.800 231 ft (70 m) 586 ft (179 m) 933 ft (284 m) 1,476 ft (450 m)
0.900 206 ft (63 m) 521 ft (159 m) 829 ft (253 m) 1,312 ft (400 m)
1.000 (max.) 185 ft (56 m) 469 ft (143 m) 746 ft (227 m) 1,181 ft (360 m)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2008065-3
 Detection and Control Components

ANN-RLY Relay Module

(542R/542D)

Features
• ANN-RLY connects to the ANN-BUS terminal on the
AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel and requires
minimal programming.
• Provides ten (10) programmable Form-C relays.
• Ten (10) Form-C relays can be programmed for various
functions; Alarm, Trouble, Supervisory, AC Loss, Waterflow
Delay, Input Zones and Silenceable Alarm.
• May be powered by 24 VDC from the host AUTOPULSE
542R/542D Control Panel or by remote power supply
(requires 24 VDC).
• Up to eight (8) ANN-BUS devices may be connected to the 008033
ANN-BUS of the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel.
• Connections to AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel are
• Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th Edition. power-limited and supervised.
• Relay Contact Ratings: 2 Amps @ 30VDC (Resistive) 0.5
Description
Amps @ 30VAC (Resistive)
The ANN-RLY relay module provides ten (10) programmable
Form-C relays when used with a compatible AUTOPULSE Wire Requirements
542R/542D Control Panel. The ANN-RLY module may be The ANN-RLY connects to the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D
mounted inside the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel Control Panel ANN-BUS communications circuit. To determine
main circuit board chassis or in the battery area of the enclo- the type of wire and the maximum wiring distance, calculate
sure using optional mounting bracket Part No. 435897. the total worst case current draw for all modules on a single
Reference Installation Instructions in the AUTOPULSE 4-conductor bus. Use the table on the following page to deter-
542R/542D manual. mine the maximum distance the modules can be located from
The ANN-RLY and the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel. In general, the
Panel communicate over a two-wire serial interface employing wire length is limited by resistance, but for heavier wire gauges,
the ANN-BUS communication format. An additional two wires capacitance is the limiting factor. These cases are marked in
are used for 24-volt DC power. A single four-conductor the chart with an asterisk (*). Maximum length can never be
unshielded cable may be used for both power and data more than 6,000 ft (1,800 m), regardless of gauge used.
communications. Note: Refer to the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D manual for
Up to eight (8) ANN-BUS devices may be connected to the wiring details.
ANN-BUS of the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel.
ANN-BUS devices can be powered by an auxiliary power ANN-RLY Wiring to AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel
supply when available panel power is exceeded. See the
AUTOPULSE 542R/542D manual for information.
Each ANN-BUS device requires a unique address (ID
Number) in order to communicate with the AUTOPULSE
542R/542D Control Panel. A maximum of eight (8) devices
can be connected to the AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control
Panel ANN-BUS communication circuit. See the
AUTOPULSE 542R/542D manual for more information.

Specifications
• Maximum ANN-BUS Voltage: 24 VDC
• Maximum Current: – Alarm: 75 mA Standby: 15 mA AUTOPULSE
542R/542D
CONTROL PANEL
• Ambient Temperature: 32 ºF to 120 ºF (0 ºC to 49 ºC)
ANN-RLY
• Relative Humidity: 93% ± 2% RH (non-condensing) at 90 ºF
± 3 ºF (32 ºC ± 2 ºC) –24 VDC
• For use indoors in a dry location +24 VDC
ANN-BUS
008034
3-56.2
Agency Listings and Approvals Ordering Information
UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635 • ANN-RLY Relay Module provides ten (10) programmable
CSFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7165-0595:118 Form C relays.
MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333-07-E • ANN-MBRLY Optional mounting bracket.
Shipping
Weight
Part No.
_______ Description
_________ lb (kg)
__________
435358 ANN-RLY Relay Module 1 (0.5)
437021 ANN-RLY Relay Module (ULC) 1 (0.5)
435897 ANN-MBRLY Mounting Bracket 1 (0.5)

Communication Pair Wiring Distance: AUTOPULSE 542R/542D Control Panel to Last ANN-BUS Module
Total Worst Case
Current Draw (amps) 22 Gauge 18 Gauge 16 Gauge 14 Gauge
0.100 1,852 ft (565 m) 4,688 ft (1,429 m) *6,000 ft (1,829 m) *6,000 ft (1.829 m)
0.200 926 ft (282 m) 2,344 ft (715 m) 3,731 ft (1,137 m) 5,906 ft (1,800 m)
0.300 617 ft (188 m) 1,563 ft (476 m) 2,488 ft (758 m) 3,937 ft (1200 m)
0.400 463 ft (141 m) 1,172 ft (357 m) 1,866 ft (569 m) 2,953 ft (900 m)
0.500 370 ft (113 m) 938 ft (286 m) 1,493 ft (455 m) 2,362 ft (720 m)
0.600 309 ft (94 m) 781 ft (238 m) 1,244 ft (379 m) 1,969 ft (600 m)
0.700 265 ft (81 m) 670 ft (204 m) 1,066 ft (325 m) 1,687 ft (514 m)
0.800 231 ft (70 m) 586 ft (179 m) 933 ft (284 m) 1,476 ft (450 m)
0.900 206 ft (63 m) 521 ft (159 m) 829 ft (253 m) 1,312 ft (400 m)
1.000 (max.) 185 ft (56 m) 469 ft (143 m) 746 ft (227 m) 1,181 ft (360 m)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2008063-3
 Detection and Control Components

4XTM Transmitter Module

(542R/542D)

Description Listings and Approvals*

The 4XTM Transmitter Module is an option for the UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S635
AUTOPULSE control systems. The module provides a ULC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS118, CS733
supervised output for local energy municipal box transmitter Factory Mutual (FM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved
(for NFPA 72 Auxiliary Protective Signaling System) and MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104-93-E Vol. VI
alarm and trouble reverse polarity circuits (for NFPA 72
CSFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7165-0028:245
Remote Station Protective Signaling System). Also included
* Listings and Approvals are under NOTIFIER
is a DISABLE switch and disable trouble LED. A jumper
option allows the reverse polarity circuit to open with a Ordering Information
System Trouble condition if no alarm condition exists.
Shipping
Technical Information Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
For Local Energy Municipal Box service (NFPA 72 Auxiliary
Protective Signaling System): 435602 4XTM Transmitter Module 1 (0.5)
Supervisory Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0 mA
Trip Current . . . . 0.35 amps (subtracted from indicating
appliance power)
Coil Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65 VDC
Coil Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6 ohms
Total wire resistance between unit and trip coil . . 3 ohms
For Remote Station service (NFPA 72 Remote Station
Protective Signaling System):
Maximum Load for each circuit. . . . . . . . . . . 10 mA
Reverse Polarity Output Voltage . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC

4XTM TRANSMITTER MODULE

(POLARITIES SHOWN IN ACTIVATED POSITIONS)

1
2
+
– } REMOTE
ALARM
3
4
+
– } REMOTE
TROUBLE
5
6
+
– } MUNICIPAL
BOX
4 IN.
(102 mm)

TBL
JUMPER
DISCONNECT
LED

2 1/2 IN.
(64 mm)
007342
DISCONNECT SWITCH

3-57

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007091-3
 Detection and Control Components

(Page Left Intentionally Blank)

3-58
TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS
ONE STANTON STREET Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 All rights reserved.
 Detection and Control Components

(Page Left Intentionally Blank)

3-59
TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS
ONE STANTON STREET Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 All rights reserved.
 Detection and Control Components

LIFEalarm® Photoelectric Smoke Detectors

with Smoke/Heat Detection (Z-10)

Features
LIFEalarm detection combines photoelectric detection
with heat detection to provide a multi-mode detector
with four detection mechanisms:*
• Stable and reliable photoelectric smoke detection with
built-in LIFEalarm sensitivity drift compensation
• Resettable, thermistor-based fixed temperature detection
• Resettable, thermistor-based rate-of-rise temperature 006622

detection Detector (Part No. 430560) Mounted in Base

• A built-in analysis of photoelectric and thermal activity
Description
trending that provides fire detection with higher accuracy
than either detection means used separately LIFEalarm photoelectric smoke detectors combine photo-
electric smoke detection technology and quick response
Functional chamber enclosure: thermistor-based heat detection technology into a sophisti-
• Louvered design enhances smoke capture by directing cated, intelligent detector that analyzes each of these activi-
flow to chamber ties and their combination to determine whether alarm
conditions are present.
• Entrance areas are minimally visible when ceiling
mounted An onboard microprocessor provides four independent
detection modes: photoelectric detection with sensitivity drift
Multi-function LED indicator: compensation, fixed temperature heat detection, rate-of-rise
temperature heat detection, and photoelectric/heat trending
• Indicates normal and alarm conditions
analysis and alarm detection. If any of these alarm condi-
• Provides status during magnetic functional test tions are experienced, an alarm is initiated.
Magnetically operated functional test: Specifications
• Initiates alarm and verifies performance Voltage 15 to 32 VDC, from
Control Panel IDC
• Identifies general sensitivity status using detector LED
pulses (normal, more sensitive, or less sensitive) Standby Current 100 µA @ 24 VDC

• With detectors categorized as normal or needing cleaning Alarm Current, Up to 86 mA maximum, exact current is
2-Wire Operation determined by alarm current limiting of
or other service, maintenance priorities can be more easily
connected IDC (initiating current device)
determined
Auxiliary Relay Ratings Refer to page 3 under Product Selection
Available base options: Rate-of-Rise ≤ 20° F/min (11° C/min), only effective
• Bases for 2-wire operation Temperature Alarm* at temperatures above 90° F (32° C)

• Auxiliary alarm relay output Fixed Temperature Alarm 135° F (57° C)

UL Listed Temp. Range* 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
• Remote alarm indicating LED output
Operating Temp. Range 15° F to 100° F (-9° C to 38° C)
Optional remote LED alarm indicator Smoke Obscuration
2.8%/ft Nominal, per UL268
Sensitivity
Listings and Approvals
UL Listed Temp. Range 32° to 100° F (0° to 38° C)
• UL Listed: S6648
Operating Temp. Range 15° to 122° F (–9° to + 50° C)
• ULC Listed: S6648
Air Velocity Range 0-2000 ft/min (0-610 m/min)
• FM Approved: 3015976 Humidity Range 10% to 95% RH from 32° to 122° F
• MEA (NYC): Approved (0° to 50° C)
• CSFM: Approved Color Frost White

* LIFEalarm detectors are protected by one or more of the following U.S. Patents:
Dimensions 4 7/8 in. Dia. x 2 in. H, mounted in base
5,155,468; 5,173,683; 5,400,014; 5,543,777; 5,710,541; 5,818,326; 6,195,011; (124 mm x 51 mm)
D383,407; D388,352; D392,573. * Always locate this and all rate-of-rise heat detection devices away from
extremes of temperature fluctuation.

3-60
Description (Continued) Diagnostic Information
Intelligent Data Evaluation. Conventional smoke detectors Magnetic Test Information. Status information is available
will typically drift toward being too sensitive due to the accu- by performing the magnetic test and observing the detector
mulation of dust and dirt. With LIFEalarm analog detection, LED pulses. The LED will normally go directly into alarm
data from the photoelectric chamber is monitored and with the magnetic test. If there is an off-normal condition, the
analyzed at the detector to provide a continuously shifting LED pulses first to indicate the condition and then goes into
reference point. alarm.
Drift Compensation. The data evaluation and its shifting
Application Notes
reference point provide a software filtering process that
compensates for environmental factors (dust, dirt, etc.) and Observe heat detector location guidelines. Ambient
component aging, establishing an accurate reference for temperature operating range is 32° F to 100° F (0° C to
evaluating new activity. With this filtering, the resulting drift 38° C). Temperature fluctuations should be below 6° F/min
compensation provides a significant reduction in the proba- (3.3° C/min).
bility of false or nuisance alarms caused by shifts in sensitiv- Detector locations should be determined only after careful
ity – either up or down. consideration of the physical layout and contents of the area
Maintained Sensitivity and Dirty Status Indications. With to be protected.
its onboard software compensation, the detector maintains
its sensitivity much longer in the presence of dust and dirt
accumulation. Additionally, it will determine when the dirt
accumulation is approaching the limit of compensation, and
will indicate that condition via its status indicator LED (see
diagnostic information).

Electronic Heat Detection

Fixed Temperature Heat Detection is provided with the
addition of a fast response thermistor that causes an alarm
at a fixed temperature of 135° F (57° C).
Rate-of-Rise Heat Detection occurs at ≥20° F/min
(11° C/min). To minimize the possibility of false alarms, rate-
of-rise detection is correlated to the ambient temperature
and is only in effect above 90° F (32° C).

DETECTOR
BASE

DETECTOR,
PART NO. 430560
(PART NO.
430696 ULC) 006622

STATUS
INDICATOR LED THERMISTOR
GUARD

Smoke Detector Package

Product Selection

Smoke Detector
Part No. Description Compatibility
430560 LIFEalarm photoelectric detector Compatible with detector bases: Part Nos. 430567 and 430569
with photoelectric/thermal detection

Detector Bases
Part No. Description Details
430567 2-Wire Base with connections for Remote • IDC and LED connections are screw terminals for
Alarm LED Indicator in/out wiring, #18 to #14 AWG
430569 2-Wire Base with Auxiliary Alarm Relay Relay Ratings, Dual Form "C," For Suppressed Loads:
and connections for Remote LED Indicator • Power limited, 1 A @ 28 VDC
• Non-power limited, 1/2 A @ 120 VAC
Note: Must be connected as the only Wiring Connections (In/Out where required):
device on the IDC to ensure • Relay contacts and IDC (-), color coded #18 AWG leads
relay operation. • IDC (+) and LED wiring, screw terminals for #18 to #14 AWG

Detector Accessories
Part No. Description Details
430572 Remote LED Indicator • Mounted on single gang stainless steel plate

Dimensions and Reference Information

ALARM
4 7/8 IN. (124 mm)

2 IN. BASE HEIGHT

(51 mm) 11/16 IN. (17 mm)

006567

006623 REMOTE RED LED INDICATOR

(PART NO. 430572)
STATUS INDICATOR LED (NOT TO SCALE)

DETECTOR (PART NO. 430560) MOUNTED ON BASE

Visible LED Status Indications
LED Indication Status
Flashes every 4 seconds Circuit is Normal, power is applied
Steady On Detector is in Alarm

LED Response to Magnetic Test *

LED Indication Alarm Response Detector Status Action Required
LED turns ON Alarm is initiated Normal, sensitivity is within None
compensation range
Flashes quickly, 6 times in Alarm is initiated More sensitive, out of normal Cleaning or other
3 seconds, then turns ON compensation range service is required
Flashes slowly, Alarm is initiated Less sensitive, out of normal
4 times in 8 seconds, compensation range
then turns ON
Alarm is NOT initiated Detector is malfunctioning Service is required
* Testing requires placing a magnet at the designated location on the detector cover for 4 seconds.

Mounting Information
ELECTRICAL BOX REQUIREMENTS:
WITHOUT RELAY (BASES, PART NO. 430567):
4 IN. (102 mm) OCTAGONAL OR 4 IN. (102 mm) SQUARE, 1 1/2 IN. (38 mm) DEEP
SINGLE GANG, 2 IN. (51 mm) DEEP
WITH RELAY (BASES, PART NO. 430569):
4 IN. (102 mm) OCTAGONAL, 1 1/2 IN. (38 mm) DEEP, WITH 1 1/2 IN. (38 mm) EXTENSION RING
4 IN. (102 mm) SQUARE, 1 1/2 IN. (38 mm) DEEP, WITH 1 1/2 IN. (38 mm) EXTENSION RING

SURFACE MOUNT REFERENCE

4 IN. SQUARE
4 IN. SQUARE (102 mm) (102 mm)
SQUARE BOX OCTAGONAL BOX

1 1/2 IN. (38 mm)

MINIMUM BOX DEPTH FLUSH MOUNT REFERENCE, MOUNT EVEN
WITH FINAL SURFACE, OR WITH UP TO
1/4 IN. (6 mm) MAXIMUM RECESS

PART NO. 430569 INCLUDES A

RELAY MODULE THAT
MOUNTS IN BASE ELECTRICAL
BOX

SMOKE DETECTOR BASES

006624

SMOKE DETECTOR

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007152-3
 Detection and Control Components

LIFEalarm® Photoelectric Smoke Detectors

For Two-Wire Bases (Z-10)

Features
LIFEalarm® Photoelectric smoke detector with on-board
sensitivity drift compensation*

Functional chamber enclosure:

• Louvered design enhances smoke capture by directing
flow to chamber
• Entrance areas are minimally visible when ceiling
006564
mounted
LIFEalarm Photoelectric Detector Mounted in Base
Multi-function indicator LED indicates normal and
alarm conditions
Listings and Approvals
Magnetically operated functional test:
• UL Listed: S6648
• Initiates alarm and verifies performance
• ULC Listed: S6648
• Identifies general sensitivity status using detector LED
• FM Approved: 3015976
Models available in two sensitivity settings: • CSFM: Approved
• Part No. 430559, Standard Sensitivity, nominal 2.8%/ft • MEA (NYC): Approved
obscuration
• Part No. 430562, Special Application Sensitivity, nominal Specifications
3.5%/ft obscuration
Voltage 15 to 32 VDC, from
Available base options: Control Panel IDC
• Bases for 2-wire operation Standby Current 100 μA @ 24 VDC
• Auxiliary alarm relay output Alarm Current, Up to 86 mA maximum, exact
Optional remote alarm indicating LED 2-Wire Operation current is determined by alarm
current limiting of connected
Description IDC
LIFEalarm photoelectric detectors provide many of the Auxiliary Relay Ratings Refer to page 2 under Product
proven analog sensing features for applications where Selection
detectors are connected to conventional 2-wire initiating
Air Velocity Range 0-2000 ft/min (0-610 m/min)
device circuits (IDCs). Each detector has an on-board micro-
processor that evaluates its photoelectric light scattering UL Listed Temp. Range 32° to 100 °F (0° to 38 °C)
chamber activity and makes an intelligent decision based on
light obscuration history as to whether an alarm condition is Operating Temp. Range 15° to 122 °F (–9° to + 50 °C)
present. Humidity Range 10% to 95% RH from
LIFEalarm detectors are packaged in a patented housing 32° to 122° F
that minimizes the visibility of the air intake louvers from the (0° to 50 °C) non-condensing
normal viewing locations while maintaining a high perfor- Color Frost White
mance smoke capture ability. Bases are available for remote
alarm LED indicator connections and auxiliary relay outputs. Dimensions 4 7/8 in. Dia. x 1 7/8 in. H,
mounted in base
* LIFEalarm smoke detector operation is protected by one or more of the following (124 mm x 48 mm)
U.S. Patents: 5,155,468; 5,173,683; 5,400,014; 5,543,777; 5,710,541; D383,407;
D388,352; D392,573.

3-61
Smoke Detector Features Application Reference
Intelligent Data Evaluation. Conventional smoke detectors Detector Locations. Locations should be determined only
will typically drift toward being too sensitive due to the accu- after careful consideration of the physical layout and
mulation of dust and dirt. With analog detection, data from contents of the area to be protected.
the photoelectric chamber is monitored and analyzed at the For further detailed installation information, refer to
detector to provide a continuously shifting reference point. Detectors, Sensors, and Bases Application Manual (Part No.
Drift Compensation. The data evaluation and its shifting 431424).
reference point provide a software filtering process that Sensitivity Selection. The standard sensitivity detector
compensates for environmental factors (dust, dirt, etc.) and (Part No. 430559) is recommended for most applications.
component aging, establishing an accurate reference for When a special application for a reduced sensitivity detector
evaluating new activity. With this filtering, the resulting drift is required (Part No. 430562) should be considered.
compensation provides a significant reduction in the proba-
bility of false or nuisance alarms caused by shifts in sensitiv-
ity – either up or down.
Magnetic Test Information. Status information is available
by performing the magnetic test and observing the detector
LED pulses. The LED will normally go directly into alarm
with the magnetic test. If there is an off-normal condition, the
LED pulses first to indicate the condition and then goes into
alarm.

Product Selection

Smoke Detectors
Part No. Description Nominal Sensitivity Compatibility
430559
LIFEalarm Photoelectric Detector 2.8%/ft (standard) Compatible with detector bases:
Part Nos. 430567 and 430569
430562 3.5%/ft

Compatible Bases
Part No. Description Details
430567 2-Wire Base with connections for • IDC and LED connections are screw terminals for
Remote Alarm LED Indicator in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG
430569 2-Wire Base with Auxiliary Alarm Relay Relay Ratings, Dual Form "C", For Suppressed Loads:
& connections for Remote LED Indicator • Power limited, 1 A @ 28 VDC
Note: Must be connected as the only device • Non-power limited, 1/2 A @ 120 VAC
on the IDC to ensure relay operation. Wiring Connections (In/Out where required):
430570 2-Wire Base with Remote LED Indicator • Relay contacts and IDC (–), color coded 18 AWG leads
• IDC (+) and LED wiring, screw terminals for
18 to 14 AWG

Detector Accessories
Part No. Description Details
430572 Remote LED Indicator • Mounted on single gang stainless steel plate
Detector Status LED Indications
LED Indication Status
Pulses approximately every 4 seconds Normal
Steady On Alarm

LED Response to Magnetic Test *

LED Indication Followed By Status Action
LED turns ON Alarm is initiated Normal, sensitivity is within None
compensation range
LED pulses quickly,
6 times in 3 seconds, Alarm is initiated More sensitive, out of normal Cleaning or other
then turns ON compensation range service is required

LED pulses slowly, Alarm is initiated Less sensitive, out of normal

4 times in 8 seconds, compensation range
then turns ON Does not initiate Alarm Detector is malfunctioning Service is required
* Testing requires placing a magnet at the designated location on the detector cover for 4 seconds.

Dimensions and Reference Information

4 7/8 IN.
(124 mm)

BASE HEIGHT 1 7/8 IN.

11/16 IN. (17 mm) (48 mm)

006565
LED STATUS INDICATOR
(WITH CLEAR LENS)

PART NO. 430559 AND PART NO. 430562 DIMENSIONS MOUNTED ON BASE

ALARM

006567

REMOTE RED LED INDICATOR (PART NO. 430572)

(NOT TO SCALE)
Mounting Information
ELECTRICAL BOX REQUIREMENTS:
WITHOUT RELAY (BASE, PART NO. 430567):
4 IN. (102 mm) OCTAGONAL OR 4 IN. (102 mm) SQUARE, 1 1/2 IN. (38 mm) DEEP
SINGLE GANG, 2 IN. (51 mm) DEEP
WITH RELAY (BASE, PART NO. 430569):
4 IN. (102 mm) OCTAGONAL, 1 1/2 IN. (38 mm) DEEP, WITH 1 1/2 IN. (38 mm) EXTENSION RING
4 IN. (102 mm) SQUARE, 1 1/2 IN. (38 mm) DEEP, WITH 1 1/2 IN. (38 mm) EXTENSION RING

SURFACE MOUNT REFERENCE

4 IN. (102 mm) 4 IN. (102 mm)

SQUARE BOX OCTAGONAL BOX

1 1/2 IN. (38 mm) FLUSH MOUNT REFERENCE, MOUNT EVEN WITH FINAL
MINIMUM BOX DEPTH SURFACE, OR WITH UP TO 1/4 IN. (6 mm) MAXIMUM RECESS

PART NO. 430569 INCLUDES A

RELAY MODULE THAT MOUNTS
IN BASE ELECTRICAL BOX

SMOKE DETECTOR BASES

(PART NOS. 430567 AND 430569)

006566

SMOKE DETECTOR (PART

NOS. 430559 AND 430562)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007153-3
 Detection and Control Components

Electronic Heat Detectors

For Two-Wire Bases (Z-10)

Features Specifications
Accurate and reliable heat detection for protection of Voltage 15 to 32 VDC (filtered DC with
property 30% maximum ripple)
Available with rate-of-rise temperature detection: Standby Current 80 μA typical, 100 μA maximum
• Dual thermistor rate-of-rise operation Alarm Current, Up to 100 μA maximum, exact
• For use where anticipated ambient temperature changes 2-Wire Operation current is determined by alarm
are less than 6 °F/minute (3.33 °C/minute) current limiting of connected
IDC
Epoxy encapsulated electronic design provides:
Rate-of-Rise Operation Meets FM requirements for
• Easily tested, self-restoring operation with repeatable operation between 15° and 25
accuracy °F/min (8.33° and 13.88 °C/min)
• Alarm indicating LED located on detector
Humidity Range 10% to 95% RH from 32° to
• Current limited alarm that is compatible with two wire initi- 122 °F (0° to 50 °C), not
ating device circuits (IDCs) intended for outdoor
applications
Optional remote alarm indicating LED
Color Frost-White
Available base options:
Dimensions Refer to diagram on page 3
• Bases for 2-wire operation
• Auxiliary relay output (refer to selection chart on for relay Ambient Temperature Operating Range
ratings)
135° F Models 32° to 100 °F (0° to 38 °C)
• Remote alarm indicating LED output
200° F Models 32° to 150 °F (0° to 66 °C)
Description
Rate-of-rise detection is determined by comparing two ther-
mistor responses. By combining accurate thermistors with ! WARNING
proper physical placement, this patented rate-of-rise detec-
Hazardous levels of smoke and toxic gas can build up
tion design achieves a high level of performance not
before the heat detection device initiates an alarm. To
normally available with mechanical detection.
ensure the safety of personnel, the use of smoke
Listings and Approvals detection is highly recommended.
• UL Listed: S6651
Applications Reference
• ULC Listed: S6651
Heat detectors are used where property protection is
• FM Approved: 3015976
desired and where life safety protection is not required or is
• CSFM (Approved) performed by other equipment.
• MEA (NYC) (Approved) The rate-of-rise operation provides heat detection for use
where temperature fluctuations are controlled and are less
than 6 °F/min (3.33 °C/min). Where temperatures may fluc-
tuate more quickly, use fixed temperature detection.
Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm Code, for addi-
tional guidance in applying and locating heat detectors.

Alarm Indicating LED Operation

The heat detector LED turns ON continuously when in
alarm. During normal conditions the LED is OFF.
Electronic heat detector design is protected by the following U.S. Patents:
006570 5,450,066; DES.377,460.
Electronic Heat Detector Mounted in Base

3-62
Heat Detector Selection Chart
Fixed Temperature Rate-of-Rise
Part No. Operation at Operation
430565 135 °F (57 °C)
Between 15° and 25° F/min
(8.33° and 13.88° C/min)
430566 200 °F (93 °C)

Heat Detector Base Selection Chart

Smoke Detectors
Part No. Description Connection Details
430567 2-Wire Base, with connections IDC connections Screw terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG
for remote LED alarm indicator
430570 2-Wire Base with remote IDC connections Screw terminals for 18 to 14 AWG for in/out wiring
LED alarm indicator of zone (+), color coded 18 AWG leads for in/out
wiring of zone (–)
LED connections Color coded 18 AWG leads
430569 2-Wire Base with auxiliary Relay Operation Type Relay Ratings
alarm relay output
Power-limited 1 A @ 28 VDC Dual Form "C" contacts,
for suppressed loads
Note: Must be connected as Nonpower-limited 3 A @ 120 AC
the only device on the IDC to
Output Type Wiring Connections
ensure relay operation.
IDC connections Screw terminals for 18 to 14 AWG for in/out
wiring of zone (+), color coded 18 AWG leads
for in/out wiring of zone (–)
Relay connections Color coded 18 AWG leads

Heat Detector Accessories

Part No. Description Details Base Compatibility
430572 Remote Red LED Mounted on single gang stainless steel plate, wiring Part No. 430570 only
Alarm Indicator connections are 18 AWG color coded leads
430573 End-of-Line Relay Epoxy encapsulated design, 24 VDC operation, —
wiring connections are 18 AWG color coded leads
Metric wire equivalents: 18 AWG = 0.82 mm2; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm2
Dimensions and Reference Information
4 7/8 IN.
(124 mm)

2 3/8 IN. BASE HEIGHT

(60 mm) 11/16 IN. (17 mm)

006571

LED STATUS INDICATOR

ALARM

006567

REMOTE RED LED INDICATOR (PART NO. 430572)

(NOT TO SCALE)
Mounting Information

Base Electrical Box Requirements

430567 4 in. (102 mm) octagonal or 4 in. (102 mm)
square box, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) deep
Single gang box, 2 in. (51 mm) deep
430569 4 in. (102 mm) octagonal or 4 in. (102 mm)
430570 square box, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) deep with
1-1/2 in. (38 mm) deep extension ring
(see diagram below)

4 IN. (102 mm)

OCTAGONAL OR
SQUARE BOX SURFACE MOUNT
REFERENCE

1 1/2 IN. (38 mm)

MINIMUM BOX
DEPTH
FLUSH MOUNT REFERENCE, MOUNT EVEN
WITH FINAL SURFACE, OR WITH UP TO
1/4 IN. (6 mm) MAXIMUM RECESS

BASE (PART NO. 430569) INCLUDES A RELAY

THAT MOUNTS IN BASE ELECTRIC BOX
BASE (PART NO. 430570) INCLUDES A REMOTE
LED INTERFACE MODULE THAT MOUNTS IN BASE
ELECTRICAL BOX

HEAT DETECTOR BASES (PART

NOS. 430569 AND 430570)

006572

HEAT DETECTOR

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007159-3
 Detection and Control Components

Abort Switches and Releasing Appliance Circuit

(RAC) Maintenance Switches (Z-10)

Features
• Abort switches provide a manual Fire Suppression
System release abort request:
– Pushbutton momentary switch is mounted on a stainless
steel single-gang plate
– A protruding collar protects the switch from accidental
contact (collar is removable if required)
– Available flush or surface mount
– Flush mounting requires standard single-gang box
– Surface mounting includes a red mounting box
006549
– Models are available with internal 1.2kΩ resistor for Maintenance Switch with Disconnect Indicator Lamp
current limited operation

• Maintenance switches provide a secure and visible Specifications

disconnect means for servicing Fire Suppression
Electrical Ratings
System Releasing Appliance Circuits (RACs):
– Maintained position keyswitch is mounted on a stainless Abort Switch; Silver contacts; 1 NO & 1 NC;
steel double-gang plate One Contact block rated 2 A resistive @ 30 VDC
– Key is removable in either normal or disabled position Maintenance Switch Circuit control: Silver contacts;
with Lamp; 1 NO & 1 NC; rated 2A
– Disabled position opens connection to output circuit to
Two Contact blocks resistive @ 30 VDC
initiate a supervisory condition at the host panel
– Disconnect indicator lamp is a bright incandescent bulb Lamp control: Silver contacts;
with red lens, powered from separate 24 VDC 1 Form C; rated 2 A resistive
@ 30 VDC
– Available for flush or surface mount
Maintenance Switch Replaceable 2 W incandescent
– Flush mounting requires a standard double-gang box
Indicator Light bulb; 24 to 30 VDC typical;
– Surface mount models include a red mounting box 83 mA @ 35 VDC; requires
-separate 24 VDC
• UL listed to Standard 864, 9th Edition
Wiring Connections
Description Abort Switch Terminal blocks for in/out wiring;
Releasing systems typically require maintenance disconnect 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2
switches and often require abort switches. These abort and to 2.08 mm2)
maintenance switches are clearly labeled and combine easy Abort Switch with Terminal blocks for first wire
operation with rugged construction for high integrity opera- Current Limited Resistor connection; 18 to 14 AWG wire
tion. (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2); 18
AWG wire lead for second wire
connection
Maintenance Switch 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) color coded
wire leads for suppression circuit;
terminal blocks for lamp wiring;
18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to
2.08 mm2)
Environmental Ratings
Temperature Range 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C)
Humidity Range Up to 93% at 90 °F (32 °C)
006550

Abort Switch
3-63
Abort Switch Installation Reference
RED BOX IS SUPPLIED WITH
BOX WIDTH, SURFACE MOUNT ABORT
3 IN. (76 mm) 2 1/4 IN. (56 mm) INTO BOX SWITCH 2080-9057 OR 2080-9068

1/2 IN.
(13 mm)
ABORT
SWITCH
BOX
HEIGHT,
HEIGHT,
4 1/2 IN.
4 13/16 IN.
(114 mm)
(122 mm)

SWITCH
RECESS DEPTH
5/32 IN. (4 mm)

REMOVABLE
COLLAR

007712

ABORT SWITCH WIDTH, SUPPLIED GASKET 2 3/4 IN.

2 3/4 IN. (70 mm) ATTACHES TO BOX; FIELD (70 mm)
INSTALLED FOR FLUSH
MOUNT; PRE-ATTACHED NOTE: FOR FLUSH MOUNTING,
FOR SURFACE MOUNT USE A 2 3/4 IN. DEEP (70 mm)
SINGLE-GANG BOX

Maintenance Switch Installation Reference

RED BOX IS SUPPLIED
BOX DIMENSIONS, WITH SURFACE MOUNT
4 13/16 IN. (122 mm) SQUARE 2 1/4 IN. (56 mm) INTO BOX MAINTENANCE SWITCH

4 1/2 IN.
(114 mm)

007713

MAINTENANCE SWITCH WIDTH, 2 3/4 IN.

4 9/16 IN. (116 mm) (70 mm)

SUPPLIED GASKET ATTACHES NOTE: FOR FLUSH MOUNTING,

TO BOX; FIELD INSTALLED FOR USE A 2 3/4 IN. DEEP (70 mm)
FLUSH MOUNT; PRE-ATTACHED SINGLE-GANG BOX
FOR SURFACE MOUNT

Listings and Approvals Ordering Information Shipping

UL Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S8332 Weight
ULC Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S8332 Part No. Description lb (kg)
CSFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved 433936 Flush Mount Maintenance Switch 2 (0.9)
MEA (NYC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approved 433937 Surface Mount Maintenance Switch 2 (0.9)
433940 Flush Mount Abort Switch 1 (0.5)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007161-3
 Detection and Control Components

Isolated Loop Circuit Protector,

Part No. 430685 (Z-10)

Features
• Isolated Loop Circuit Protector (ILCP) for up to 5 A of
DC or audio current:
– Low impedance design minimizes voltage drop
– For internal or external applications (refer to page 2 for
external wiring requirements)
– Refer to specific panel field wiring diagrams for addi-
tional application information L E
I Q
• Operation is compatible with**: N U
E I
P
– DC notification appliance circuits (NACs)
– Speaker circuit NACs (25 VRMS) 006581

Isolated Loop Circuit Protector (Part No. 430685)

• Multiple stages of protection for DC and audio
circuits:
– Line-to-Line Protection Operating Specifications
– Line-to-Earth Protection
Line-to-Line Rating
• Rugged epoxy encapsulated package 38 VDC, 28 VAC RMS
Line-to-Ground Rating
Description Shield-to-Ground Rating 48 VDC, 33 VAC RMS
Electrical transients caused by lightning or by disturbances
Continuous Current Rating 5A
on high voltage power lines are conditions that require low
voltage wiring circuits to be adequately protected. This Series Resistance 0.1 Ω/line
protection is most effective when placed at the location
Series Inductance 68 μH/line
where such circuits leave or enter the building.
The Isolated Loop Circuit Protector (ILCP) (Part No. Shunt Capacitance 0.017 μF
430685) is designed to protect Fire Alarm circuits from those Response Time <1 Nanosecond (10-9)
electrical transients induced on wire runs that are routed line-to-line and line-to-earth
external to the building. Because of its small package size, it
can be easily mounted at the location that achieves Maximum Current
maximum protection. Line-to-Line and 2000 A (8 x 20 μsec pulse)
Line-to-Earth
** Performance of this device has been quantified for use with other circuit types
for specific applications where its low resistance is desired.
Maximum Current 5000 A (10 x 50 μsec)
Shield-to-Earth
Listings and Approvals
UL Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E197916 Mechanical Specifications
Dimensions 3 3/8 in. W x 2 in. D x 1 in. H
(86 mm x 50 mm x 25 mm)
Package Epoxy encapsulated, beige
Electrical box requirement 4 in. (102 mm) square box,
2 1/8 in. (54 mm)
minimum depth
Wire Leads Color coded, #18 AWG,
8 in. long (203 mm)

3-64
External Wiring Requirements Overhead Wiring
Fire alarm system wiring that is run external to the building 1. Wiring must be run on poles separate from those
and is protected by the use of ILCPs shall be installed in supporting any commercial power distribution wiring.
accordance with the individual system component’s installa- 2. Wiring shall be run in parallel with the commercial power
tion instructions including properly grounded, twisted and distribution wiring and be separated by a minimum
shielded pairs, and observance of the following precautions. distance of either 100 ft (30 m) or the maximum span
Location. To ensure optimized protection, the ILCPs shall between any two adjacent poles of either the system’s
be located as close as possible to the point at which the circuit or the commercial power distribution circuit.
circuits leave or enter the buildings and installed in dedi- The grounding conductor shall be #12 AWG with a
cated metallic electrical boxes. maximum length of 28 ft (8.5 m), run in as straight a line as
Wiring Distance. Wiring is limited to one contiguous prop- possible and connected to the building grounding electrode
erty. The total maximum wire length is determined by the system (unified earth ground) per Article 800-40 of NFPA 70,
individual application’s allowable limit as specified with the National Electrical Code.
ILCPs, but must not exceed 3270 ft (996.7 m).
Underground Wiring. Wiring must be in a wiring trough that
is separate from commercial power distribution wiring.

Typical Connections

INDOORS OUTDOORS INDOORS

PROTECTED
EQUIPMENT

ILCP (PART NO. 430685)

LINE A TO THE NEXT

CONNECTED
LINE B PROTECTOR

LINE A INTERNAL CIRCUIT

LINE B

CABLE
CABLE SHIELD
SHIELD 006584
(IF USED)
(IF USED)
GROUND
SCREW

GROUND
SCREW

# 12 AWG (MIN.)
# 12 AWG (MIN.)

28 FT (8.5 m) MAX. 4 IN. (102 mm) SQUARE BOX, 2 1/8 IN.

(54 mm) DEEP OR EQUIVALENT
(BY OTHERS)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007156-3
 Detection and Control Components

ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Releasing Device

Applications
The ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C is an automatic, electric pneu-
matic releasing device for actuating a fire suppression sys-
tem upon receipt of an electrical input signal. It may be auto-
matically actuated via a detection/control system and/or man-
ually through use of an integral manual strike button; or
through use of a remote electric or remote mechanical pull
station.

Description
The device is made up of an enclosure, releasing device and
auxiliary switch. The NEMA Type I all-steel enclosure has
four holes for surface mounting and a hinged cover with key 004653
lock. The cover contains a window for visual verification that
the releasing device is armed. A standard pattern of wiring The release contains a second integral switch which shuts off
knockouts is provided, and connections are made to heavy the solenoid after operation, approximately 50 mS.
duty screw terminals – no soldering required. Supervision can be accomplished by passing a limited cur-
rent of 50 mA or less through the solenoid circuit.
The releasing device has a stored pressure cartridge (order
separately) and provides pneumatic actuation for the release The number of devices that can be operated from the pneu-
mechanisms on agent container tanks. Pressure is released matic output of one ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C is determined by
from the cartridge by piercing the cartridge seal with a the minimum anticipated temperature, the amount of piping
mechanical puncture pin. The pin release can be accom- required, and the nature of the devices being actuated. If
plished manually through a STRIKE button on the front cover additional actuation capability should ever be required as an
or automatically through the solenoid. Optional electric or option, remote pressure booster type actuators can readily fill
mechanical manual pull stations provide additional actuation the need.
capability, if desired. An auxiliary switch may be used to pro-
vide shutdown of equipment or provide feedback of actuation MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
to the detection/control system.
5/16 IN. DIAMETER
Technical Information HOLES
1 1/8 IN.
Temperature Range:. . . +32 °F to +120 °F (0 °C to +49 °C) 4 1/4 IN.
(29 mm)
9 7/8 IN.
(108 mm) (251 mm) 1 IN.
Solenoid Voltage:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC Nominal (25 mm)

Solenoid Operating Current: . . . . . . . 750 mA @ 24 VDC

Solenoid on Time: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 mS
Coil Resistance: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Ω
Auxiliary Switch Contact Ratings: . . . . . 20A, 125/250VAC
2 HP, 250VAC 22 1/8 IN.
(562 mm)
1 HP, 125VAC
Weight: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 lb (11.8 kg)
Overall Dimensions:
Height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.5 in. (662 mm)
000466
Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.5 in. (311 mm) KNOCKOUTS ON
000465
4 SIDES OF BOX
Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 in. (108 mm)

3-65
Approvals
The ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C releasing device is Underwriters
Laboratories listed for use with piped, fixed nozzle fire sup-
pression systems (R5998). It complies with the requirements
of all current applicable NFPA standards covering fire extin-
guishing agent systems.

Ordering Information
Shipping
Weight
Part No. Description lb (kg)
17728 ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Assembly 26 (11.8)
35619 Weatherproof 28 (12.7)
ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Assembly
17966 Lock with 2 Keys 0.25 (0.1)
70480 Key 0.1 (0.05)

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007149-3
 Detection and Control Components

ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C

Explosion-Proof Releasing Device

Applications
The explosion-proof ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C is an automatic,
electric pneumatic releasing device which, upon receipt of an
electrical input signal, actuates the fire suppression system
which is installed in a hazardous location.
It may be automatically actuated via a detection/control sys-
tem and/or manually through use of an integral manual strike
button; or through use of a remote electric or, mechanical
remote pull station.

Description
The device is made up of an enclosure, and releasing
device. The NEMA Type I all steel enclosure has four holes 004653

for surface mounting and a hinged cover with key lock. The
cover contains a window for visual verification that the releas-
CAUTION
ing device is armed. Wiring knockouts are provided, and con-
nections are made to the solenoid through two 18 AWG The explosion-proof ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C CANNOT be
leads exiting the conduit fitting on the explosion-proof sole- used with a CO2 Cartridge. Although other cartridges will
noid. fit, they MUST NEVER be used in this unit.
The releasing device uses a stored pressure nitrogen car-
Use only the LT-30-R Nitrogen cartridge (Part No. 5373).
tridge and provides pneumatic actuation for the agent con-
tainer tank valve. Pressure is released by piercing the car-
tridge seal with a mechanical puncture pin. The pin release The solenoid employed is rated for continuous duty. Should it
can be accomplished manually through a STRIKE button on be desirable to interrupt power to the solenoid after system
the front cover or automatically through the solenoid. actuation, an explosion-proof pressure switch can be utilized.
Optional electric or mechanical manual pull stations provide The number of devices that can be operated from the pneu-
additional actuation capability, if desired. matic output of one ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C is determined by
To provide shutdown of equipment or provide feedback of the minimum anticipated temperature, the amount of piping
actuation to the detection/control equipment, an explosion- required, and the required pressure to operate the devices
proof pressure switch (not provided) can be added to the being actuated. If additional actuation capability should ever
system. be required, as an option, remote pressure booster type
actuators can readily fill the need.
The explosion-proof releasing device is suitable for use in the
following areas: Class I, Groups C and D Hazardous MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
Locations.

Technical Information 5/16 IN. DIAMETER

HOLES
Temperature Range: . . . . . 32 °F to 130 °F (0 °C to 54 °C) 4 1/4 IN. 1 1/8 IN.
9 7/8 IN.
(108 mm) (29 mm) 1 IN.
Part Number: 31492 32525 32526 (251 mm)
_____ _____ _____ (25 mm)
Operating Voltage:. . . . 24 VDC 120 VAC 240 VAC
Operating Current:. . . . 500 mA 100 mA 50 mA
Coil Resistance: . . . . . 52 ohms 100 ohms 200 ohms
Solenoid Rating: . . . . . Explosion-proof, Continuous Duty
Weight:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 lb (11.8 kg)
Overall Dimensions: 22 1/8 IN.
(562 mm)
Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.5 in. (662 mm)
Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.5 in. (311 mm)
Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 in. (108 mm)

000466

KNOCKOUTS ON
000465
4 SIDES OF BOX

3-66
Listings and Approvals
The ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C explosion-proof releasing device
is Underwriters Laboratories listed (E62842) for use in Class
1, Groups C and D Hazardous Locations with piped, fixed
nozzle fire suppression systems.
It complies with the requirements of all current applicable
NFPA Standards covering fire extinguishing agent systems.

Ordering Information
Shipping Weight
Part No. _________
_______ Description lb (kg)
___________
31492 ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C 26 (11.8)
Explosion-Proof Releasing
Device, 24 VDC
32525 ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C 26 (11.8)
Explosion-Proof Releasing
Device, 120 VAC
32526 ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C 26 (11.8)
Explosion-Proof Releasing
Device, 240 VAC

TYCO FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS Copyright © 2011 Tyco Fire Protection Products
ONE STANTON STREET All rights reserved.
MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. T-2007150-3